mmwm 



m 




OF THE 



i 



MORNING 



Mm® 
mmm 



Mm 

ERHH 



m 



■P 



WMm\ 






d* 







Class 
Book 



J.2i 



Copyright N ( 



\MS 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 




,o 











\g^h 


^M^S 


W^J?/ 


^^Mi 


^Sfc 


KJRj^Sff 



m 



&<3 



m 



iO.- 







^zLSP-^^Ji-Q. 




ffl(§ : 'fQ$s 


^^^o5^k:C 


m^D 


"•^NgJ <S% 


)% < ^>/ 


^S% 



.■...l:{;.Hjr;'!]r;^-" 



■°* ^n 



) OK j^,4 V: ft WKfflj) 6 ^ >PWV ft' SsHHUGCt 







■&m 




SLiFo^^ fli?o ^g/?^ Jltc? 



3L* 






: ^&vPQ /£ 


Vr 




s? 


(^■p 




&o 




<^°j£ 


^t// 


o^ 


ri 




°/r 




s? 


l^iP 




%° 




^i^ 


J?;<£ 


o^ 


rl 


•^o.^ 

^^J 






■<§ 









pry mmJ?- 'V oipi/^ ii 






<^»y^S3i%^^ ^ 






Heralds of the Morning 




"Watchman, what of the night' 
"The morning cometh." 



HERALDS of 
^MORNING 



(7 T'HE Meaning of the Social 
**• and Political Problems of 
To-day and the Significance of 
the Great Phenomena in Nature 



'Watchman, what of the night? Watchman, 
what of the night? The watchman said, The 
morning cometh,and also the night: if ye will 
inquire, inquire ye: turn ye, come." — Isaiah 






By 

ASA OSCAR TAIT 



1915 

PACIFIC PRESS PUBLISHING ASSOCIATION 

MOUNTAIN VIEW, CALIFORNIA 

Kansas City, Missouri Portland, Oregon College View, Nebraska 

Calgary, Alberta, Canada 



T>"t 



M 



a\ 



Copyright 1899, 1905. 1906, 1912 
By A. O. TAIT 

Copyright 1915 by 

PACIFIC PRESS PUBLISHING 

ASSOCIATION 



All Rights Reserved 



LC Control Number 




tmp96 027650 



\^y ui.hu 



* 



,,199 



ho. 



CONTENTS 



Chapter 

Foreword 



I. "Watchman, What of the Night?" 
II. A Remarkable Century 

III. Ye Have Heaped Treasure for the Last Days 

IV. The Prevalence of Crime a Sign of Our Times 
V. "Judgment Is Turned Away Backward" 

VI. The Earth Is Filled with Violence 

VII. The Social Vice 

VIII. Maintaining the Form but Denying the Power 
IX. Great Deceptions . 
X. And the Nations Were Angry 
XL "What Many People Shall Say" 
XII. The Voice of the Elements 

XIII. The Testimony of the Earth 

XIV. The Good News of the Kingdom Sent to All the World 
XV. Prophetic Evidences .... 

XVI. "When Ye Shall See All These Things" 
XVII. "And There Shall Be a Time of Trouble" 

XVIII. The Millennium 

XIX. He Will Come Again . . . . 
XX. The Earth Was Lightened by His Glory 
XXI. Our Refuge and Fortress 
XXII. The Triumphant Victory and Everlasting Reward 



Page 

9 
11 

18 
44 

73 
85 
100 
109 
130 
155 
170 
212 
234 
260 
277 
300 
315 
320 
331 
343 
362 
369 
376 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 



"The morning cometh" Frontispiece 

"Watchman, what of the night?" (chapter heading) 11 

The long roll sounding . 14 

Society banded into factions 15 

Earthquakes and tidal waves . . . . . .•.--'. . . 16 

Drifting toward the vortex . . . . . . . ' . . 17 

A remarkable century (chapter heading) 18, 19 

Edward Entwistle, the first locomotive engineer . . . . . 20 

The ' ' Rocket, ' ' the engine which Mr. Entwistle drove 21 

Overland in the middle of the nineteenth century ...... 22 

The De Witt Clinton engine and train 23 

The Twentieth Century Limited 23 

' ' The most powerful steam locomotive in the world " . . . . 24 

Electric railway locomotive 25 

Old Franklin hand press 26 

"Imagine Franklin s surprise" ......... 26 

The Hoe double octuple printing press 27 

La Prensa newspaper office, Buenos Aires, Argentina ..... 29 

The first ' ' working ' ' telegraph instrument ....... 31 

Girdling the globe by wireless 32 

First Atlantic mail steamer 34 

The Cunard Atlantic liner Aquitania ... . . . . . . 35 

Modern railway terminal ........... 37 

Victoria terminus ............ 41 

Ye have heaped treasure for the last days (chapter heading) .... 44 

A view of lower Broadway, New York ........ 47 

Discontented laboring men .......... 61 

The prevalence of crime a sign of our times (chapter heading) . • . 73 

"As it was in the days of Noe " 81 

"Judgment is turned away backward" (chapter heading) .... 85 

The earth is filled with violence 100 

The social vice (chapter heading) 109 

"The same day that Lot went out of Sodom" 112 

Maintaining the form but denying the power (chapter heading) . . . 130 

' ' The task the Christian world must accomplish in heathen lands " . . . 146 

' ' How the great leading ' Christian America ' is spending her money " . . 147 

Great deceptions (chapter heading) 155 

General view of Karnak, Egypt 159 

' ' The magicians in Moses ' time " 167 

And the nations were angry (chapter heading) 170, 171 

Admiral Farragut 's flagship . . . 172 

Coast defense monitor Florida 173 

Battleship Connecticut on her trial run ........ 174 

British battleship Dreadnought . . . . . . . . .176 

United States super-Dreadnought New York 177 

Target used in marine gun practice 178 

Ocean-going submarine 179 

vi 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 



Vll 



Canal Zone 



Battery at siege of Sebastopol 

Modern coast defense mortar battery .... 
The Zeppelin airship Schwaben .... 

Warships of the Air 

French biplane equipped with a rapid-fire gun 
Aeroplane gun ........ 

Armored automobile with revolving gun turret . 
Auto truck military supply train .... 

The Rodman cannon of Civil War times 

Buffington-Crozier disappearing gun . 

Breech-leading rifle for seacoast defense 

Sixteen-ineh gun in transit to the defenses of the Panama 

Actual penetration of shell from big cannon 

Hudson Maxim . . . . . . 

"What many people shall say" (chapter heading) 
The voice of the elements (chapter heading) 

Eruption of Mont Pelee 

Work of the Hongkong typhoon of 1908 

Wreckage after the hurricane of Ponce, Porto Rico, 1908 

Work of tornado in Louisiana, Mississippi, and Alabama, 1908 

Union Street, San Francisco, after the earthquake of 1906 

Merced Temple, Valparaiso, after her earthquake of 1906 

Harbor Street, Kingston, Jamaica, after her earthquake of 1907 

Messina before her earthquake of 1908 

Street in Messina after her earthquake of 1908 
Street in Avezzano, Italy, after her earthquake of 1915 

Results of hurricane on Atlantic coast 

Railway bridge after the 1914 floods in China 

Results of hurricane in England ...... 

The testimony of the earth (chapter heading) 

Crop-destroying insects 260, 261 

The good news of the kingdom sent to all the world (chapter head 
Railroad train passing through the old Chinese wall 

Bible House, London 

Bible House, New York ..... 
Vestibule, Bible House, London 
Corner on bound stock floor, Bible House, London 
Cases of Scriptures, warehouse, London 

Bible boat, Siam 

Class in a missionary college .... 

Prophetic evidences (chapter heading) 

"When ye shall see all these things" (chapter heading) 

"And there shall be a time of trouble" (chapter heading) 

The millennium (chapter heading) 

He will come again (chapter heading) 

' ' Shall so come in like manner " 

"As a thief in the night " 

' ' Behold, He cometh with clouds " . . 

The earth was lightened by His glory (chapter heading) 

Our refuge and fortress (chapter heading) 

' ' The redeemed of the Lord shall return ' ' 

The triumphant victory and everlasting reward (chapter 

' ' I John saw the holy city, New Jerusalem " . 

"The desert shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose" 



heading) 



262, 264, 
ing) 



180 
181 
182 

183 
184 
185 
187 

190 

192 
193 
196 
200 

201 

204 
212 
234, 235 
237 
240 
241 
242 
243 
244 
246 
248 
249 
252 
257 
257 
259 
260, 261 
268, 272 
277 
279 
281 
284 
285 
286 
287 
288 
290 
300 
315 
320 
331 
343 
345 
355 
358 
362 
369 
374 
6, 377 
384 
387 



"Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant 

knoweth not -what his lord doeth: but I have called you 

friends; for all tilings that I have heard of Hy Father I 
have made known unto you. 

1 ' Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and or- 
dained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that 
your fruit should remain: that whatsoever ye shall ask of the 
Father in My name, He may give it you." — The Apostle John. 

' ' Remember the former things of old : for I am God, and 
there is none else; I am God, and there is none like Me, 
declaring the end from the beginning, and from ancient times 
the things that are not yet done, saying, My counsel shall 
stand, and I will do all My pleasure." — Isaiah. 



FOREWORD 

HpHIS is an age of events. They rush in upon us, 
-*• throng us, bury us. They are great, colossal, diversi- 
fied, multitudinous, and many of them are of far-reaching 
import. They do not come from one source. They spring 
from everywhere. There are social and political events, 
and mighty world upheavals are some of them. There 
are celestial and terrestrial occurrences, before which the 
savants of science stand eager yet abashed. There are 
psychical and occult developments which are mystifying 
the multitudes. There are mighty revolutions and revul- 
sions in the moral and religious worlds. 

It is impossible for the busy man to keep pace with 
the new developments. No sooner does he begin the study 
of one, than he is staring into the face of others more 
startling, of seemingly greater import. The thoughtful 
soul is overwhelmed by them. 

Did you ever see a great structure in the course of 
erection, of which the greater part of the materials of 
the framework was prepared before brought on the 
ground? Or did you ever see a great and complicated 
machine, like a Hoe's octuple press, shipped " knocked 
down," variously boxed, and then the boxes opened in 
the pressroom where it w T as to be set up to do its work % 

Before this mass of matter, either the building or the 
press, the tyro stands confounded. Even so might the 
expert, did he not know that each part has its own " ear- 
mark," number, label, and that these marks correspond 
to very elaborate, detailed, and accurate plans, called ' ' blue 
prints." With the "blue print" there is no confusion. It 

9 



10 FOREWORD 

calls for such and such parts, of such and such dimensions. 
And the part always fits. Neither shortening nor planing 
is necessary. Every piece of material finds its place, and 
helps to make a perfect and useful structure. 

The teeming events of to-day are the materials for 
the structure of a clear, cogent, conquering message for 
the world at this time. God's book, the Bible, is the 
divine blue print. In the light of that, all these mighty 
and multitudinous events, from the grossly material to 
the subtilely spiritual, find their place and make clear 
their meaning in the great message for to-day. Without 
the prophetic Word, they are confused or chaotic in their 
speech; in the setting of that Word, they unitedly join in 
the grand diapason of the swelling chorus of all crea- 
tion — Christ, the King, is coming. 

This last revision of "Heralds of the Morning" is a 
potent help to the pilgrims of earth. It discloses the 
meaning of the overwhelming events, confirming the truth 
of the Bible, which reveals all these events as omens of 
the coming of Christ, the precursors of the eternal day. 
May God bless its heavenly, harmonizing mission! 



y£kvy<> 



Mountain Vieiv, California, 
February 18, 1915. 





palled. 



CHAPTER ONE 

I HIS generation is 
confronted by mighty 
problems, before which 
the greatest minds stand ap- 
These problems, social, political, 
moral, threaten the very heart of our civilization, The 
nature of these difficulties is not essentially new ; but 
through the means of international communication and 
travel, they present themselves in a form that is without 
any precedent whatever in history. There is a growing 
and oft expressed conviction that some great and unusual 
event has cast its shadow across the world. What will 
be the reality that the shadow forecasts? is the earnest 
question ? 

The great amassing of wealth by a few men in each of 
the various nations of earth is without a parallel in history. 
The consequent murmurings of the discontented classes 
strikingly remind one of the turbulent conditions in France 
on the eve of her great revolution and Reign of Terror. 
On every one of the three hundred sixty-five days of 
the year, the newspapers come to us laded with their 

11 



12 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

recital of crime. Murder is of daily occurrence. High- 
way robbery, bold and arrogant, as well as petty thievery, 
is a source of continual annoyance, and to many persons 
it is a cause of dread and fear. Embezzlers, defaulters, 
bribers, and bribe takers have become alarmingly numer- 
ous. Millions of dollars are every year fraudulently taken 
by these base methods. 

Men and women are madly chasing after wealth ; they 
are recklessly and foolishly seeking enervating pleasures, 
and plunging into dissipations ; they throw all their en- 
ergies into the ambition to shine and outdo in society ; and 
in these and similar worldly pursuits, they are constantly 
driven into failure. Hence there follows the daily record 
of the suicides who coweringiy seek the embraces of the 
pale monster as a refuge from the despair they have 
created in their own breasts. 

Our large cities in particular, and most of the smaller 
places in general, are filled with immorality and vice. 
Drunkenness is every year hurling a vast multitude to the 
lowest depths of debauching degradation. Public houses 
of prostitution disgrace our streets ; and to this open shame 
must be added the daily records of broken marriage vows, 
along with all the rest of this unspeakable torrent of 
pollution. 

These social cancers have so completely polluted the 
very fountains of society that many conclude that honesty 
and straightforward integrity are only the ideals of dream- 
ers. The money god is so supreme in the mind that it is 
confidently asserted that " every man has his price." "Only 
approach him in the right way, and offer him the proper 
bribe," it is affirmed, "and he will yield." Everywhere is 



"avatchman, what of the night?" 13 

heard the mocking jeer at the thought of any one possess- 
ing absolute virtue, purity, honesty, and integrity. 

Reformers, filled with noble impulses, have sought for 
the cause of all this evil that has come in like a deluge. 
They are attempting to drive out the houses of shame, 
and to abolish the dens of vice and crime. But on the 
very threshold of their efforts, they are ever confronted 
with the appalling fact that the officers of the law are 
to &n alarming extent — yes, an overwhelming extent — 
in league with this vile and criminal class. Hence the 
detection and arrest of the criminal is becoming more and 
more difficult. And even if he is arrested, technicalities 
and quibbles, prolonged through one court after another, 
defeat the purpose of the law, and make "courts of jus- 
tice" a mockery. In consequence of this condition of 
things, mobs are becoming more common and violent. 

It passes without contradiction that politics has de- 
generated into a sort of disreputable business, at which 
men work for the "boodle" there is in it. From the low- 
est offices in the village or the township on up to many 
of the highest positions of the state and the nation, bribery 
and fraud are freely used to elect the candidate that will 
be the most lavish in dividing the "spoils of office" with 
his political friends. 

Yet instead of this condition of things exciting a 
healthy and widespread sense of indignation and protest, 
it is altogether too generally treated with jesting and 
indifference. Even when honest and vigorous effort is 
put forth here and there to bring the lawbreakers to jus- 
tice, the urgent protest is made that business is being 
ruined by attempting to punish the "merchant princes." 
The question is not, Are dishonest and defrauding schemes 



14 



HEKALDS OF THE MOBNING 





'We hear the long roll sounding, and the greatest armies 
that the world has ever known are falling into line." 



ruining the world? but, How may we keep things in line 
for capturing the greatest number of dollars? 

We have been promised that the field of politics would 
produce statesmen — diplomats, who, by their powers of 
arbitration rather than by the sword, would keep the na- 
tions of earth in the highway of peace. Indeed, it has been 
a dearly cherished thought — and all should applaud such 
kindly, humane sentiments — that the civilization of the 
morning of the twentieth century would form an impreg- 
nable fortification, beyond which the barbarities of war 
could never go. But instead of the realization of these 
exalted hopes, we hear the long roll sounding, and the 
greatest armies that the world has ever known are falling 
into line, and the most formidable navies recorded in 
history are patrolling the seas. The weapons of modern 
warfare are sufficient, it would seem, to inspire terror 
in the bravest breast ; but notwithstanding the clestructive- 
ness of the present war implements, there is no lack of 
men — and women, too, for that matter — who are im- 
patiently eager to exchange the pursuits of peace for the 
hazardous risks of the modern battle field. 

There is a general clashing among the nations, and 
they are straining every resource to increase their forti- 
fications, armies, and navies. The war storm of 1914 has 



" WATCHMAN, WHAT OF THE NIGHT V 



15 



opened the eyes of thousands to see how quickly a uni- 
versal outbreak may be precipitated. 

The suddenness with which the nations of the whole 
world are inflamed to the highest degree of the war fever, 
as well as the trivial matters that frequently arouse the 
fighting passions in men, gives evidence of the pent-up 
volcanoes of strife; and the fearful carnage of a general 
conflict fills the soul with horror, dismay, and perplexity. 

When computing the perplexities of open warfare 
among the nations, account must also be taken of the vari- 
ous internal factions that threaten the national life of 
every kingdom, empire, and republic. Society has banded 
itself into factions and organizations, each struggling to 
gain the mastery, and this struggle is marked by a notably 
growing intensity and a manifestly increasing belligerent 
determination. All the world powers are contending with 
their discontented revolutionary elements at home, while 
anxiously struggling to keep them in leash for the still 
greater contest in the field of international strife. 

While these topics of the social and political world are 
presenting so many strange and perplexing features, "old 




s***^ 



'Society has banded itself into factions and organizations, 
each struggling to gain the mastery." 



16 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



mother earth" herself has laid aside her usually quiet 
habits, and is participating in the general unrest. Tor- 
nadoes and hurricanes, earthquakes and tidal waves, and 
strikingly fearful volcanic action, are no longer among 
the unusual things, neither are they confined to a few locali- 
ties; but storm-swept land, bursting mountain, quaking 
earth, and lashing ocean tell us in unmistakable language 
that the days of earth's tranquillity are no more. 

These things, together with others that will suggest 
themselves to the reader, are leading many anxious minds 
to inquire : ' ' What is the world coming to ? What will be 
the end of all these threatening dangers?" Book after 

book discussing the various 
phases of the situation, is 
published; magazines and 
papers devoted entirely 
to the subject of reme- 
dying the social and 
political evils of our 
time, are constantly 
sent out; and there is 
scarcely a speaker or a 
writer, no matter what 
his field of research or 
labor, but is frequently 
drawn aside to give 
words of caution, ad- 
monition, or suggestion 
concerning the com- 
mon danger. 

But despite all 

"Earthquakes and tidal waves . . . are no X l i • 

longer among the unusual things." tllCSe CllSCUSSlOnS, 




WATCHMAN, WHAT OF THE NIGHT 



>?> 



17 





- 




( , 



"But shutting the 
eyes while drifting toward 
the vortex, only induces a delusive 
dream of security." 



and the exposures of criminality 
that are made, the difficulties continue 
to increase. The tremblings of earth amid 
the commotions of the elements, and the un- 
settled conditions of society, force the convic- 
tion, despite ourselves, that here we have no 
secure abiding place. 

There is no denying the fact that these con- 
ditions, which are so apparent in all the world to- 
day, form a very dark picture. We may seek to 
close the avenues to the mind so that we cannot see it; 
but shutting the eyes while drifting toward the vortex, 
only induces a delusive dream of security, which renders 
our destruction doubly sure. 

But despite every foreboding outlook, there is an ap- 
proaching day. There is no occasion for being perplexed, 
downcast, or gloomy. The climax is almost reached. 
Every portentous cloud will soon be swept away by the 
light that is about to flood the world. There are heralds 
that are unmistakably trumpeting the dawn of a morning 
into which every dazzling orb of the universe will flash 
some splendid rays. 




CHAPTER 
TWO 




LL recognize that the problems now confronting 
the world are by no means new to humanity. 
The history of this world is a continuous 
chronicle of the battle between good and evil, 
and between the tyrant and oppressor on the one hand and 
the lover of freedom and civil and religious rights on the 
other. Nations that have become cruel and oppressive 
have gone down despite the struggles of the few brave 
hearts that have been aflame with the principles of freedom 
and the love of right. But in other days, these conflicts 

18 




— „ -_-_ 



have been confined to restricted areas. The roads of the 
Roman Empire were among the best of the ancients, and 
built with special reference to the moving of troops and the 
speeding of military and state messengers. Yet the means 
'of communication and travel were so limited that a neigh- 
borhood or a small state might have its insurrections and 
win its victories or meet its defeats before another section 
of the world would be aware of what was occurring. 

From century to century, there has been on the out- 
lying frontier, new territory to which the oppressed and the 
distressed or the adventurers, as the case might be, could 
go. Pioneer life, with all of its rugged duties, in the very 
nature of things kept men from degenerating luxuries and 
vices. And again and again has history repeated itself, 

19 



20 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



in these frontier tribes becoming strong enough to turn 
back and break to pieces the nations that were crumbling 
under luxury and ease ; and thus a new ■ civilization has 

been formed, and new T upward 
tendencies have been estab- 
lished. 

But the last two or three 
centuries have produced a 
mighty awakening. The world 
has been explored, and all of 
its lands are in possession of 
the various nations, and the 
means of intercommunication 
are so complete that whatever 
becomes a problem in one part 
of the world may be communi- 
cated readily to every other 
part of it. There have been 
such marvelous changes and 
developments during the past 
century, that the men who 
have been dead but fifty years, 
if brought to life now, could 
hardly be convinced that this 
is the planet on which they 
spent their lives. 

Edward W. Byrn, A.M., 
has well said that "the past 
fifty years represent an epoch 
of invention and progress 
unique in the history of the 
world. It is something more 




EDWARD ENTWISTLE 
The first locomotive engineer 

Edward Entwistle's father was a sta- 
tionary engineer, and thus he himself be- 
came acquainted with stationary engines 
when he was a boy. At the age of four- 
teen he was apprenticed to the duke of 
Bridgewater to serve in his machine shops 
for a period of seven years. When En- 
twistle was about sixteen and one half 
years old, George Stephenson came to his 
foreman and asked for a man to run the 
"Rocket." Reply was made that they had 
no man, but that if he would go to the 
duke's steward and get his consent, ho 
could have "the lad working on the lathe," 
and that they would warrant his giving 
satisfaction. He got the consent, and the 
next Monday Stephenson inaugurated the 
first public passenger service between Liv- 
erpool and Manchester, with Mr. Entwistle 
as engineer. 

Mr. Entwistle ran the "Rocket" about 
two years, then he was engineer on a 
steamboat for four years, finally coming to 
this country and going back to loco- 
motive engineering. He stood by the 
throttle all together for sixty years. This 
photograph was taken at his late home 
in Des Moines, Iowa. A single life has 
thus spanned the stupendous developments 
in the world to-day. Born 1815, died 1909. 



A REMARKABLE CENTURY 



21 



than merely a normal growth or natural development. It 
has been a gigantic wave of human ingenuity and resource, 
so stupendous in its magnitude, so complex in its diversity, 
so profound in its thought, so fruitful in its wealth, so 
beneficent in its results, that the mind is strained and 
embarrassed in its efforts to expand to- a full apprecia- 
tion of it. Indeed, the period seems a grand climax of 
discovery, rather than increment of growth. . . . The 
negative conditions of that period extend into such an 
appalling void that we stop short, shrinking from the 
thought of what it would mean to modern civilization to 
eliminate from its life those potent factors of its existence." 

If we go back a ^_ 

hundred years, we 
find the world doing 
very much as it did 
four thousand years 
before. The most 
rapid travel by land 
was with horse; the 
most rapid travel by 
sea was with sail- 
boats. Men knew no 
means of carrying 
any form of thought 
faster than the horse 
or the sailing vessel 
could go. The work 
on the farm, in the 
shop, and everywhere, 
was all laboriously the "rocket- 

-. * First locomotive in practical use, and which 

dOne bV hand. An Mr. Entwistle operated. 




22 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



adjoining county or state was so far away that even 
the closest friends and relatives seldom communicated 
with one another. 

Thus it was in all the world till a hundred years ago. 
Then there came a sudden change. A few decades pass, 
and men are doing everything by vastly improved methods, 
and all the world is brought together as one neighborhood. 
Men are still living who have witnessed in their own 
lives the developments of the railroad, the steamship, the 
telegraph — both with and without wires, the printing 
press, and all the rest of the great inventions of this time. 
Thus the world has been revolutionized in its material 
phases during a single generation. Through these agencies, 
every part of it is in touch with every other part; hence 
many of our problems in this time immediately become 
world problems, and one of the leading points in the 
thought of the day is the great ques- 
tion of internationalism. Men are 
saying that our difficulties must 
be settled by international 
courts, our rights must be safe- 
guarded by international police. 
The leaders in thought recognize 
that unless international 
agreements, international 
law, and international tri- 
bunals can be made ef- 
fective, the prospect is 
; anything but hopeful. 
The material bless- 
ings of the time, which 

Overland in : HS*iK ~ f ^^ 

SnS.Tc'em.u,- ~ * ' are capable of so much 




A REMARKABLE CENTURY 



23 




THE DeWITT CLINTON ENGINE AND TRAIN 
Courtesy New York Central Railroad 
The first railway train in New York. The omnibus was the only conception of a car in 
those days. The passengers on this train were very much annoyed by the sparks from the engine 
setting fire to their clothes. 







THE TWENTIETH CENTURY LIMITED 
Courtesy New Fork Central Railroad 
Photographed in the Highlands of the Hudson while running ninety miles an hour 



within about a hundred miles of where the DeWitt Clinton made its run. 
trip from New York to Chicago (980 miles) in eighteen hours. 



and 

She makes the 



24 



HEKALDS OF THE MORNING 



good, have also shown 
their ability to spread 
any form of evil or 
disorder to every part 
of our planet. When 
the stagecoach was 
our fastest means of 
travel, and when mes- 
sages to be sent the 
most swiftly had to 
be transmitted by re- 
lays of men on horse- 
back, any threatened 
revolution, or any 
other danger, in the 
very nature of things 
was largely localized. 

But now the op- 
pressor, as he arises, 
is advertised and dis- 
cussed to the ends of 
the earth; and it is 
possible, with the con- 
ditions of to-day, to 
have a world revo- 
lution. 

Dr. Josiah Strong 
tells the following 
story, which very for- 
cibly illustrates the 
difference between the 
conditions at the be- 
ginning of the nine- 




> £ 
i— i <» 

^ .2 

SI 

^ s 

P< s 
< 2 

Eh 0) 
^ % 

£1 

o 



oS 



g-Sf S 

J5 *S 



£ © a 



o 

c3 > O 






° ..ft 

■St-"!' 



1, O O 

M, S-S 

0) t3 „ „ 






A REMARKABLE CENTURY 



25 



teenth century and 
what we had at the 
beginning of the 
twentieth century. 
He says: 

"The late William 
E. Dodge told me 
that his grandfather, 
a resident of New 
York City, once asked 
the prayers of his 
church as he was 
about to undertake 
1 the long and peril- 
ous journey to Roch- 
ester.' An English 
friend of mine, on 
his westward way 
around the world, was 
overtaken by a busi- 
ness cablegram at 
Seattle. 'I con- 
cluded,' said he, 'that 
I would just take a 
run back to London 
and talk the matter 
over with my part- 
ners. ' 

"Now this 'run 
back to London,' in- 
cluding three thou- 
sand miles across the 
mountains, canons. 




"3 © 6 g 

«« S © O 
O ftS £ 

p*.2 * o 
o C " *> 

S"? 2 9 

'" ® rt «n 
££ So 

,£ co 

p .—I © - 

-^ P C fe 
QQ 0-J3 ^ 

5 ©£:=: 



P =3 

^ © 



O | 

o s 

Q QQ 

O 00 

< S 



O -2 

I— I 5- 

£ ° 



C3 W ^ « 

© © 'C 



p. -g CD © 
O Jh cj «2 

■S.B§ 



•*£©-S 
tf £ o .2 © 



.9 - c £ o 

« C3 o P* 

©.« © 

£ - *« s 

^ © © s 
aiJ-g 2 5 
£ © " 5 © 

8n* * 

>— ' .E) M 03 03 
O ^ 

© 3 o-~ a 

rt o 



.5 o 



*E 



tS o © 

£.2 S 5 



26 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



rivers, and plains of a continent, plus three thousand 
more across the ocean, involved less of time, less of dis- 
comfort, and less of actual danger, than 'the long and 
perilous journey' from New York to Rochester. The one 
incident represented the beginning of the nine- 
teenth century, the other that of the twentieth." 
Prof. Sidney L. Gulick, in speaking of 
"the modern mastery of the secrets of na- 
ture," says that "with this control of power 
has come also the practical collapse of 
space." 

In speaking upon the subject of the 
developments within our generation, the 
Scientific American very aptly says: 

"The material world has advanced so 
rapidly, . . . and with a pace so accel- 
erated, that mankind has almost lost one 
of its most important fac- 
ulties, and one essential to happiness, — 
that of surprise. . . . The most marvel- 
ous developments are taken as a matter 
of course. The condition of things fifty 
years ago is seldom pictured to the mind, 
and all the material blessings which we now 
enjoy are used as conveniences of daily 
life and no more. . . . The task of telling 
about the progress of a lifetime can at the 
least be only inadequately performed, so 
much has been done." 

In connection with the mention of these 
great developments of the means of com- 

■ • -ii t j*i J.J.J.* "Imagine Franklin's 

mumcation and travel, particular attention surprise." 




OLD FRANKLIN HAND PRESS 




A REMARKABLE CENTURY 



27 



■IMS 


HI 


l 

m 






Hp l 'Jis'i | «. -*■* ^i . m " mrnm 






W v*/* fir r •- 


Jl 


p^ i If- 


if- 

i""t 


, , ........ 

•'■7*- wL 


i 








■ 



THE HOE DOUBLE OCTUPLE PRINTING PRESS 

Courtesy R. Hoe & Co. 

"This most ingenious machine has a capacity for 200,000 copies an hour, or 3,300 a minute, 
of any of the eight-page daily newspapers. The paper is reeled off eight rolls, and travels through 
the press at the amazing speed of thirty-two and one half miles an hour." 



should be given also to the higher state of perfection to 
which the printing press has attained. Although print- 
ing has been done for several hundred years, it remained 
for the last half of the nineteenth century to reduce it to 
one of the fine arts, and at the same time provide in- 
genious and rapid presses that are capable of printing 
millions of pages of matter in a single day. The old 
Franklin hand press, with a few improvements and modi- 
fications, was the best that had been produced at the be- 
ginning of the nineteenth century; but the first half of 
that century witnessed some very decided advancements. 
These improvements, however, were only prophetic indi- 



28 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

cations of what was to be accomplished during the last 
forty or fifty years. 

Franklin's press, which was decidedly useful and a 
great wonder in his day, stands now in the National 
Museum simply as a curiosity. Passing down the long 
list of improvements that have been made in the print- 
ing press since Franklin's time, we are brought to some- 
thing more marvelous by far than any of the famous 
seven wonders of the ancient world. We refer to the 
double octuple press invented by Eichard M. Floe. This 
most ingenious machine has a capacity for two hundred 
thousand copies an hour, or three thousand three hun- 
dred a minute, of any of the eight-page daily newspapers. 
The paper is reeled off eight rolls, and travels through 
the press at the amazing speed of thirty-two and one 
half miles an hour. That is a fair speed for a passenger 
train. This press is really eight presses working together 
in one. 

The press is constructed so that it prints both sides 
of the paper as it glides through; and an ingenious 
attachment automatically cuts apart, pastes, folds, and 
counts the papers. Several men have to work quite 
briskly in taking the papers away from the press as 
they are printed. Imagine Franklin's surprise if he 
were now awakened from his short sleep of a hundred 
years and brought at once into the presence of this most 
wonderful perfecting press. What would be his amaze- 
ment to watch it acting with all the precision and seeming 
intelligence of a human being, as it printed, cut, folded, 
and counted more papers a minute than the historic 
press he produced could deliver in a whole day. 




LA PRENSA NEWSPAPER OFFICE, BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA 
Courtesy Columbus Memorial Library, Washington, I). C. 
This is said to be the finest appointed newspaper office in the world. It has a con- 
sultation library for business men, a modern kindergarten, a free clinic, and a free legal 
advice department. Its beautifully finished concert and reception parlors resemble a king's 
palace rather than a printing office. 

29 



30 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

The printing press lias as its great complement the 
electric telegraph, through which it is able to gather 
intelligence moment by moment and clay by day from 
every nook and corner of the globe. And to the first 
invention of the telegraph, which required wires and 
cables for the transmission of messages, the last few 
years have added the radio or wireless telegraphy; and 
to-day the big liners, through this means, are kept in 
touch with the land. They get out their daily papers; 
and although they are in the middle of the great ocean, 
they are not isolated as heretofore. It was on May 24, 
1844, that Miss Ellsworth suggested the message, "What 
hath God wrought!" that was first to be flashed over 
the experimental telegraph line from Washington to 
Baltimore. 

But how rapidly have the applied genius and business 
activity of such men as Morse, Edison, Delaney, Stearns, 
Field, Cooper, Mackay, Marconi, and many others, revo- 
lutionized the world by extending the great nerves of 
intelligence to every part of it, and making it for all 
practical purposes one audience! 

What does all this mean? Why were not some of 
these things invented in former ages? And why has not 
the development been more gradual? Why has a single 
generation been left to produce so suddenly practically 
all of this marvelous change? Why have not the intel- 
lectual giants of former ages discovered these things, 
or at least produced some of these modern inventions? 
Is all of this stupendous change meaningless? Are we 
to accept it merely as a matter of course, with no thought 
of what it may possibly signify? In one of the most 
ancient books, we have these words: 



A BEM ARK ABLE CENTURY 



31 



I ..! 



"But thou, Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the 
book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to 
and fro, and knowledge shall be increased. ' ' Dan. 12 : 4. 

At first thought, this text may not strike the reader 
with much force; but give it a little careful scrutiny. It gia , ^ 
says that at a specified time, "many shall run to and 
fro"; and not only shall many run to and fro, but 
"knowledge shall be increased." 

The same verb, and 
in the same tense, is 
used by Amos in tell- 
ing of the people that 
should run to and 
fro, evidently after 
the close of proba- 
tion, in their frantic 
search for the words 
of God. Amos 8 : 12. 
In Jer. 5 : 1 the same 
original root is used, 
and the text says: 

' 'Run ye to 
and fro through the 

streets of Jerusalem, and see now, and know, and seek in 
the broad places thereof, if ye can find a man, if there 
be any that executeth judgment, that seeketh the truth; 
and I will pardon it. ' ' 

Also the same root is used in Jer. 49 : 3 : 

"Cry, ye daughters of Eabbah, gird you with sack- 
cloth; lament, and run to and fro by the hedges; for 
their king shall go into captivity." 

3 




THE FIRST "WORKING" TELEGRAPH INSTRUMENT 




GIRDLING THE GLOBE BY WIRELESS 
Courtesy Scientific American 
One of a series . of wireless telegraph stations installed by the United States government, 
giving instant communication between naval headquarters at Washington and any United 
States warship in any part of the world. 

32 



A REMARKABLE CENTURY 33 

The object in making these quotations is to show that 
this expression, used in various parts of the Bible, means 
the literal running to and fro of individuals upon the 
face of the earth. 

The late Uriah Smith has told a very interesting 
circumstance connected with the prophetic studies of 
the astronomer Sir Isaac Newton, and the comments on 
the same by the infidel Voltaire. Mr. Smith's words are: 

"Sir Isaac Newton wrote . . . that in order to 
fulfill certain prophecies before a certain period was 
terminated, . . . there would be a mode of traveling 
of which the men of his time had no conception ; nay, that 
the knowledge of mankind would be so increased that 
they would be able to travel at the rate of fifty miles 
an hour. 

" Voltaire, who did not believe in the inspiration of 
the Scriptures, got hold of this, and said: 'Now look at 
that mighty mind of Newton's, who discovered gravity, 
and told us such marvels for us all to admire. When he 
became an old man, and got into his dotage, he began to 
study that book called the Bible; and it seems that, in 
order to credit its fabulous nonsense, we must believe that 
the knowledge of mankind will be so increased that we 
shall be able to travel at the rate of fifty miles an hour.' 

" 'The poor dotard!' exclaimed the philosophic infidel 
Voltaire, in the self-complacency of his pity. But who 
is the dotard now?" 

Thus the old Book stands ahead of the wisdom of 
the wisest of men. The vision of Daniel could not be 
seen and understood until the days of the running "to 
and fro" of the many in "the time of the end." 



34 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 




FIRST ATLANTIC MAIL STEAMER 



Who can estimate the millions of people that are at 
this moment in rapid motion on railway and steamship? 
Statistics seem meaningless in telling the stoiy. One year 
we are informed by the statistician that the travel in the 
United States alone has been equivalent to one hundred 
and thirty million persons traveling an average of a hun- 
dred miles each during the 
year. Ten years later we are 
told that the travel in this 
country would be equivalent 
to an average railroad trip 
of 287 miles for each man, 
woman, and child in the na- 
tion, or practically a doub- 
ling, in that short period, of 
the amount of travel. And not only do we have the facili- 
ties for rapid running to and fro furnished by the ordinary 
railroad and the steamship, but trolley cars, automobiles, 
airships, etc., are among the means of rapid transit that 
keep the peoples of the earth in a constant commotion, 
mingling continuously with one another all over the world. 
Observe that the prophecy designates a specific time 
for this marvelous running to and fro. The command is 
given to "shut up the words, and seal the book." But 
till what time are they thus "shut up" and "sealed"? — 
"Even to the time of the end." It will be noticed that 
the scripture does not say "the end" nor "the end of 
time," but "the time of the end"; that is, a brief period 
before "the end," in which great and striking changes are 
to take place, in which we are to know that the end is 
fast approaching. And when the prophet in vision was 
gazing into that period, he saw "many" who were running 




35 



36 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

"to and fro"; and not only did lie see them running to 
and fro, but he saw that "knowledge shall be increased." 

We may note, as one of the greatest wonders of our 
time, the world-wide enthusiasm that is thrown into the 
work of educating all the people — at least so far as to 
enable them to read and write readily. The nation that 
does not provide a good common school education for all 
its common people is already marked to withdraw in dis- 
grace from the marching columns of progress; while the 
individual who is not able to read at least in his native 
tongue is looked upon with pity, disgust, and reproach. 
The thirst for knowledge is the great order of the age. 
Thousands of mechanics and day laborers at the present 
time are better trained and have a broader education than 
many of the so-called educated and professional men of 
two hundred years ago. 

Here are three striking specifications in the prophecy: 
There are the "many" who shall "run to and fro"; there 
is the great increase of knowledge; and these must come 
at a specified time. The prophet shows that these condi- 
tions would not prevail until "the time of the end," for 
the prophecy was shut up and sealed till that time. But 
when this specified time of the end is reached, then there 
is to be a blazing forth of great light. Knowledge will 
be increased, and a great commotion among the people 
will be manifested in runniug "to and fro." 

This prophecy shows one of the strong characteristics 
of the predictions of the divine Book. It does not give 
merely one specification, through which we may guess at 
a fulfillment; but it gives specification upon specification, 
all of which must come together at one time and make 
a perfect fit, so that the individual who cares to know 



A REMARKABLE CENTURY 



37 




MODERN RAILWAY TERMINAL 

Courtesy Pennsylvania Railroad Company 

The exit to Thirty-third Street, New York, from the main waiting room of the Pennsylvania 
Railway station, showing the doors leading to the driveway. This mammoth depot has a total 
area of twenty-eight acres, while the much larger terminal of the New York Central has an 
area of seventy-nine acres. 



may understand without a peradventure that he is upon 
the solid rock of truth itself. 

But this scripture in Daniel is not alone in calling 
for conditions that would show the people running to 
and fro and knowledge increasing. When the Lord was 
here in person, His disciples asked Him, "What shall be 
the sign of Thy coming, and of the end of the world?" 
Matt, 24:3. One statement in His answer reads, ''This 
gospel of the kingdom shall he preached in all the world 



38 .HERALDS OF THE MORXIXG 

for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end 
come." Matt. 24:14. 

When the Master uttered that prophecy, the world 
enjoyed a high order of civilization from the purely 
human standpoint. Borne was standing in the zenith of 
her national glory. However, only a small part of the 
world was then peopled. But this message calls for a 
specific phase of the gospel — i ' the gospel of the kingdom. ' ' 
And it was to be preached in all the world. 

In the prophecies of Daniel, as well as elsewhere in the 
Bible, the promise had been given that the eternal reign 
of Christ should supplant all earthly kingdoms, that 
they would be destroyed at His second coming, and that 
eventually this earth would be brought back to its state 
of Eden glory and sinlessness and become the eternal 
abode of the redeemed. 

The Jewish nation in the time of Christ misunderstood 
the prophecy, and taught that the Messiah would establish 
a temporal kingdom. But the Master overthrew their 
false interx3retations by saying, in the most explicit lan- 
guage, "My kingdom is not of this world." John 18:36. 

Yet notwithstanding that plain statement, Christ's 
continued preaching on the subject of the kingdom during 
His earthly ministry led His disciples to ask, at the time 
of His ascension, if He would at that time "restore again 
the kingdom to Israel. ' ' Acts 1 : 6. 

But the Master reiterated His teaching that the time 
for the kingdom was still future. Hence He says, in this 
great prophecy under consideration, "This gospel of the 
kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness 
unto all nations; and then shall the end come." Matt. 
24:14. 



A REMARKABLE CENTURY 39 

When Christ made that prediction, and for centuries 
following it, the conditions were such that for a world 
message to become an issue and a theme everywhere at 
once was an impossibility. The Saviour was evidently 
looking forward to that great period of running "to and 
fro" which He had inspired Daniel to predict for the time 
of the end — a time when the nations of earth would stand 
together through means of intercommunication, so that 
the message of His second coming could be urged upon 
the attention of every individual. 

For the question that was asked Him was not only, 
"What shall be the sign of Thy coming?" but also, "What 
shall be the sign of . . . the end of the world?" Conse- 
quently the "gospel of the kingdom," about which He is 
talking, is the message that tells of the kingdom that shall 
be upon this earth after sin and everything connected with 
it have been destroyed. 

In the thirteenth chapter of Revelation, an apostate 
power is foretold, and the statement is made that "all 
that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names 
are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from 
the foundation of the world." Rev. 13:8. In the re- 
maining portion of the chapter, a world conflict is pre- 
sented, showing that a great issue will be raised between 
the true and the false worship. 

Our object in referring to this scripture is not to 
discuss what this beast may be that all in the world will 
worship whose names are not in the book of life, but merely 
to show that here is another scripture that foreshadows 
world-embracing issues. 

The ninth to the twelfth verses of the fourteenth 
chapter of Revelation present a great message of warning 



40 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

that will be proclaimed against the beast mentioned in the 
thirteenth chapter, and against his "worship," and re- 
ception of his "mark," or the worship of his "image." 
The Bible student may readily see that according to these 
scriptures, issues are foretold that are to agitate all the 
world. 

We have also these words in the sixth and seventh 
verses of the fourteenth chapter of Eevelation: 

"And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, 
having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that 
dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and 
tongue, and people, saying with a loud voice, Fear God, 
and give glory to Him; for the hour of His Judgment is 
come : and worship Him that made heaven, and earth, 
and the sea, and the fountains of waters." 

This message proclaims the everlasting gospel and the 
announcement of the Judgment hour. But notice that it 
is carried "to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and 
people." And not only is it thus carried to all the peoples 
of the world, but it is given "with a loud voice." 

The text also calls us to "worship Him that made 
heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of 
waters." The devout student of the Bible will see in 
this call to worship the Creator of the universe a prophecy 
also of the great discoveries and advancement in the field 
of astronomy ; for if we go back of the seventeenth cen- 
tury, we find astronomy filled with vague superstitions. 
The stars that be jewel the sky were not recognized as 
great suns about which myriads of worlds were revolving, 
and thus declaring the glory of the infinite Creator; but 
Copernicus, Tycho Brahe, Kepler, Galileo, Newton, La- 
grange, Laplace, Herschel, and numerous others, made dis- 










c 2 
.2 * 

M 9 



tfJS 






41 



42 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

coveries that have brought the world to the place where it 
may have something of an intelligent conception of the 
infinite power displayed in upholding and guiding these 
countless millions of suns. Higher mathematics, the tele- 
scope, the spectroscope, and telephotography have been 
combined to give us some idea of the accurate movements 
of the heavenly bodies and the glories that are manifested 
in planet, in star, in nebula and glittering constellation. 
It is as though the Lord were preparing the world, through 
this call to intelligent worship, to get ready for the realiza- 
tion of that prayer of the Master when He said, "Father, 
I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with 
Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which 
Thou hast given Me." John 17:24. 

In keeping with the scripture last quoted is this other 
statement : 

"After these things I saw another angel come down 
from heaven, having great power; and the earth was 
lightened with his glory." Rev. 18:1. 

Thus do scriptures multiply in showing that God has 
for ages had in mind a world-embracing message, and has 
foretold things that will take place in "the time of the 
end," when many shall be running "to and fro," and 
knowledge shall be increased. This running "to and fro," 
and this increase of knowledge in general, is the founda- 
tion work, in the providence of the Infinite One, for the 
great message proclaiming the Judgment hour, and car- 
rying to the peoples of the earth the salvation that is 
offered in the everlasting gospel. 

When these prophecies were uttered, many of the 
nations of the far East were locked up in their seclusion, 
and but little was known of them. India was more or 



A REMARKABLE CENTURY 43 

less secluded; Japan and China far more so. Other por- 
tions of the earth, where inhabited at all, were peopled by 
roving bands of barbarians. But these prophecies look 
to a time when all these nations will be opened up to the 
blessings of the gospel and of civilization, and when they 
will have an opportunity to hear the evidence that is of- 
fered in the divine Book. 

We see that these prophecies demand a message which 
reaches every part of the world ; we see the prediction that 
these world-wide messages will be given; and we may well 
raise the question as to whether or not these world prob- 
lems mentioned in the first chapter, and which are causing 
so much perplexit} T in the world, may not be signs of the 
great event that is the climax to the gospel plan of salva- 
tion. Men are convinced that conditions cannot go on as 
they are. Is there any light ahead? Does the Bible say 
anything concerning these problems that are confronting 
us % Are there any harbingers of a coming day ? Are there 
heralds of an approaching morning? 




YE-hame 



TOEIUWI 





HI 



CHAPTER 
THREE 




MONG the international problems, none are 
more perplexing than that expressed in the 
term " capital and labor." The wealth of the 
world has been passing with great rapidity into 
the hands of a very few men, and the discontented army 
of the poverty-stricken and destitute is rapidly growing 
in consequence. Conflicts between the laboring class and 
the capitalists are constantly in process in every country 
under the sun. This condition of things is probably cre- 
ating as much uneasiness in the minds of men as any one 
thing that confronts us. Men who are past fifty can 
well remember when the millionaire was considered very 
wealthy, but now he who has no more than a million is 
a small factor in the great field of finance. 

At first we began to have a few large individual for- 
tunes. The men who possessed them were rare and well 
known. But during very recent times, several men have 
died leaving behind them estates that inventoried all the 
way from seventy-five to one hundred millions each; yet 

44 



YE HAVE HEAPED TREASURE 45 

outside of the little company of multimillionaires them- 
selves, these men were practically unknown. 

"In 1833/' says Bobert N. Beeves, "when Toequeville 
visited America, he was struck by the equal distribution 
of wealth and the absence of capitalists. Half a century 
later, when James Bryce, author of 'The American Com- 
monwealth,' visited our country, the trusts, monopolies, 
and concentrated wealth so amazed him that he exclaimed, 
'I see the shadows of a new structure of society — an 
aristocracy of riches.' " 

The facilities that have been provided for exploiting 
commerce in every section of the world have led to the 
combining of these large individual fortunes, first into 
simple corporations, which later were followed by the 
trusts that united the corporations themselves. Once the 
concentration of capital was well under way, we soon had 
the many times multiplied millionaire. And as early as 
1889, Thomas G. Shearman, a leading attorney in New 
York City, predicted, in a magazine article, that within 
forty years, at the rate of concentration and amassing 
of fortunes that was then in progress, we would have a 
billionaire. 

The enormous profits that have built up these large 
fortunes may be illustrated by one of the trusts that has 
control of a leading commodity, and which, with an in- 
vestment of $1,250,000, reaped dividends of $26,000,000 
in a quarter of a century. This was a profit of more than 
eighty-three per cent per annum. One of the banks of 
control in New York City has earned since 1872, $80,- 
000,000 on an investment of $500,000. That is almost 
four hundred per cent per annum. 



46 HERALDS OP THE MORNING 

These instances are given as nothing more than ex- 
amples of the profits that are made by the big concerns. 
These profits range all the way from eight or ten per cent 
in some of the less profitable lines of business, on up to 
such exorbitant profits as those just mentioned. The Wall 
Street Journal quotes a list of seventy-six men in the 
United States, each of whom has an income of more than 
a million dollars a year. 

In the first years after the invention of the trust, 
through which the powerful corporations could be com- 
bined, eliminating their "cutthroat" competition, much 
experimenting was done. When, in the year 1898, a 
billion dollars was absorbed by the trusts, a big stir was 
made. Both pulpit and press discussed the situation vig- 
orously, and pointed out the dangers that were "looming 
large across our horizon." But in the years that imme- 
diately followed, the trust builders were fairly frenzied 
with the intensity of their energies. One of the most 
important trusts was the steel corporation, organized 
February 25, 1901, which was capitalized at $1,400,000,000. 
It got control of the principal iron ore fields and the 
greater part of the establishments in its line throughout 
the nation. 

By January 1, 1904, the capital that had been or- 
ganized into trusts had reached the immense figure of 
$20,379,162,511; and in 1908 the activities of our "Na- 
poleons of finance" had gathered into those grasping com- 
bines the astounding smn of $31,672,160,754. Into these 
big combinations no less than ten thousand independent 
industrial plants and corporations had been merged. 

The next big step in the progress of the money power 
may be called the period of "control"; for having con- 




if 
■ 

HI 



© Underwood and Underwood, N. Y. 
A VIEW OF LOWER BROADWAY, NEW YORK 
The immense white structure is the new Equitable Life Assurance Society's building — forty 
stories high, and containing 1,200.000 square feet of floor space. It was erected in the record 
time of one year. In the immediate foreground at the left is the steeple of the historic Trinity 
Church. Opposite the church is the beginning of Wall Street, the financial heart of America. 
In the background, at the extreme left, is the tower of the forty-nine-story Singer Building. 
The immense business blocks in this photograph are monuments of the concentrated wealth and 
mechanical genius and applied knowledge of this time. 

47 



48 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

centrated the various industrial concerns in the trusts, 
it was but a short step so to combine the banks of the 
nation as to control the money vaults. As far back as 
1903, the Wall Street Journal, one of the great financial 
authorities of the country, saw the clanger that was threat- 
ened by the prospect of a bankers' trust. One of its 
editorials was headed " Perils of the Money Trust," and 
among other things it said: 

"The bank credits of the country are being rapidly 
concentrated in the hands of a few bankers who are more 
interested in banking on its financial [speculative] side 
than in banking on its commercial side. 

"Such concentration as this is dangerous in a political 
sense. The people have already been greatly disturbed 
by the concentration that has taken place in the industrial 
world. . . . But concentration in the industrial world is 
a far less menacing condition than concentration in bank- 
ing. The men or set of men who control the credits of the 
country control the country. 

"And if this concentration continues at the rapid rate 
with which it has progressed in the past ten years, there 
will surely come a time when the people, alarmed at the 
growth, will rise up in some vigorous measure to assert 
their power. Such an uprising would involve the most 
serious consequences, and would likely be carried to the 
most unreasonable limits." 

Good authorities on finance inform us that in 1880 
the banks of Wall Street held only about $11,000,000 of 
cash, and that was considered a goodly sum in that time. 
But a congressional committee found that "the resources 
of the banks and trust companies of the city of New York 
in 1911 were $5,121,245,175"; that is, nearly 450 times as 



YE HATE HEAPED TREASURE 49 

much as was concentrated there thirty-one years before. 
Facts of this kind are among the things that formed the 
basis of the warning of the Wall Street Journal. The 
wealthy men who are the heart and soul of these gigantic 
financial enterprises seek either to own or to control the 
principal commodities and resources of the world. 

As a simple illustration of this, a government document 
tells of corporations and individuals holding land as fol- 
lows: Three have an average of 11,000,000 acres each; six 
others have an average of 6,580,000 acres; sixteen others 
have an average of almost 3,000,000 acres ; forty-three have 
an average of 1,340,000 acres; while there are 733 who 
own over 18,000 acres each. In other words, we have, 
in this great democratic country, individual citizens and 
private corporations that have holdings of land larger 
than Belgium, Switzerland, or Holland. Belgium con- 
tains 7,277,440 acres; Switzerland, 10,224,640 acres; and 
Holland, 8,094,720 acres. 

Concerning the concentration of banking, the Wall 
Street Journal said, in the editorial already quoted: 

"But there is still another reason why this develop- 
ment in modern banking is open to criticism. It is largely 
a. departure from commercial banking. It is turning the 
power over bank credits into financial [stock promotion 
and speculation] channels. So long as the country is pros- 
perous, no immediate danger may be apprehended from 
such a development as that. . . . But it is always the 
unexpected that happens, and our panics are commonly 
ushered in by some unforeseen calamity; and it is a fair 
inquiry to make whether banking conducted on a 'depart- 
ment store' principle, with credits concentrated in a few 
great institutions, and with these institutions having large 



50 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

interests in financial and speculative enterprises, would be 
in a position, in such a moment of unexpected calamity, 
to do more than to protect the financial and speculative 
interests with which it is allied. In such a contingency, 
what protection would be left for the great commercial 
interests of the country?" 

The foregoing warning was given by Wall Street's 
financial daily in 1903, and the reality came in 1907. The 
great panic of that year struck us in a time of unprece- 
dented plenty and prosperity, and when the banks showed 
heavy deposits. A study of that panic discloses in a most 
striking manner the hand of this concentrated control of 
the money of the nation. And while strong men, with 
great influence, are ever combating these lords of commerce 
and business, yet the money power is continually search- 
ing for new avenues through which to hold its control, and 
to increase and extend it at every opportunity. The 
" money barons" seek to hold the power to make prices 
high or low, just as suits them. Their plans would in- 
volve the creating of a money scarcity whenever they like. 
They seek to override courts and legislatures. They would 
hold the world in their grasp. 

While the facts concerning this concentration of the 
money power represent the conditions in the United States, 
the same thing is working in a similar manner in every 
other country in the world. Government reports and sta- 
tistics that may be gathered in abundance concerning these 
nations, show it very clearly. And if the statistics were 
wholly lacking, the growth of socialism, and the agitation 
and discontentment of the labor combines, would make 
the matter clear beyond any doubt. Socialism and the 
labor interests, which are very closely interlocked, direct 



YE HAVE HEAPED TREASURE 51 

their main efforts and their strongest attacks against the 
aristocracy of wealth and the uneven distribution of the 
commodities of the world. 

The reports show that during " socialist week" in the 
early part of 1914, in Germany alone the activities of the 
socialist party secured over 100,000 subscriptions to their 
periodicals, and 150,000 new members. A "socialist week' 7 
of propaganda was observed in most of the countries at 
about the same time; and while the gains were greatest 
in Germany, yet they were very large in other nations 
as well. 

This rolling up of the membership of the socialist party 
is a striking symptom of the unrest because of the wealth 
and the luxuries that a very few are enjoying while mil- 
lions of others are suffering for the lack of the very neces- 
sities of life. 

The money power knows no single nation. It is an 
international organization. Its combination embraces the 
world. It is what John Clark Eidpath called "the in- 
visible empire." 

A congressional committee that was investigating the 
money power in 1913 and 1914 reported, among other 
things, "From what we have learned of existing condi- 
tions in finance and of the vast ramifications of this group 
[of bankers] throughout the country and in foreign coun- 
tries, we are satisfied that their influence is sufficiently 
potent to prevent the financing of any enterprise in any 
part of the country requiring ten million dollars or over, 
of which, for reasons satisfactory to themselves, they do 
not approve." In other words, if a railroad or any other 
commercial or manufacturing enterprise required ten 
million dollars or more — and that would not be a verv 



52 HEKALDS OF THE MORNING 

large sum in these days of big corporations — it could 
not secure this money unless the bankers of the world 
approved of the measure. 

"The vast ramifications of this group [of bankers] 
throughout the country and in foreign countries" were 
very apparent in the transactions connected with the pro- 
posed "six power" Chinese loan that was so much dis- 
cussed in financial circles. When China overthrew her 
ancient dynasty and established a republic, she found her- 
self in need of funds, and entered the money markets of 
the world as a borrower. She was on the point again and 
again of arranging with certain bankers for a sum that 
would meet her pressing needs, which she thought re- 
quired only a few millions of dollars ; but the rulers in the 
international "empire of finance" decided that she needed 
fully three hundred million dollars in order to give her 
the necessary railroads and other equipment for manu- 
facture and commerce. They decided further that the six 
great powers — the United States, Great Britain, Ger- 
many, France, Eussia, and Japan — would unite in fur- 
nishing these funds. And they would not be satisfied 
short of an ironclad mortgage on China that would give 
them the control in that revived and promising commer- 
cial field. Through the ability of China finally to raise 
considerable funds in her own country, and because of 
various other things that arose, these financiers were not 
able fully to force upon that Oriental empire all of their 
financial plans. But the incident illustrates the interna- 
tional power and the international combine of the bankers. 

This power of the "money barons" has been so fully 
recognized that Dr. David Starr Jordan, who is one of 
the best known educators of the world, and who may be 



YE HAVE HEAPED TEEASITRE 53 

said to be an international character himself, wrote an 
article for the World's Work of June, 1912, in which he 
endeavored to prove that we could never have any more 
war, because of the control of money by the " unseen 
empire of finance/' He stated: "The bankers still have 
the last word. No international struggle — accident aside 
— can break out until they give the signal." 

The international money power did not prevent the 
great war that broke out in 1914. Possibly the "unseen 
empire of finance" may have thought that to do other- 
wise would be more profitable. But however that may be, 
the fact remains that we have an international money 
power, and this fact is recognized by the leading citizens 
of the nations of the world. 

Whether we will all admit it or not, nevertheless we 
all know that modern business has divorced moral prin- 
ciples very largely from its practice. In other words, 
transactions will be carried on in the office of a merchant, 
and things will be admitted to be "business," that the 
same man will acknowledge, when he goes to his church 
the next Sunday, are out of harmony with the Golden 
Eule. This point may be illustrated by introducing one 
of the many actual occurrences. A leading New York 
banker who had served several terms as president of the 
stock exchange, was brought before the House Committee 
of Congress that was investigating the "money trust." 
Eeference was made to certain transactions in stock deal- 
ings, and the question was asked the banker: 

Ques. "You approve of these transactions, do you?" 

Ans. "I approve of transactions that pay their proper 
commissions and are properly transacted. You are asking 



54 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

me a moral question, and I am answering you a stock 
exchange question." 

Ques. "What is the difference?" 
Ans. "They are very different things." 
Ques. "I thought so. There is no relation between a 
moral question, then, and a stock exchange question?" 
A ns. i ' Sometimes. ' ' 

The methods that have been followed by building up 
the big fortunes and the big business control of the nation 
have been often speculative, and that speculation has fre- 
quently taken more of the form of gambling than of 
legitimate and honorable business. Such questions and 
answers as the foregoing reveal how the dollar has covered 
up the moral sensibilities. The grasping and menacing 
power of the wealth combine has been diagnosed, and 
doctored by the application of every conceivable remedy. 
Popular opinion has driven it from one position to an- 
other. Some of its great trusts and corporations have been 
dissolved by the courts. Its "voting trusts" and its "in- 
terlocking directorates" have been placed under the ban. 
But it has such a controlling power over business, and 
so many channels through which to work, and so many 
shrewd and capable men, that while its progress may at 
times be impeded, yet it is always progressing, and its 
power is ever increasing. 

The economists, the statesmen, and patriots, will assure 
us that they have baffled the designs of the kings of finance. 
They will assure us that reforms have been consummated. 
But before they have time to rest from the labors of break- 
ing down one section of the ramparts of the "money 
barons," it is found that they are intrenched and operat- 
ing just as strongly in another quarter. 



YE HAVE .HEAPED TREASURE 55 

It lias been apparent, all the way along, that this con- 
centration of control was designed for a wider field than 
the marketing of ordinary merchandise and manufactures. 
It was the design to control the market of labor as well. 
One of the great problems of the money kings has been 
to outgeneral the labor leaders, and to create conditions 
that would hold the labor market as absolutely within their 
grasp as is the money market itself. This fact is one of 
the things that make the conflict between capital and 
labor so sharp and bitter. And while many of the strong- 
est men of the age have been absorbing their great abilities 
in building up their immense fortunes, it is not at all 
surprising to learn that poverty and destitution have been 
growing side by side with the great amassing of wealth. 

Hundreds of individuals with small holdings have 
fallen beneath the invading and conquering marches of 
the "unseen empire of finance." Many a prosperous home 
has been broken up and the husband and provider finan- 
cially ruined. The records of courts, together with the 
investigations that have been conducted by private or- 
ganizations, tell of man after man who has had a pros- 
perous private business, but it stood in the way of the 
all-controlling greed of the determined combine, and it 
had to go down, a business wreck. Their independence 
had caused them to stand for their inalienable rights to 
conduct their own business and in their own way, but they 
were coolly told to "take program' 1 or go down. They 
thought they could make the fight and win; but though 
they struggled heroically, they had to exchange their 
modest affluence and independence for destitution and 
dependency. The day of Judgment alone will reveal the 
suffering that has been brought about in this way. 



56 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

Men have perfected machines for making almost every- 
thing that is manufactured. These machines may be op- 
erated by boys, girls, and women, who are required, by the 
strong arm that controls, to work long hours for a mere 
pittance. For instance, one of the large factories in the 
iron and steel industry employs hundreds of girls sixteen 
years of age or thereabouts. These girls work ten and one 
half hours a day, and the average weekly earnings of some 
of the best of them are only about $4.50. From this sum 
they have to pay rent, buy food and clothing, and meet all 
the rest of the necessities of life. The girls who make these 
small sums in these long hours have to jump nimbly while 
attending several machines. This strenuous labor for a 
whole long year brings the girl only $234. 

But that steel manufacturing plant is not an isolated 
case by any manner of means. A textile manufacturing 
concern in another state may be mentioned as a further 
illustration. In that factory, some 2,500 men were each 
receiving $310 or less a year. The Society for Child Labor, 
which is laboring heroically to correct industrial evils so 
far as they apply to children, finds little boys and little 
girls no more than six years of age that are driven by 
the taskmaster for twelve long hours in a single day for 
the mere pittance of three or four dollars a week. 

There are thirty-five million people in this great nation 
of affluence and natural resources who have an average 
income of only $433 a year. And it is not necessary to 
say that some millions of these have to support a family 
from that sum. Investigations have led to the assertion 
that $600 a year is the minimum income which will proyide 
for a family of five in the United States in any of the 
pursuits aside from agriculture. 



YE HAVE HEAPED TREASURE 57 

A little study of the preceding figures will enable one 
to see that there are millions of our fellow men living from 
hand to mouth, with bodies insufficiently clothed and 
nourished, and with never a glimmer of hope to provide 
for sickness or old age. Some competent statisticians 
claim that there are ten million people in our land who 
do not have enough to eat and wear, and whose abodes 
are not fit dwellings for the humankind. 

Samuel P. Orth, in the World's Work, tells of some of 
the conditions that exist in England, and that are causing 
so much of the labor trouble and socialistic agitation in 
that country: 

"It is no figure of speech to speak of ' hungry Eng- 
land.' London, I am told by competent authority, is the 
richest city in the world. But this capital of wealth has 
always a host of two hundred thousand people who do not 
know where the next meal is coming from. One third 
of its vast population are daily underfed — two million 
human beings who never have enough really to satisfy 
their hunger! Hardly one fifth of the population of this 
mammoth amorphous municipal monstrosity are really 
above the hunger danger. The visitor is sickened at the 
sight of loathsome beggars on every street; and troops 
of hungry, filthy, bony children everywhere boldly ask 
you for your pennies. 

"I went into Kensington Garden one da}^ last summer 
with some dry bread to feed the birds. A poor little chap, 
with dirty rags wrapped around him for clothes, scat- 
tered the twittering sparrows, and pounced on the larger 
crumbs where they had fallen among the blades of grass. 

"Eountree says that thirty per cent of the people 
of the kingdom are below the brerd level — too poorly paid 



58 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

to eat. One in every forty-four in the kingdom is a pauper. 
One in eleven in Ireland depends upon the state for bread. 
The towns are flowing over with the indigent populations 
that have exchanged the misery of the country for the 
misery of the city." 

Speaking of the sufferings and conditions surrounding 
the much discussed strike of Paterson, New Jersey, Mr. 
Gompers had the following in the American Federationist 
for August, 1913 : 

' i Week after week has gone ; misery and suffering have 
come in abundance, a side of the strike story that is so 
seldom written and little understood by those who have 
not steeled their souls for a contest that will test endurance 
to the utmost. It is a story that does not deal with the 
picturesque, but one in whose homely details one daily 
sees the signs of under nourishment in spare bodies, the 
strained, hungry faces, and not infrequently the consuming 
flame of the spirit that seems to burn more madly and 
defiantly as it becomes unfettered by flesh. It is the story 
told with such silent eloquence by dark, squalid, and fetid 
rooms called homes. Through them one can feel stalking 
the gaunt specter fear, — fear that clutches the heart lest 
sickness come upon them in their dire need and steal away 
their dear ones because their hands were helpless, empty." 

Mr. William Burgess quotes Theodore Roosevelt as 
saying: 

"Last summer Alma Whaley, a textile mill girl in 
Knoxville, Tennessee, drank carbolic acid to commit sui- 
cide. When examined, she revealed the existence of a 
suicide pact among the textile mill girls, whose life was 
such that they felt that death was preferable to the slavery 
in which they lived and toiled." 



YE HAVE HEAPED TREASURE 59 

Mr. Burgess also quotes the following from Miss Jane 
Addams : 

"For the first time in history, multitudes of women 
are laboring without the direct stimulus of family history 
or affection, and they are also unable to proportion their 
hours of work and intervals of rest according to their 
strength. In addition to this, for thousands of them, the 
effort to obtain a livelihood has fairly eclipsed the mean- 
ing of life itself." 

The late Dr. Alfred Russel Wallace has been reckoned 
among the greatest scientists and students of the present 
age. One of the last things he did was to write a book 
entitled "Social Environment and Moral Progress," from 
which the following sentences are selected: 

"By the last complete census returns, there are in 
England and Wales 7,036,868 tenements; and of these, 
3,286,526, or nearly half, have from one to four rooms 
only. In London, out of a total of 1,019,646 tenements, 
672,030, or considerably more than half, have from one 
to four rooms; while there are about 150,000 tenements 
of only one room, in which are living 313,298 persons, or 
about two and a quarter persons in each room on the 
average. There are, however, about 20,000 persons living 
five in a room, and 20,000 more who have six, seven, or 
eight in a room. As most of these one-roomed tenements 
are either the cellars or attics of houses in the most 
crowded parts of large towns, where there is impure air, 
little light, and scanty water supply, the condition of 
those who dwell in them may be imagined — or rather 
cannot be imagined, except by those who have explored 
them. ... In the mad race for wealth by capitalists and 
employers, most of our towns and cities have been al- 



60 HEKALDS OF THE MOKNING 

lowed to develop into veritable death traps for the poor. 
This has been known for the greater part of a century; 
yet nothing really effective has been done, notwithstand- 
ing abundant health legislation — again made useless by 
the dread of diminishing the excessive profits of manu- 
facturers and slum owners. . . . And all for fear of 
offending the rich and powerful by some diminution of 
their ever increasing accumulations of wealth. No think- 
ing man or woman can believe that this state of things 
is absolutely irremediable; and the persistent acquiescence 
in it while loudly boasting of our civilization, of our 
science, of our national prosperity, and of our Chris- 
tianity, is the proof of a hypocritical lack of national 
morality that has never been surpassed in any former 
age." — Pages 57-59. 

These are no mere theories that are presented. We 
are dealing in facts that are admitted and deplored — 
facts that have brought on an intense issue in all parts 
of the world. We have reached a condition when strikes 
are in progress all the time. And this is just as true of 
one country as of another. Yesterday there were great 
strikes in England, Belgium, France, and Spain, in South 
Africa, in Japan, or somewhere else in the Old World. 
To-day we may be reading of the strikes in New Jersey, in 
West Virginia, in Massachusetts, in Michigan, in Colorado, 
or somewhere else in this country. To-morrow the story 
will shift to new outbreaks in some other place, with many 
of these other strikes still in active operation, or else but 
temporarily and unsatisfactorily settled. The war be- 
tween capital and labor is pronounced, and is becoming 
more and more desperate. 




61 



62 HEKALDS OF THE MOKNING 

You may say that all this strife is brought about by 
agitators who are irresponsible, and that we should pay 
no attention to them. But having denounced the agitator 
for his vitriolic and incendiary utterances that stir up 
strife and revolution, you turn to an editorial in your 
daily paper — a paper, by the way, that is owned and 
editorially controlled by a multimillionaire — and find this 
sentence quoted with approval from the dean of one of 
the leading law universities of the nation: "The crying 
need to-day confronting all civilized states is to narrow 
the too wide gulf between those who are too rich and 
those who are too poor." This eminent authority on law 
recognizes a difficulty that is ' ' confronting all civilized 
states/' and that difficulty is "the too wide gulf between 
those who are too rich and those who are too poor." 

Of the same import is the following, in which a multi- 
millionaire editor expresses his own views on present con- 
ditions, in an inflammatory warning to a certain class of 
rich men, to which class he seems to think he does not 
belong : 

"There is no reason why this country should not go 
along honestly, evenly, and without violence — if the big 
men will permit it. 

"But if the big men will not permit it; if they con- 
stantly steal more and more ; if, dissatisfied with tens of 
millions, thev demand hundreds of millions; if thev con- 
tinue stealing in one day what should be the gradual, 
honest profit of many years and centuries of honest 
work, — a stop will be put to it, and they will wake up 
some fine morning, as the nobles of France woke up more 
than a hundred years ago, to find that they have nothing 



YE HAVE HEAPED TEEASUEE 63 

left; that their brutality, their exactions, their dishonesty, 
have recoiled upon themselves. 

"The good may suffer with the bad if dishonesty is 
pushed too far. 

"This is the warning for honest, conscientious men to 
take to heart. Don't let the big thieves and their mis- 
erable tools in office go too far. 

"Be warned now; don't wait." 

This editorial was denounced by other leading editors 
as the frothings of a demagogue, but nevertheless it is 
much in harmony with words that were uttered by Judge 
Gary, who said: 

"Unless capitalists, corporations, rich men, powerful 
men themselves, take a leading part in trying to improve 
the conditions of humanity, great changes will come, and 
they will come mighty quickly, and the mob will bring 
them. 

"Things are being said very similar to things said just 
before the French Eevolution. I tell you that the spark 
may yet make a flame, and that soon. I have an especial 
reason for saying this — a reason that affects you and me. 
Men of great power and influence in the affairs of the 
country, have all of us done the fair thing? It is im- 
perative that something be done to improve the condition 
of mankind. Cannot we ourselves do something to im- 
prove that condition ? I say that it isn 't only good morals, 
but good policy likewise, to improve these conditions. I 
appeal to you all in your dealings with men under you 
to do the square things." 

Judge Gary is neither a socialist nor a labor agitator, 
but he is president of the United States Steel Corpora- 
tion, and one of the leading financiers of the country and 



64 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

of the world. He delivered the foregoing utterances to a 
number of his fellow capitalists who were assembled in 
convention. But his utterances should be regarded as 
even more alarming than anything that you hear either 
from socialist or from labor leader, for he is on the other 
side of the question. 

The judge states the facts when he says that the dis- 
cussions of this time are very similar to those that pre- 
ceded the French E evolution. Only we must emphasize 
this difference in the situation: Those discussions in that 
time were confined almost wholly to the leading cities, 
especially in the one nation of France. The facilities 
for intercommunication were so meager that there were 
whole sections of the country districts that knew but little 
of what was going on, and the work on the farms in such 
sections was continued with but little interruption or care 
for the revolution that was enacting its Beign of Terror 
in the French cities and causing so much uneasiness 
throughout the capitals of Europe. 

But that condition has all been changed. The rail- 
road, the steamship, and the telegraph have come into 
use since then, and all the world is a neighborhood to-day. 
The farmer has been withdrawn from his seclusion. The 
daily paper brings to him the news of every part of the 
globe. And if the discussions in France, which were neces- 
sarily limited to a narrow circle because of the conditions 
then, produced her famous revolution and local Reign 
of Terror, similar social unrest and similar discussions 
that are now universal must in the very nature of things 
result in a world-wide reign of revolution and terror. 

•Many of the cartoons of the time caricature the wealthy, 
and hold them up to scorn and contempt, as they are 



YE HAVE HEAPED TREASURE 65 

made to appear in their Juggernaut chariots riding heed- 
lessly over the helpless bodies of the poor. There is 
much discussion of the question of the struggle between 
capital and labor — the struggle between riches and pov- 
erty. This subject has been the storm center of presi- 
dential campaign after presidential campaign in this 
country. These cartoons and discussions have already 
created a strong sentiment. We many times hear the 
warning that such utterances are stirring up class hatred 
and bitter feelings of revenge and envy, but the discussions 
go on just the same. The greatest leaders in the world 
see the danger and tremble before it. Bishop Potter 
raised his powerful voice of warning in these words: 

"The growth of wealth and of luxury, wicked, waste- 
ful, and wanton, as before God I declare that luxury to 
be, has been matched step by step by a deepening and 
deadening poverty which has left whole neighborhoods of 
people practically without hope and without aspiration. 
At such a time, for the church of God to sit still and be 
content with theories of its duty outlawed by time, and 
long ago demonstrated to be grotesquely inadequate to 
the demands of a living situation, is to deserve the scorn 
of men and the curse of God. Take my word for it, men 
and brethren, unless you and I, and all those who have 
any gift or stewardship of talents or means, of whatever 
sort, are willing to get up out of our sloth and ease and 
selfish dilettanteism of service, and get down among the 
people who are battling amid their poverty and ignorance 
— young girls for their chastity, young men for their 
better ideal of righteousness, old and young alike for one 
clear ray of the immortal courage and the immortal hope — 
then verily the church, in its stately splendor, its apostolic 



66 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

orders, its venerable ritual, its decorous and dignified con- 
ventions, is revealed as simply a monstrous and insolent 
impertinence. ' ? 

There are many people who try to quiet their fears in 
regard to the conditions that are confronting the world, 
by saying that such things have always existed ; that there 
is nothing new in this strife between capital and labor, and 
the revolutions and strifes that grow out of it, and that 
threaten to become worse and worse. Sinful humanity, 
without question, is the same to-day as it has ever been, 
except that continuance in sin shows greater abilities and 
more complicated ramifications in the camps of wickedness. 

Referring to the conditions in ancient Rome, James 
Anthony Froude, A-. M., has said : 

"The intellect was trained to the highest point which 
it could reach; and on the great subjects of human interest, 
on morals and politics, on poetry and art, even on religion 
itself and the speculative problems of life, men thought 
as we think, doubted as we doubt, argued as we argue, 
aspired and struggled after the same objects. It was an 
age of material progress, material civilization, and intel- 
lectual culture; an age of pamphlets and epigrams, of 
salons and dinner parties, of senatorial majorities and 
electoral corruption. The highest offices in the state were 
open, in theory, to the meanest citizen ; they were confined, 
in fact, to those who had the longest purses or the most 
ready use of the tongue on popular platforms. Distinc- 
tion of birth had been exchanged for distinction of wealth. 
The struggles between plebeians and patricians for equality 
of privilege were over, and a new division had been formed 
between the party of property and. the party who desired 
a change in the structure of society. The free cultivators 



YE HAVE HEAPED TREASURE 67 

were disappearing from the soil. Italy was being absorbed 
into vast estates, held by a few favored families, and culti- 
vated by slaves, while the old agricultural population was 
driven off the land, and was crowded into towns. The 
rich were extravagant, for life had ceased to have prac- 
tical interests, except for its material pleasures ; the occu- 
pation of the high classes was to obtain money without 
labor, and to spend it in idle enjoyment." 

The foregoing, describing the conditions in Eome, is 
identical with the descriptions of present-day conditions. 
But it must not be forgotten that Rome went down. It 
was not long after Rome reached the state described by 
Mr. Froude, until she was rapidly traveling down the 
steep highway of her decline and fall. Rome's problems 
that produced her internal corruption and final fall were 
very similar to the problems of the Greeks and the Per- 
sians who went into ruin before her. But the difficulties 
of those nations were all localized; and they had safety 
valves in the way of extending the population into new 
territories, where new civilizations were formed, which 
could give humanity a new start and a new chance. 

In this time, all the problems of the past confront us 
under conditions that are absolutely without any precedent 
in history. The world was never a single neighborhood 
before. In previous times, humanity has had to grapple 
with questions that were confined to comparatively small 
sections. But to-day every great problem is international. 
The problem of our money power is an international one. 
The problem of war is international as well. Having no 
precedent in history, we have no light from the pages of 
the past. Hence if we are to know anything in regard to 
the final outcome of these conditions that are so per- 



68 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

plexing, and that are causing the stoutest of hearts to 
speak, under their breath, of a revolution that is to engulf 
the world in blood, we must look to a higher source than 
humanity or the records of any of its historians. 

But we may turn to a source where we will find that 
the dangerous conditions foreboding the revolution, an- 
archy, and violence into which the world has fallen, were 
foretold years ago. As we read from this authority, let 
us observe how remarkably definite the utterances are: 

"But know this, that in the last days grievous times 
shall come. For men shall be lovers of self, lovers of 
money, boastful, haughty, railers, disobedient to parents, 
unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, implacable, 
slanderers, without self-control, fierce, no lovers of good, 
traitors, headstrong, puffed up, lovers of pleasure rather 
than lovers of God; holding a form of godliness, but hav- 
ing denied the power thereof : from these also turn away. ' ' 
2 Tim. 3 : 1-5, A. B. V. 

The foregoing predictions were made more than eight- 
een centuries ago. The language is of the same positive, 
direct, and clear character as the words of Him concern- 
ing whom it was said, "The people were astonished at 
His doctrine : for He taught them as one having authority, 
and not as the scribes." Matt. 7:28, 29. 

After the manner of one who knows what he is talk- 
ing about, He tells us to "know this, that in the last days 
grievous times shall come." We are not left to guess or 
speculate, but are commanded to "know" that "grievous 
times" are to be "in the last clays." 

Not only is it declared that "grievous times" are com- 
ing "in the last days," but we are also informed of the 
leading causes that will produce these perils. The list is 



YE HAVE HEAPED TREASURE 69 

headed by the statement that men shall be "lovers of self, 
lovers of money." 

The love of self and the love of money are the basis of 
the trouble that confronts us through the conflict between 
capital and labor, and the apostle is specific in saying that 
this will make the last days perilous. 

We have an international peril of the money power, 
with which every nation under the sun is in deadly con- 
flict. The thunderous notes of discontent voiced from 
the platform and the press, voiced by men of every per- 
suasion and in every walk of life, voiced in strikes and 
violence all over the earth, all combined show conditions 
accurately fulfilling the direct, plain, and authoritative 
utterances of the divine Book. Yet, let not the impression 
be left upon the mind that the selfishness that is making 
the last days perilous is by any means confined to the rich. 
The text is general in its application, and refers to hu- 
manity as a whole; and while the rich are the oppressors 
because they have the opportunities and advantages given 
them by their large holdings, the text would not warrant 
us in saying that the self love and the money love are all 
contained in their hearts. Those who oppose them, in 
multiplied thousands of instances, are just as grasping 
and selfish, so far as their dispositions are concerned. 
Therefore the struggle must be intense. The Book calls 
it "perilous." 

Prejudice or selfish interests may prompt us to seek 
to turn aside this direct prediction of the Bible. Our pre- 
conceived opinions may work to keep us from looking this 
text and the situation in the world squarely and manfully 
in the face. But to follow such a course is to run a fear- 



70 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

f ul risk ; for since the kind Father took the pains, so many 
centuries ago, to give such a clear portrayal of present-day 
conditions and what they portend, we should not fail to 
accept the warning. 

The foregoing text from Paul's letter to Timothy is 
not all the prophetic testimony the Bible gives upon this 
important subject. Bead also the following words: 

"Go to now, ye rich men, weep and howl for your 
miseries that shall come upon you. Your riches are cor- 
rupted, and your garments are moth-eaten. Your gold 
and silver is cankered; and the rust of them shall be a 
witness against you, and shall eat your flesh as it were 
fire. Ye have heaped treasure together for the last days. 
Behold, the hire of the laborers who have reaped down 
your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth : and 
the cries of them which have reaped are entered into the 
ears of the Lord of sabaoth. Ye have lived in pleasure on 
the earth, and been wanton ; ye have nourished your hearts, 
as in a day of slaughter. Ye have condemned and killed 
the just; and he doth not resist you. Be patient there- 
fore, brethren, unto the coming of the Lord. Behold, the 
husbandman waiteth for the precious fruit of the earth, 
and hath long patience for it, until he receive the early 
and latter rain. Be ye also patient; stablish your hearts: 
for the coining of the Lord draweth nigh. Grudge not 
one against another, brethren, lest ye be condemned: be- 
hold, the Judge standeth before the door." James 5:1-9. 

This text plainly says when it applies. It is in "the 
last days." It is a most fearful warning to the rich, tell- 
ing them of what is coming as their portion. They are 
called to "weep and howl" because of their miseries that 



YE HAVE HEAPED TREASURE 71 

are coming upon them. Their riches are corrupted, and 
their gold and silver has been hoarded rather than used 
for the benefit of the helpless and destitute; and the very 
rust of these hoards shall be for a testimony against them, 
and shall eat into their flesh like the fire itself. Then 
listen to the graphic intensity of the text as it passes on 
to depict the struggle that is waging between capital and 
labor. The hire of the laborer is crying out against the 
ones who have kept back by fraud the just wages of those 
who have toiled. 

There have been wealthy men in all the countries, in 
all the ages. There have been times when the wealth of a 
nation, as in the case of Borne, was gathered into the 
hands of a few citizens. But when this was true of Rome, 
or of any other nation, that nation was rapidly going 
down to her ruin. History shows that the concentration 
of wealth, and the debasements that follow in the wake 
of extravagance and luxury, have produced the downfall 
of nation after nation. And with emphatic clearness does 
this prophecy show that "heaped treasure" and "wanton- 
ness," along with oppression of the poor, will create a 
world-wide problem that will mark the last days. 

But these last days are only the last days of sin and 
misery and oppression. For we are exhorted to be patient 
to the coming of the Lord, and are assured that the Judge 
is standing before the door. This Lord that is coming, 
this Judge that is about to enter, is none other than the 
One who gave the Golden Rule and the Sermon on the 
Mount, and He will destroy only that which is out of 
harmony with His perfect standard of righteousness. His 
coming brings the last days for oppression and cruel suf- 



72 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



fering. But it also brings the beginning of His eternal 
reign of joy. So this term "last days" is filled with glory 
and joy, not dread and gloom, for those who understand 
the meaning, and properly relate themselves to it. "Be 
ye also patient; stablish your hearts: for the coming of 
the Lord draweth nigh. Grudge not one against another, 
brethren, lest ye be condemned : behold, the Judge standeth 
before the door." James 5:8, 9. 





CHAPTER FOUR 



Jp^ HE criminal in this time is not only a problem, 
ft^^ but lie is a peril. Crime is both organized and 
■fiSP commercialized, and there are very few if any 
of the cities of either this nation or any other 
nation of the world that do not contain officers of the law 
who are a part of this organization of criminals. And 
with the officer as a part of the looting organization, it is 
not surprising that the culprit may ply his game year after 
year without arrest and conviction. There are cases on 
record where men have been arrested as many as twenty- 
eight times without being once convicted. And the crimi- 
nal so arrested, when among his friends, would boast of 
his ability to evade the law. 

These commercialized organizations for committing 
crime are capable of performing any deed within the 
criminal calendar. They resort not only to the ordinary 
holdups and house robberies, but their plans include black- 
mail, murder, and the whole list of audacious crimes. In 
one of the large cities, it is affirmed that men can be em- 
ployed, for fees ranging from $20 to $2,000, to murder any 
one who may be pointed out ; the size of the fee depending 
upon the difficulties involved in the crime, and also upon 

73 



74 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

the ability to pay on the part of the one desiring the murder 
committed. These criminal organizations are so perfected 
that but comparatively few of their number are ever 
brought to justice. 

The use of the bomb as a weapon by these criminal 
organizations is becoming more and more frequent. One 
hundred and ten bombs were criminally exploded, with 
more or less loss of life and property, in the one city of 
New York, during the first eight months of 1914. 

These bombs are frequently set off for the purpose of 
intimidating judges who are inclined to render just deci- 
sions, or else to put out of the way or terrorize other 
citizens who are disposed to ferret out this criminality and 
bring about prosecutions. 

Train robberies, as well as the holding up of street 
cars in densely populated districts, are becoming more and 
more common, showing both the desperate character of 
these criminals and the contempt they have for the law. 

Such newspaper headings as the following are very 
common: " Crime Wave Sweeps Our Metropolis — Police 
Department Swamped by Flood of Complaints by Victims 
of Thieves in All Parts of City — Criminals Still at Large 

— Burglars, Sneak Thieves, Thugs, and Pickpockets Ply 
Their Nefarious Industry Day and Night. ' ' The foregoing 
stands at the head of a column account of one robbery and 
holdup after another that had just occurred in one city 
alone. And that city is by no means an exception. In 
fact, it is not regarded as the worst city in the nation for 
criminality. 

Another list of headings to another column article on 
a previous date reads: " Bandit Suspect Taken in Fight 

— Alleged Car Robber Holds Up Policeman When He 



PREVALENCE OP CRIME A SIGN OF OUR TIMES 75 

Sees Self Cornered — Held for Seven Crimes — Detective 
and Patrolman in Desperate Battle Capture Accused 
Thief — Thirty Street Car Holdups in This City During 
the Last Four Months." 

It is stated that two million dollars a year in money 
and property is stolen in New York City by these organized 
outlaws, over and above what is recovered by the police. 
And it is officially estimated that in the same city, the 
money value of the graft and blackmail that is extorted 
from its citizens reaches the enormous sum of $100,000,000 
a year. It has been authoritatively affirmed that crime in 
another big city doubles in five }^ears. 

Stepping outside of these organized bandits in the 
cities, the mind begins to take up case after case that is 
brought to light of the stealing that men have done who 
are connected with the great corporations. Some of these 
thefts and embezzlements, as in the case of the New York, 
New Haven, and Hartford Railway, reach as high as 
$100,000,000 or over. It is no uncommon thing to read of 
from three to five million dollars that has been fraudu- 
lently taken by those who have been intrusted with the 
responsibility of funds and directing in commerce and 
manufacture. 

The Atlanta Constitution sa} r s, "Statistics upon statis- 
tics have been quoted showing impressively an increase of 
criminal activity proportionately greater than the increase 
in population. ' ' 

Perhaps one of the most alarming things in connection 
with criminality is the number of mere children and youth 
between the ages of eight and twenty or twenty-five who 
have organized in various cities to commit almost every 



76 HEEALDS OF THE MOKNING 

crime in the calendar. To mention only two or three of 
these things as samples : 

Six boy bandits were jailed in one city, and a dozen 
holdup charges were placed against them. An eight-year- 
old boy in the same city acknowledged the committing of 
ten burglaries. Another boy threatened his father with 
' ' the gang. ' ' A boy saw a train wreck in a moving picture 
show, and then indulged in wrecking a train so that he 
might see the reality. Another boy of eighteen eludes the 
detectives in city after city while crossing the continent 
twice in thieving tours. 

A judge in one of our courts says that sixty-five to 
seventy per cent of the criminal cases upon which he has 
to pass are of mere boys and young men under twenty-five. 
Crime is increasing two and one half times faster among 
children than among adults. 

Mr. W. Douglas Morrison, a recognized authority upon 
the subject, in his book " Juvenile Offenders," says: 

" Whether we look at home or abroad, whether we con- 
sult the criminal returns of the Old World or the New, we 
invariably find juvenile criminality exhibiting a distinct 
tendency to increase. It is a problem which is not confined 
to any single community; it is confronting the whole 
family of nations ; it is arising out of conditions which are 
common to civilization." 

The foregoing quotation from Mr. Morrison applies 
particularly to the subject of youthful criminals, but upon 
the topic of crime in general he says: 

"One of the formidable problems confronting civilized 
communities ... is the problem of habitual crime. It is 
perfectly well known to every serious student of criminal 
questions, both at home and abroad, that the proportion 



PREVALENCE OF CRIME A SIGN OF OITR TIMES 77 

of habitual criminals in the criminal population is steadily 
on the increase, and was never so high as now. In almost 
every official document dealing with penal administration, 
this unsatisfactory state of things is both admitted and 
deplored. ' ' 

And upon the subject of the statistics of criminality the 
same author remarks: 

"The amount of crime committed, whether by juveniles 
or adults, is always largely in excess of the amount of 
crime recorded in the most complete and elaborate public 
returns. ' ' 

An editorial in the Catholic Mirror upon the subject 
of crime says : 

"Prof. Andrew D. White, who is not given to sensa- 
tional statements, draws attention to the extraordinary in- 
crease of crime throughout the country. That there is 
such an increase, no statistics are needed to show; for we 
have proof of it, such as can scarcely have escaped the 
attention of even careless readers, in the daily papers. 
Shocking occurrences are chronicled — murder in all its 
forms, robbery, felonious assaults, and every kind of 
vicious manifestation. ' ' 

Criminality then is one of our world problems. It is 
intrenched not only in the New World, but in the Old. 
And with the alarming increase of crime among children 
and youth, what are we to expect from the next gen- 
eration % 

Men are resorting to all sorts of plans in their en- 
deavors to put down crime. Surgery, in which a portion of 
the brain is cut away, has been suggested and tried in some 
cases. Campaigns of publicity have been organized to 
seek to shame the criminals. Drastic punishment has been 



78 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

inflicted upon a few men, as in the case of "gun men" of 
New York; and the promise was made, through leading 
editorials, that we would see reforms as a result of it. But 
conditions, instead of becoming better, have gone on just 
as they were before. If there is, any difference, they are 
even worse. 

Men have incorporated, in some localities, to fight the 
criminals that were intrenched so strongly among the 
officials, and that were so difficult to dislodge. 

We are told that such conditions have existed in the 
world in the past, and that we do not need to be alarmed. 
We are assured that some of the proposed methods of re- 
form will finally overthrow the criminal element. But 
when the better element of the community are asked to 
join in a work to suppress the criminals, in many instances 
they have personal interests that they consider will be 
jeopardized, and for " business" reasons they ask to be 
excused from taking part in the campaign. They may 
have relatives that would be affected, or they are fearful 
that this criminal element might undertake to burn up their 
homes or otherwise injure their property or business. 
Hence, through fear, and with one excuse and another, they 
permit things to go on, still claiming, however, that matters 
will come out all right, and consoling themselves that re- 
gardless of all this criminality that is cursing the world 
like a devastating plague, the world is getting better and 
better. 

But with this question of criminality, as with the 
problems of capital and labor, the world is confronted with 
an entirely new proposition. For the criminal can move 
from place to place with all of the marvelous rapidity 
afforded by modern means of travel. By cipher dispatch 



PREVALENCE OF CRIME A SIGN OF OUR TIMES 79 

he can be in touch by telegraph with his criminal associates 
and confederates, no matter where they are in the world; 
and thus his abilities are increased and his contagion 
spreads. The most expert criminals are inclined to rove 
about. They do not like to stay too long in one place. 
Thus they become teachers of criminality in all the great 
centers of population. And we must continually empha- 
size the thought that the problems now confronting us are 
rendered completely new to the world through modern 
conditions. But we need not be left in the dark concerning 
the meaning of these things. 

In a previous chapter, we quoted the words from 
Daniel, that he was to shut up the book and seal it to "the 
time of the end," when many would "run to and fro," 
and knowledge would be increased. Another passage from 
that same chapter says : 

"Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and 
sealed till the time of the end. Many shall be purified, and 
made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: 
and none of the wicked shall understand ; but the wise shall 
understand." Dan. 12:9, 10. 

These verses emphasize the fact that the prophecy of 
Daniel will not be understood until the time of the end ; and 
in that time of the end, while there will be many who will 
be purified and made white and tried, yet the text informs 
us that "the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the 
wicked shall understand." There is something about 
wickedness that beclouds the vision. Wicked men do not 
take time to consider what they are doing. They do not 
realize the awful vortex into which they are plunging. 
The text says that "none of the wicked shall understand," 
and let it be emphasized that it also affirms that "the time 



80 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

of the end" shall he particularly marked by "the wicked" 
who " shall do wickedly." 

We may have a disposition to argue with this text. We 
may try to explain it away. We may even go so far as to 
say that we do not believe it. Nevertheless there stands 
the text, saying, in the clearest possible language, that in 
the time of the end "the wicked shall do wickedly: and 
none of the wicked shall understand. ' ' And confronting us 
to-day is a world-wide menace of criminality. The condi- 
tions in the world and the prediction of the text perfectly 
fit together. There should be no mistaking it. 

When the Master was here in person, He made the 
prediction : 

"And as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be also 
in the days of the Son of man. They did eat, they drank, 
they married wives, they were given in marriage, until the 
day that Noe entered into the ark, and the Flood came, 
and destroyed them all. Likewise also as it was in the days 
of Lot; they did eat, they drank, they bought, they sold, 
they planted, they builded; but the same day that Lot 
went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from 
heaven, and destroyed them all. Even thus shall it be in 
the day when the Son of man is revealed." Luke 17 : 26-30. 

This scripture shows that the Saviour has selected the 
two most corrupt periods in the world's history as illus- 
trative of what we are to see in "the day when the Son of 
man is revealed." The evil condition of the world in the 
days of Noah is plainly set forth in another scripture. Of 
that time it is said : 

"And God saw that the wickedness of man was great 
in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of 
his heart was only evil continuallv. " Gen. 6: 5. 



PREVALENCE OF CRIME A SIGN OF OUR TIMES 



81 



Then in Noah's time, no matter what the views of the 
people may have been, God "saw that the wickedness of 
man was great in the earth." The darkness of the pic- 
ture is shown still more fully in the further statement that 
"every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only 




'As it was in the days of Nog.' 



evil continually." Such was the condition in that time; 
and when men have sunk to so great depths in the pit of 
degradation that there is in the mind no pure and holy 
desire, when "every imagination of the thoughts" of the 
heart is "only evil" and that "continually," what could 
be worse? If we have been fondly cherishing a contrary 
view, it may not be pleasant at the outset to contemplate 



82 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

that those conditions in the time of Noah will be repeated 
in the days in which we are living. But it is always best 
to be right first and above everything else. We should 
not fail to grasp the fact that the Lord has forewarned us 
that "as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be also in the 
days of the Son of man." 

But we have not read all of the description of the 
wickedness that existed in the days of Noah. It is further 
stated that — 

"The earth also was corrupt before God, and the earth 
was filled with violence. And God looked upon the earth, 
and, behold, it was corrupt ; for all flesh had corrupted his 
way upon the earth." Gen. 6: 11, 12. 

"The earth was filled with violence," and "all flesh had 
corrupted his way upon the earth." Such are the ex- 
pressive utterances of this scripture with reference to the 
condition of society in Noah's time. Because men had be- 
come hopelessly corrupt, degraded, and vile, God was 
obliged to destroy the race with a flood. The infinite kind- 
ness of infinite mercy could devise nothing that would save 
that abandoned people. Goodness no longer appealed to 
them. The right, the pure, and the holy was only an object 
of ridicule and contempt; and if we allow ourselves to be- 
lieve the word of God, we may know that "as it was in 
the days of Noe, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of 
man." 

Every person must carry the conviction, wdiether he will 
freely acknowledge it or not, that our day and genera- 
tion are as remarkable for their corruption and violent 
crimes as they are for their wonderful inventions and 
material progress. All have the unmistakable evidence 



PREVALENCE OF CRIME A SIGN OF OUR TIMES 83 

about them continually that wickedness in its darkest 
forms is taking possession of the world. 

The scripture from Paul's letter to Timothy that was 
quoted in the preceding chapter, tells us that the last days 
are to be perilous because of the love of self and the love 
of money. That text furthermore says that in the last days 
men would be " without natural affection, trucebreakers, 
false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that 
are good." Much of the criminality of this time is brought 
about through the love of money. This is as true of the 
criminal hordes that have organized themselves in the cities 
for holdups and housebreaking as it is of the still greater 
criminals whose operations in the trusts and corporations 
reach into the millions. The love of self and of sensuous 
pleasure, coupled with the love of money, is at the founda- 
tion of most of it, and the apostle said that these conditions 
would make the last days perilous. 

It is not the part of wisdom for us to quarrel with these 
facts, or to seek to deny them. But when we have condi- 
tions in the world that are such accurate and such literal 
fulfillments of the predictions that were made by the w T ord 
of God so many centuries ago, the wise thing for us to 
do is to accept the plain words of Jehovah as true. 

The scripture quoted from Daniel says that in this 
time of the end, while the wicked are doing wickedly, and 
none of the wicked understand, the wise will understand. 
Another text from the sacred Book says that "the fear of 
the Lord is the beginning of wisdom : a good understanding 
have all they that do His commandments." Ps. 111:10. 

We may have a multiplicity of theories upon these 
questions ; but the Book of God is very explicit in showing 
us that there will be just two classes in the time of the end 



84 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



— those who are wise and who understand, and those who 
are so steeped in wickedness and are doing so wickedly 
they understand nothing. 

The Author of the Bible has promised us His Spirit 
to guide us into all truth. As we reflect upon the predic- 
tions that the Book has made, and compare them with the 
conditions that are in the world, that promised Spirit will 
impress our minds with the truth. And does the reader 
not have evidence, in his own mind and heart, that these 
Scriptural predictions are fulfilling, and that the preva- 
lence of crime is indeed a distinct sign of our times'? 





CHAPTER FIVE 




HE appalling amount of crime in the world is 
in a large measure due to the lack of justice. 
Criminality and injustice usually go hand in 
hand. Nothing in modern times has been dis- 
cussed more earnestly than the condition of our courts and 
the operation of our criminal laws. It is universally recog- 
nized and deplored that money and not justice is usually 
the deciding factor in our courts. The love of money and 
commercialized crime have also commercialized the courts 
themselves, and blindfolded justice. 

Charles W. Eliot, LL. D., president emeritus of Har- 
vard University, in an address on lawlessness, published 
by the Civic Forum of New York City, said: 

"A well-known politician who had had experience in 
city, state, and national administration once asked me if 
I knew what the vice of politicians was. On my pro- 
fessing an uncertainty on that point, he said, ' Stealing, 
just plain stealing.' When we read about the robbing 
of cities by their own officials through rake-offs on con- 
tracts, commissions on purchases and pay rolls, and padded 
pay rolls, and bribes for votes against the city's interests, 

85 



86 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

we sometimes feel as if this experienced politician's verdict 
were absolutely . correct. When we read of officers of the 
law, whose duty it is to repress and punish vice, habitually 
collecting from the haunts of the worst vices large sums 
of money paid for protection, we feel as if lawlessness 
could go no farther, as if we had really reached the bot- 
tom of the pit. Surely there is no worse lawlessness in 
any part of our country than that developed by dishonest 
governments in great cities. . . . Our protracted criminal 
trials, with their many volumes of typewritten evidence 
and arguments, their unreasonable technicalities, ingenious 
metaphysical defenses, and possibilities of appeal and 
retrial, are travesties of justice, and in practice amount to 
a grave public danger. They account for a large part of 
the increasing distrust of courts in the popular mind." 

In a speech before the Eochester Chamber of Com- 
merce, Ex<-president William H. Taft said, "The one 
thing which disgraces our civilization to-day is the delays 
of civil and criminal justice, and these delays always work 
in favor of the man with the longest purse." 

Quite in harmony with the foregoing, Burton J. Hen- 
drick, in McClure's Magazine, sets forth in the following 
vivid language the conditions of the cities in the world: 

"At different times, New York, Chicago, San Fran- 
cisco, Seattle, Los Angeles, Pittsburgh, and Philadelphia 
— to name only a few — have found themselves engaged 
in the fiercest contests with the organized outlaws and 
outcasts of human society. Their history represents a 
harassing attempt to keep the social sediment at the bot- 
tom — to prevent it from rising to the top and submerg- 
ing the machinery of government. In these cities, the 
people whose natural habitation is the penitentiary or the 



" JUDGMENT IS TURNED AWAY BACKWARD" 87 

workhouse have repeatedly been found in control of the 
municipal organization. Political parties, so called, have 
existed, not for the purpose of maintaining certain civic 
ideals, but merely as clearing houses for commercializing 
the vices that, to some degree at least, seem inherently a 
part of city life." 

In his inaugural address in Albany, New York, Janu- 
ary 1, 1915, Governor Charles S. Whitman said: 

" Disregard of law, impatience with legal and moral 
restraints, contempt for the judicial and executive min- 
isters of justice, are phenomena observable in all American 
communities and all classes. No material prosperity, no 
abounding wealth, no progress in the sciences, can save 
us from moral decadence and ultimate decay if this spirit 
of lawlessness and contempt for legal authority shall 
continue." 

As illustrative of what editors are saying concerning 
the failure of our courts and the injustice of the time, 
the following sentences from an editorial in one of our 
leading dailies may be taken. Speaking of the work of a 
certain jury in a noted criminal case, this editor says: 

"This jury, in common with us all, has seen the ad- 
ministration of criminal justice in this commonwealth 
become, with each returning day, more and more of a 
criminal joke. They have seen, and they see every day, a 
shameful abuse of the paroling power. They see all 
around them convicted and dangerous criminals, of every 
sort, walking the streets in freedom, pursuing their crimi- 
nal activities, jeering at the courts which sentenced them, 
jeering at the police who hunted them down." 

Prominent jurists who are not in harmony with the 
practice of injustice, and who recognize and deprecate 



88 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

the conditions that prevail, have expressed themselves in 
no uncertain language upon the subject. The Hon. I. C. 
Parker, judge of the United States District Court for the 
Western District of Arkansas, said: 

"When we go to the facts, . . . we can easily recog- 
nize that the greatest evil of any civilized age is confront- 
ing us, not only in the shape of crimes committed by 
individuals, but also of crimes committed by masses of 
men who are endeavoring, by bloody and improper means, 
to seek a remedy — I mean those who band themselves 
together as mobs to seek that protection which they fail 
to obtain under the forms of law." 

According to the opinion of Judge Parker, the cause 
of this increase of murder and mob violence is the failure 
of justice; for he further says: 

"It is largely because of the corrupt methods resorted 
to, to defeat the law's administration, and because courts 
of justice look to the shadow, in the shape of technicalities, 
rather than to the substance, in the shape of crimes. . . . 
Now, the condition is so serious — and it is growing more 
so all the time — that there must be some remedy. . . . 
The cause of this condition springs in part from a morbid, 
diseased public sentiment, which begets undue sympathy 
for the criminal, and has none whatever for his murdered 
victim. It grows out of the indifference of the people to 
the enforcement of the criminal law. It arises from cor- 
rupt verdicts begotten by frauds and perjuries. It arises 
from the undue exercise of influence, either monetary, 
social, or otherwise, so that juries are carried away from 
the line of duty." 

Judge Parker has had unexcelled opportunities to scan 
the whole field and learn the true state of affairs, and he 



" JUDGMENT IS TURNED AWAY BACKWARD" 89 

has stated simple facts, which men and women everywhere 
are affirming and denouncing. In harmony with the fore- 
going from Judge Parker is the following from Judge 
Elliott Anthony : 

"There is dissatisfaction everywhere throughout the 
country in regard to the methods adopted and the course 
pursued by our courts in dealing with the violators of 
the law, and it is but little wonder that the people in some 
of the oldest portions of the republic have at times be- 
come exasperated at the trifling and juggling which are 
allowed, and have wreaked summary vengeance on thugs 
and assassins, to the disgrace of civilization and the age 
in which we live." 

Mr. Taft, who was distinguished as a jurist before he 
was elected president of the United States, has the fol- 
lowing to say in regard to the violent actions of men and 
the probable cause of it: 

"There are abundant evidences that the prosecution of 
criminals has not been certain and thorough to the point 
of preventing popular protest. The existence of lynch- 
ing in all parts of the country is directly traceable to this 
lack of uniformity and thoroughness in the enforcement 
of our criminal laws. . . . The inequality that exists in 
our present administration of justice, and that sooner 
or later is certain to rise and trouble us, and to call for 
popular condemnation and reform, is in the unequal bur- 
den which the delays and expense of litigation under our 
system impose on the poor litigant." 

Magistrate Cornell, who served for many years as a 
police judge in New York City, states : 

"It is growing harder every year to convict a man. 
Then when conviction is secured, the judges of the Special 



90 HEKALDS OF THE MORNING 

aiid General Sessions impose such light sentences that 
justice becomes a mockeiy. Why, there are continually 
coming before me men whom I recognize as old offenders. 
They serve small sentences, and straightway go back to 
crime again." 

Judge Frank H. Dunne, of the Superior Court in San 
Francisco, stated in an address, that "the administration 
of justice in this country has degenerated into a game. 
The attorney for the defense is one player, the district 
attorney is the other, the defendant is the pawn, and the 
judge is the umpire. An appeal is decided not upon the 
guilt or innocence of the prisoner, but upon whether or not 
one of the rules of the game has been violated. Justice 
has become obscured in a cloud of technicality." 

Samuel Untermyer, in an address before the Academy 
of Social and Political Science at Philadelphia, affirmed 
that the courts are affording shelter to a horde of crimi- 
nals, and stated: 

"It has been said, and I think rightly, that the crime 
of perjury is committed in at least three out of every five 
cases tried in the courts in which an issue of fact is in- 
volved. It has become so general that the courts regard 
it almost as a part of the inevitable accompaniment of a 
trial." 

Mr. Scott Nearing, assistant professor of economics in 
the University of Pennsylvania, after serving as a petit 
juror in the city of Philadelphia, said through the Public 
Ledger of that city: 

"I entered the panel with a measure of faith in the 
courts and the law. I left the panel with my faith utterly 
destroyed. ... I said that I left the court without faith in 
criminal courts or in criminal procedure. Three things 



" JUDGMENT IS TURNED AWAY BACKWARD" 91 

that came under my observation gave me this viewpoint. 
In the first place, property is a god in criminal jurispru- 
dence. Men and women, while not quite devils, at least par- 
take of the nature of imps. Second, a prisoner without 
counsel was almost sure to be sentenced, while a prisoner 
with counsel was almost sure to escape. And, third, a man 
who has once been in the clutches of the law is ever after 
dealt with as a felon. For him reform is almost impossible. 
During these three weeks preceding Christinas, the well- 
to-do were so kindly dealt with, the wretched poor were 
so savagely handled, that the very stones of city hall, ac- 
customed as they are to unspeakable iniquities, might well 
have cried out at the injustice. Such kindness to the rich 
and well-to-do, such ferocity to those who are already down, 
if persisted in, must ultimately tear the foundations from 
under the most firmly established commonwealth. ' ' 

C. F. Aked, D. D., one of the best known clergymen of 
this country, has said : 

"It is impossible for any person to spend a day in a 
court of justice without feeling ashamed of the whole busi- 
ness. ... A criminal trial is a trial of wits. It is an en- 
counter between two sets of lawyers, one set trying to get 
in testimony which the other set tries to keep out. The 
trial is a long wrangle. Hours are spent every day in 
explanation and argument upon the admissibility of testi- 
mony. One of the opposing bands is clearly wrong, either 
the one that tries to get the evidence in or the one that tries 
to keep it out. If a man offers evidence which ought not 
to be offered and does not know it, he is a bad lawyer. If 
he does know it and still offers it, he is a bad citizen." 

In an episcopal address in San Francisco, Bishop 
Nichols said : 



92 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

"If this age allows vice and luxury to sap its 
strength; if it confounds might with right, and popularizes 
dishonesty and trickery in trade, and juggles with justice 
in courts and in councils, history shows an inevitable 
catastrophe of some sort ahead to right matters." 

District Attorney Langdon, of San Francisco, said in 
an address: 

"Look at your courts and your court procedure. A 
poor villain may be sent to jail in a few days, his case 
given to the young lawyer to practice on as a pauper's 
cadaver is given to a medical student to dissect. Not so 
with the rich villain, who hires the best legal talent in the 
land. When he comes to trial, the cumbersome law is 
used to foster every hindrance of the operation of justice. 
Every technical delay is utilized, and the essence of the 
case is forgotten." 

In discussing these conditions as they exist in England, 
the late Dr. Alfred Eussel Wallace, than whom there could 
be no more competent authority upon the subject, said: 

"When we read about the Turkish or other Eastern law 
courts, in which direct bribery of every official up to the 
judge himself is a regular feature, we are horrified, and are 
apt to proclaim the fact that our judges never take bribes. 
But, practically, it comes to very nearly the same thing in 
England. No single step can be made for the purpose of 
getting justice, without paying fees; while the whole 
process of bringing or defending an action at law is so 
absurdly complex as to be almost incredible. . . . The 
party who can pay the highest fees for the services of 
the most experienced counsel is most likely, through the 
lawyer's skill and eloquence, to secure a verdict in his 
favor. Yet there is no effective protest against this un- 



"judgment is tukned away backward" 93 

just and absurd system, which absolutely denies all redress 
of wrongs to the poor man when oppressed by a rich one. 
One would think it self-evident that justice ceases to be 
justice when it has to be paid for." 

Quotations of a similar character could be presented al- 
most at any length, for editors, jurists, ministers, speakers 
and writers of every sort and kind, are discussing the 
problems that are confronting us through injustice in the 
administration of our laws. 

Concerning the trivial technicalities that are admitted 
in deciding important cases, one illustration may be 
sufficient to show their character. In a complaint that 
was filed, it was stated that such a procedure would be 
detrimental to "State." An appeal was admitted on the 
ground that it should have said "the State." Over that 
technicality all the expenses of a new trial were incurred, 
and that regardless of the fact that judge and jury and 
everybody else knew that the technicality amounted to 
nothing whatever. It simply furnished an excuse. 

As illustrative of the injustice in dealing with wealthy 
litigants, a well-known case in New York City might be 
mentioned. It was proved in the courts by indisputable 
evidence that the offender's crookedness had involved the 
embezzlement and misappropriation of $2,267,833.68, but 
he got off with a nominal fine of $1,000. 

Trials through the newspapers, and the influencing of 
courts by mobs and by various threats of violence, have 
reached a point where they are producing a vast amount 
of the injustice that is so apparent in the world. News- 
papers have the habit of seeking to get hold of the evidence 
involved in important cases ; and by discussing it and bring- 
ing pressure to bear, they influence decisions. But even 



94 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

worse than this are the decisions that are brought about 
through the violence of mobs and the threats of various 
individuals. In many cases a jury or a judge is afraid 
to render a plain verdict out of harmony with the popular 
clamor. 

These conditions are leading people to condone crime. 
Sometimes they condone it because they are parties to it 
or because they have relatives or other friends that are in- 
volved. Then again they will condone it because they 
fear the work of the incendiary or the assassin. And in 
view of these conditions, men and women who ordinarily 
are opposed to criminality, and who would like to see con- 
ditions bettered, are nevertheless afraid to do anything 
contrary to the evil forces. Through fear, they withhold 
their testimony in courts, and refrain from exerting their 
influence in society. They hope to lead quiet lives in their 
own secluded homes, and thus avoid the danger. But at 
the same time, the evil influence is spreading more and 
more, and reaching out farther and farther. 

Our cities have already passed under the control of 
the corrupt and criminal classes. And the cities, through 
their opportunities for fraud and corruption, are able to 
hold the balance of power in the nation. In saying this, 
no secret is confided to the reader, for a fact is stated 
which hundreds of tongues and pens are discussing. What 
to do with the great cities is one of the most discussed and 
perplexing questions of the age. The reason for this is 
that the political boss has taken possession of the city 
government and persistently and effectually holds it in 
the interests of his friends, who subsist upon the revenues 
of vice, drunkenness, fraud, and crime; and these friends 
are immune from punishment through the influence of 



" JUDGMENT IS TURNED AWAY BACKWARD" 95 

the political machine that corrupts the courts and over- 
throws the working of justice. 

Eeform after reform is proposed to correct all these 
evils. Various plans of government are advocated, in the 
hope that some way may be devised, through the power of 
law, to overthrow the scheming politician and his criminal 
machinery ; but regardless of all hindrances, he manages to 
maintain his control. No doubt some of the expedients 
that have been proposed, have hindered him for a time; 
but after a little, he learns how to make even these 
hindrances serve his ends, and goes on. His power is 
retarded occasionally, but on the whole is ever increasing. 

The statistics show that the population of the world is 
centering more and more in the cities, and thus the mighty 
masters of corruption who hold these centers are enabled 
to dominate the country at large. For states like New 
York, Pennsylvania, Illinois, Missouri, and California, 
with their immense cities, elect to their respective legisla- 
tures members from these cities who are able, both in 
numbers and in influence, to hold the balance of power; 
and they are not backward in using this power to advance 
their corrupting and crime-infected interests. 

The warnings that leading men of the nation have given 
are both strong and striking, but nothing that men may 
have written concerning such conditions as those which 
prevail in this time is so graphic as some of the utterances 
of the inspired prophets. Hear what one of them says 
upon this subject: 

"Our transgressions are multiplied before Thee, and 
our sins testify against us ; for our transgressions are with 
us, and as for our iniquities, we know them : transgressing 
and denying Jehovah, and turning away from following 



96 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

our God, speaking oppression and revolt, conceiving and 
littering from the heart words of falsehood. And justice 
is turned away backward, and righteousness standeth afar 
off ; for truth is fallen in the street, and uprightness cannot 
enter. Yea, truth is lacking; and he that departeth from 
evil maketh himself a prey. And Jehovah saw it, and it 
displeased Him that there was no justice." Isa. 59: 12-15. 

There have been, since Isaiah uttered this prophecy, 
times and places in which justice was " turned away back- 
ward," and righteousness stood "afar off," because truth 
had "fallen in the street," and uprightness could not 
"enter"; but never has it been so literally and generally 
true the world over as to-day. And all these prophetic 
utterances concerning the children of Israel in the old 
dispensation, though having had a partial and incidental 
fulfillment in those times, are yet especially applicable in 
these last days; for the apostle says, speaking of ancient 
Israel : 

"Now all these things happened unto them for en- 
samples: and they are written for our admonition, upon 
whom the ends of the world are come." 1 Cor. 10: 11. 

Then "all these things happened" to the Israel of old 
for "ensamples," and "they are written for our admoni- 
tion, upon whom the ends of the world are come." God's 
word deals with principles that are universally applicable. 
A thing that is iniquity in one age, is the same in another. 
And the sins that call for God's judgments in one age, 
will also call forth His just retribution in another. This 
prophecy from Isaiah, when taken with the other scrip- 
tures, is unmistakably pointing to these very last days. 

The reader has doubtless been impressed, to some extent 
at least, by the lack of justice among men; but how many 



" JUDGMENT IS TURNED AWAY BACKWARD" 97 

have opened their eyes wide, so that they can see the true 
condition of our world % How does the heart grow sad and 
sick at the contemplation of the enormous degree to which 
" justice is turned away backward, and righteousness 
standeth afar off"! There is danger that our fear of 
being called pessimists may keep us from seeing the facts, 
and giving them their due weight. 

But it is a source of gratification and thankfulness that 
there are still honorable and honest public men, who 
are making heroic efforts to restrain the tidal waves of 
injustice that are rushing in upon our world. Were it 
not for the influence of the sterling integrity of these 
men, who can picture what our world would now be % But 
how long can these faithful guardians of official upright- 
ness hold in check this tide of evil? When the last bar- 
rier is swept away, and, as in the da} T s of Noah, this 
world, in its private citizens and in its public officials as 
well, is largely given to evil, a merciful and just God can 
do nothing short of destroying the iniquitous peoples of 
earth. In the past, when portions of the world have become 
irredeemable Sodoms of corruption, it has been the in- 
variable course of our divine Father to visit them with 
destruction. And we may rest assured that when the whole 
world reaches like depths of wickedness, He will be con- 
sistent and follow His usual plan; the world will go down 
in destruction, and those only will be saved out of it who 
have seen the evil and stood for righteousness. 

But we are not left to mere reasoning and conjecture 
upon this point. Immediately following the verses above 
quoted from Isaiah, in which he tells of the multiplied 
transgressions, the sins, and the oppressions that lead up 
to the turning away from justice and righteousness, the 



98 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

prophet gives the purpose of the Lord in dealing with 
this gross iniquity. His language is : 

"And Jehovah saw it, and it displeased Him that 
there was no justice. And He saw that there was no 
man, and wondered that there was no intercessor: there- 
fore His own arm brought salvation unto Him; and His 
righteousness, it upheld Him. And He put on righteous- 
ness as a breastplate, and a helmet of salvation upon His 
head; and He put on garments of vengeance for cloth- 
ing, and was clad with zeal as a mantle. According to 
their deeds, accordingly He will repay, wrath to His ad- 
versaries, recompense to His enemies; to the islands He 
will repay recompense. So shall they fear the name of 
Jehovah from the west, and His glory from the rising 
of the sun; for He will come as a rushing stream, which 
the breath of Jehovah driveth. And a Redeemer will 
come to Zion, and unto them that turn from transgres- 
sion in Jacob, saitli Jehovah. " Isa. 59: 15-20. 

The foregoing scripture presents a Eedeemer to all 
that "turn from transgression"; but those who persist 
in their course of injustice and oppression will be visited 
with the destroying judgments of the Almighty. Herein 
lies the one anchor of hope before the world. For if God 
did not arise to destroy this iniquity and violence, there 
would be such misery brought about as no mortal could 
endure. It is God's mercy, as well as His justice and 
righteousness, that arrests the overwhelming floods of sin. 

It is a recognized principle, even among men, that 
crimes and gross wickedness should be adequately pun- 
ished. But the system of injustice that has been built 
up in these days has so paralyzed society that it is both 
indifferent to the situation and incapable of meeting it. 



"judgment is turned away backward " 99 

Hence God lias promised to lift His own hand of justice 
to -smite down the iniquities of the age, and we may de- 
pend upon it that none of God's promises ever fail. "The 
Lord is not slack concerning His promise, as some men 
count slackness; but is long-suffering to usward, not will- 
ing that any should perish, but that all should come to 
repentance." 2 Peter 3:9. 

It is only God's lingering mercy and His infinite de- 
sire to save men, that holds back His summary judgments. 
These judgments must soon fall upon the iniquities and 
oppressions that are so apparent. Let the reader turn 
his back upon sentiment and look at the facts as they 
actually exist. 

Looking to this world, the prospect is gloomy enough 
indeed; but there is a great gleaming of light. It is not 
centered in this corrupt earth, however, but it is shining 
from that Book which holds forth the promises of the 
Coming One. All hail to this glorious light of eternal day ! 
Justice in the earth is hard to find; but justice from on 
high is about to strike. Who, with a knowledge of the 
facts, can expect that the blow will be long delayed ? 






CHAPTER SIX 

ST should be particularly noticed that in speaking 
Jjj of the days of Noah, the record says, "The end 



of all flesh is come before Me; for the earth is 
filled with violence through them; and, behold, 

1 will destroy them with the earth." Gen. 6 : 13. Further- 
more, we should keep in mind the Master's words in which 
He forewarns us that "as it was in the days of Noe, so 
shall it be also in the days of the Son of man." Luke 
17 : 26. It would be well also, in this connection, to call 
to mind the scripture considered in a preceding chapter 
which tells us that the last days will be made perilous 
because men shall be "lovers of self, lovers of money." 

2 Tim. 3:2. And this self -loving, money-loving class will 
also be "lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God," 
so the text informs us. 

The disposition of the ones who are unsuccessful in 
the race for money and pleasure is in most cases the same 
as that of the ones who succeed. The disappointment, 
through failure, creates bitterness. Oftentimes the failure 

100 



THE EARTH IS FILLED WITH VIOLENCE 101 

of the unsuccessful is charged to some trickery or fraud 
on the part of those who have succeeded in seizing the 
wealth and who are reveling in luxury and wantonness. 
This breeds the bitterest and the most deep-seated dis- 
content. Hence we see that the divine Book not only 
foretells the fact that the spirit of violence would char- 
acterize the last days, but it also shows us what will be one 
of the leading causes that underlie it. 

The record informs us that in the days of Noah, which 
the Master says were typical of the time of His coming, 
the land had become "filled with violence," and hence 
both the wisdom and the kindness of God led Him to 
destroy the earth. The misery, the oppression, the vices 
and crimes, that abound where everything is given up to 
evil — as was the case in those days of Noah — would of 
course, if time were given them, work out the destruction 
of the whole race, but it would be amid prolonged tortures 
and indescribable anguish from which no possible good 
could result. The divine destruction of such abandoned 
evil is in reality the measuring out of infinite mercy. The 
agencies are actively working that must soon produce the 
terrible condition of which it will be truly said, "The 
earth is filled with violence." 

The injustice that protects the criminal and permits 
the great commerce in crime cannot fail so to break down 
the morals of society that desperate men will ever stand 
ready for any kind of violent deeds. With the fear of 
justice removed, and with their consciences deadened, they 
will readily abandon themselves to anything their evil 
hearts may suggest. Injustice cannot help creating vio- 
lence. And in turn, as the violent element increases, the 
fear to deal with it strengthens continually. The two evil 



102 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

things act upon each other, and both are intensified. Who 
has not been impressed by the rapidly increasing tendency 
toward mob law? Day by day the reports tell us of 
dynamiting, shooting, and other similar deeds, which show 
the turbulent and lawless spirit that men are manifesting. 
Mobs parade our streets, making their threats and urging 
their demands. In some of the most violent strikes, both 
parties to the conflict arm themselves with machine guns 
and other weapons of modern warfare, and it is with the 
greatest difficulty that state and national authorities can 
succeed in disarming these enraged factions and tem- 
porarily restoring the peace. Not only are commercial 
and manufacturing plants invaded, but private residences 
are threatened and dynamited, and even church build- 
ings are raided by the disconsolate, discontented, and in- 
furiated mobs. 

The multiplying " armies of the unemployed" are 
increasing in number and in the urgency of their demands 
year by year, and are becoming more and more of a 
menacing problem. Men who have culture and refinement, 
as well as some of the most degraded outcasts of society, 
are found in these great throngs. They vehemently state 
that the times are seriously out of joint, and their de- 
mands are made in the angry tones of violence, and 
oftentimes with the wails of despair. 

Bishop Newman said: "This is the most unsettled 
condition of the world since the crucifixion of Christ. 
. . . The stability of government is no longer a fact. 
Change is in the atmosphere. . . . Statesmen are at their 
wits' end. Philosophers speculate in vain." 

A lord chancellor of England has said, "There is noth- 
ing which will so dissociate men, which will drive nations 



THE EARTH IS FILLED WITH VIOLENCE 103 

to madness so quickly, as the belief that the justice of the 
country is not honestly and impartially administered." 

Dr. William Burgess, who is a profound student of 
sociological matters, quotes the following words from Dr. 
Josiah Strong: "Something must be done. Something 
will be done. What is done depends upon who does it — 
the church, or the frenzied mob." Commenting on this 
statement by Dr. Strong, Dr. Burgess himself says: "In 
this challenge to the Christian church, Josiah Strong pre- 
sents a fearful possible alternative. In his thought, either 
the Christian church must save the country in this day 
of social unrest — of economic disturbance — of moral 
infamy — or there will be decay, revolution, and possible 
dissolution." 

The sentiment is strengthening every day, that the 
privileged classes are increasing in power, and that there 
is no justice for any one unless he is able to command 
it with money. It had been fondly hoped that this privi- 
leged class was meeting its overthrow in the Old World, 
and that it could never get a footing in the New. But 
this dream of democratic bliss is meeting disappointment, 
and this is one of the prime factors in making these times, 
as expressed in the words of Bishop Newman, "the most 
unsettled condition of the world since the crucifixion of 
Christ." 

Look at the domestic troubles that are perplexing the 
governments of earth. There are riots and strikes and 
outbreaking discontent everywhere. No man can predict 
the day when these will result in widespread turmoil and 
openly violent strife in all parts of the world. B evolu- 
tion is smoldering on all sides, and in all lands under the 
sun, and it cannot but break forth in devouring flame 



104 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

at no distant day ; and when once it becomes general, there 
is no power this side of the second coming of Christ that 
can ever stop it. 

Socialistic tendencies are gaining rapidly in both the 
Old World and the New. And while the socialist may 
have lofty ideals of "humanitarianism," yet it cannot 
be denied that he echoes the might}^ roar of general dis- 
content. Witness the industrial wars of England ; similar 
conditions that have obtained in Spain and France; Ger- 
many's socialistic and labor troubles; the seething caldron 
of revolution in Eussia; the social turmoil of Austria, 
Italy, and the countries in general that make up the south 
of Europe. India is a source of uneasiness to her rulers, 
because of her turbulence; China, Japan, and the rest of 
the Orient have imbibed the same unhappy spirit of strife 
that is so prevalent, and have their capital and labor 
wars, with all the violence that usually accompanies such 
conflicts. 

The stress of industrial wars in this nation is not 
only a menace to the lives and the holdings of wealthy 
men, but a cataclysm of revolution is threatened that will 
strike every part of society; for once these violent forces 
are turned loose, the man of modest means, who has hon- 
estly acquired every dollar that he possesses, is liable to 
become the target of the excitable mobs, w T hose movements 
are directed rather by impulse and flighty sentiment than 
by reason and judgment. 

Every nation has her contending elements. Solidity 
and union in society can be found in no country. While 
this has always been true to a limited extent, it has never 
presented such conditions and such social dangers as 
to-day. And where so many influences are working, and 



THE EAKTH IS FILLED WITH VIOLENCE 105 

all at cross-purposes with one another, it must be evident 
that this seed sowing will produce a harvest of anarchy 
and violence, the like of which the world has never seen. 
As already suggested, many think that these conditions 
betoken a great revolution that will purify the world; 
but a revolution of purification could never come out of 
such a murky sea of discord and strife. Not only is 
society broken up into these warring factions, but there 
is such a prevalence of immorality and criminality that 
the only result possible from the breaking loose of such 
forces would be the absolute chaos of anarchy itself. The 
restraining hand of the Almighty is the only power that 
keeps these forces from bursting forth as a flood of de- 
struction upon the world. 

The first part of the year 1914 was particularly noted 
for the number of places throughout the world where 
domestic strife was threatened. Many of the leading gov- 
ernments were "at their wits' end." In some instances, 
these quarrels were between the capitalist and the laborer. 
In others, large sections of society were uttering the mur- 
murs of discontent and violence against the government 
itself. But the great war broke like a terrific storm, and 
the voices of these smaller factions were drowned by the 
deluge of blood that swept away hundreds of thousands of 
men on the field of battle. Multitudes of men professed 
their surprise that such a war could break out so sud- 
denly and with such awful fury; but with the general dis- 
position of society such as it now is, what else could be 
expected ? 

We may well sing praises to the Most High that it is 
His divine plan to send His Son to earth to cut this 
prospective reign of terror short in its mad career, and 



106 HEBALDS OF THE MORNING 

thus keep it from reaching the utmost limits of its direful 
harvest. 

Money has been used to defeat justice, it has been 
used to control elections and legislatures. Fortunes have 
been accumulated that rival the stories about Midas and 
Croesus ; and over against these colossal treasures and their 
possessors, may be seen the gathering legions of organized 
labor, as well as the army of the poverty-stricken and 
destitute. 

In every strike, "violence" is becoming more pro- 
nounced. The hatred that is fostered against trusts, cor- 
porations, and the individual possessors of great fortunes, 
is growing deeper and more vengeful. 

Briefly reviewing the situation, we find that the love 
of money is corrupting the age. The judge is blinded by 
bribes. Money is used illicitly to elect legislators, and also 
to influence the making of laws. With these evils working 
so extensively in what are called the higher circles, com- 
posed of the wealthy and influential members of society, 
is it any wonder that town and city politicians should learn 
the lesson, and put it into active operation'? Need we be 
surprised that the city has its corrupt politicians, its dis- 
honest and criminal policemen, and its magistrates who 
will not protect the oppressed, and who seek a bribe to 
influence every decision? And when the magistrate or 
judge will free the robber and assassin for a gift of money, 
it is but a natural consequence that murders and robberies 
should become more numerous and daring. 

In the light of these present-day conditions, how ex- 
pressive are the words of the prophet Jeremiah, "For I 
have heard a voice as of a woman in travail, the anguish 
as of her that bringeth forth her first child, the voice of 



THE EARTH IS FILLED WITH VIOLENCE 107 

the daughter of Zion, that gaspeth for breath, that spread- 
eth her hands, saying, Woe is me now ! for my soul f ainteth 
before the murderers." Jer. 4:31, A. R. Y. 

Other portions of the fourth of Jeremiah will be 
considered more fully in a succeeding chapter; but in 
this connection space will be taken only to say that the 
scripture most definitely applies in the last days, for the 
chapter as a whole shows this without question. And look- 
ing into these days, the prophet sees not only the violence 
and the strife, but the work of the murderers. And the il- 
lustration he uses to describe the time is one of the most 
intense that could be employed. As he views the scene, 
he hears those who are fainting before the murderers, 
crying out in the travailing anguish of birth pangs. 

In short, society to-day is a school that is filling the 
world with criminals; and the fact should not be passed 
by that a flood of pernicious literature is a mighty factor 
in this debasing work. Especially does this literature 
pervert the minds of boys and girls, and turn them into 
the downward road of criminality while they are yet 
children. It has become a very common thing to read of 
lads and even little lassies still in their teens who commit 
robberies, murders, and all the rest of the crimes. 

Juvenile courts have become very general, and are a 
necessity of these modern times. The corrupting influ- 
ences among children and youth are poisoning the very 
fountains of society. The parental care and restraint that 
should correct this evil are so sadly lacking that many 
societies and organizations have been formed to try to 
turn the wayward children from the path of ruin. Many 
persons have suggested state control to make the rising 
generation what it should be. But with the corruptions 



108 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

that every one knows abound in the organization of the 
state, how can there be any hope in that direction"? 

Now, in the very nature of things, all these corrupt- 
ing practices of this time are drowning the sense of jus- 
tice. The world is driving headlong into that time when 
" every imagination" will be "only evil continually"; and 
who can conceive the extent of the "violence" with which 
the earth will be filled when the harvest of sin is fully ripe? 

The Lord looked down the ages to these last days. 
He has shown in advance what the culminating works of 
sin will be. He has taken pains to unmask it, and in 
every way possible to warn us against the evil, while He 
freely offers us the good. Many of the poor souls who 
are floundering in the lowest abyss of the dark sins of 
this time do not know that the Saviour still loves them. 
They are not acquainted with the truth that He died not 
only to save them, but to make the depths of His love 
more manifest to them. 

In these last days truly "the earth is filled with vio- 
lence." Though this violence has not yet broken out with 
all its malignant terrors, nevertheless the seeds of the 
evil are rapidly growing into a prolific harvest. But "the 
days of the Son of man" are at hand. He will separate 
sin from the hearts of all who will yield to His molding 
touch, and He will fashion them into jewels of His grace. 
Then in that near clay of His coming it will be a joy to 
be made like Him, for we shall see Him as He is. And 
every one who has this hope in him is so filled with re- 
joicing, that he has no fear for the violence or any of 
the other disturbing features of this time. 



ge SOGWt VIGq 




CHAPTER SEVEN 

SHE great Teacher used the "days of Lot" and 
the days of Noah to represent the depths of vice 
that would be reached in the last days. Let us 
read His words: "As it was in the days of 
Noe, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of man. 
They did eat, they drank, they married wives, they were 
given in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into 
the ark, and the Flood came, and destroyed them all. 
Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot; they did eat, 
they drank, they bought, they sold, they planted, they 
builded; but the same day that Lot went out of Sodom 
it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed 
them all. Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son 
of man is revealed." Luke 17:26-30. 

We have before learned from the word of God that in 
the "days of Noah" "every imagination" of man's heart 
was "only evil continually"; and since these same depths 
of evil imaginings will prevail again at the close of time, 
it should not be a matter of surprise that the corrupting 
vice of Sodom as it was in the "days of Lot" will break 
out as a debasing plague. This text from Luke informs us 
that such will be the case. 

109 



110 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

The eighteenth chapter of Genesis tells the story of 
God's plan to destroy the city of Sodom because of its 
wickedness, and also tells of the conversation of the angels 
with Abraham concerning it. The first part of the nine- 
teenth chapter records the visit of these two angels in the 
form of men to the home of Lot in the city of Sodom. 
After these angels in human appearance had been cour- 
teously taken into Lot's home, the record states: 

' 'But before they lay down, the men of the city, even 
the men of Sodom, compassed the house round, both old 
and young, all the people from every quarter: and they 
called unto Lot, and said unto him, Where are the men 
which came in to thee this night? bring them out unto us, 
that we may know them. And Lot went out at the door 
unto them, and shut the door after him, and said, I pray 
you, brethren, do not so wickedly. Behold now, I have 
two daughters which have not known man; let me, I pray 
you, bring them out unto you, and do ye to them as is 
good in your eyes: only unto these men do nothing; for 
therefore came they under the shadow of my roof. And 
they said, Stand back. And they said again, This one 
fellow came in to sojourn, and he will needs be a judge: 
now will we deal worse with thee, than with them. And 
they pressed sore upon the man, even Lot, and came near 
to break the door. But the men put forth their hand, and 
pulled Lot into the house to them, and shut to the door. 
And they smote the men that were at the door of the house 
with blindness, both small and great : so that they wearied 
themselves to find the door. And the men said unto Lot, 
Hast thou here any besides ? son-in-law, and thy sons, and 
thy daughters, and whatsoever thou hast in the city, bring 
them out of this place: for we will destroy this place, 



THE SOCIAL VICE 111 

because the cry of them is waxen great before the face of 
the Lord; and the Lord hath sent us to 'destroy it. And 
Lot went out, and spake unto his sons-in-law, which mar- 
ried his daughters, and said, Up, get you out of this place ; 
for the Lord will destroy this city. But he seemed as one 
that mocked unto his sons-in-law." Gen. 19:4-14. 

The abandoned licentiousness of Sodom, as indicated 
by the foregoing Scripture narrative, was of the grossest 
and the most degrading character. Even to this day, 
when we wish to describe the very lowest sink of lust, we 
speak of it as a " veritable Sodom." The depravity of 
mankind was manifested in that wicked citv in its vilest 
and most shameful forms. It is sad to know that the 
human race — excepting those, of course, who resist the 
influences of Satan — will again be led by him into such 
gross sensuality. But such is the prediction of the word 
of God ; and if we will but open our eyes to conditions 
about us, we will see that the prophecy is meeting its 
fulfillment. 

The prophet Ezekiel tells the cause of Sodom's de- 
plorable condition. His words are: " Behold, this was the 
iniquity of thy sister Sodom : pride, fullness of bread, and 
prosperous ease was in her and in her daughters; neither 
did she strengthen the hand of the poor and needy. And 
they were haughty, and committed abomination before 
Me: therefore I took them away when I saw it." Eze. 
16:49, 50, A. E, V., margin. 

" Pride" and " prosperous ease" were basic causes of 
the debaucheries of Sodom; and in her prosperity and 
ease, her selfishness was so great that she failed to recog- 
nize the poor and needy. She arrogantly passed them by, 
and in her haughtiness committed the abominations that 



112 



HEKALDS OF THE MORNING 




"The same day that Lot went 
out of Sodom." 



made it necessary for 
God to destroy her. These 
conditions which prevailed 
in Sodom are very closely 
allied to the conditions 
described by Paul in the 
quotation previously made 
from the third chapter of 2 
Timothy. Love of pleasure 
and being puffed up with pride are 
factors that divine foreknowledge 
has told us would assist in produc- 
ing the perils of the last days. And 
the " pride" and " prosperous ease" 
that produced the abominations 
which were the cause of ancient 
Sodom's overthrow will do the same thing over again in 
these days into which we have come. The prophecies fore- 
cast it, and the conditions of the world show the unmis- 
takable accuracy of the prophetic Word. 

It is the design briefly to present before the mind of 
the reader some of the evidence showing that vice and 
sensuality have become both an international peril and 
an international problem. It will be interesting to observe 
how remarkably the degrading sins of Sodom are repro- 
duced in all parts of the world, and how completely the 
conditions of to-day fit into the predictions that were di- 
vinely made. 

The modern facilities for communication have enabled 
the agents of evil to carry on their work readily, and also 
to make it as broad as the world in its operations. Agents 
are busily engaged securing girls and women for the 



THE SOCIAL VICE 113 

infamous traffic of sensuality, and transporting them 
secretly from city to city and from country to country. 

In a meeting of the Illinois Vigilance Association, held 
in Chicago, Mr. James B. Reynolds said: 

"The status of the white slave traffic is this: It is a 
traffic with local, interstate, national, and international 
ramifications. 

"It has the complete outfit of a large business, — large 
capital, representatives in various countries, well paid 
agents, and able, high salaried lawyers. 

"Its victims are numbered yearly by the thousands. 

"They include not only the peasant girls of European 
villages, but also the farmers' daughters of our own 
country. Some are uneducated and wholly ignorant; 
others have enjoyed good education. While most of them 
come from the homes of poverty, occasionally a child of 
well-to-do parentage is numbered among the victims. 

"The alert agents of the traffic move from place to 
place, alluring peasant girls and farmers' daughters from 
their homes, entrapping innocent victims at railway sta- 
tions and public resorts. . . . After the payment of 
money for this human property, title is passed just as for 
real estate, and the alleged property rights are respected 
by our officials." 

Mr. Reynolds has investigated vice conditions on both 
the Atlantic and the Pacific coast of the United States. 
He has also investigated the traffic in Panama, Japan, 
China, and other countries of the world. He was a special 
commissioner of former President Roosevelt for this class 
of investigations. Therefore he speaks from the stand- 
point of one who is intelligent concerning what he is talk- 
ing about. 



114 HEKALDS OF THE MOKNING 

Mr. Edwin W. Sims, United States district attorney, 
located in Chicago, and who has had much to do in prose- 
cuting this class of cases, says: 

"The legal evidence thus far collected, established, 
with complete moral certainty, these awful facts: that the 
white slave traffic is a system which has its ramifications 
from the Atlantic seaboard to the Pacific Ocean, with 
clearing houses or distributing centers in nearly all of 
the larger cities; that in this ghastly traffic the buying 
price of a young girl is $15, and that the selling price 
is generally about $200 — if the girl is especially at- 
tractive, the white slave dealer may be able to sell her for 
$100 or $600; that this syndicate did not make less than 
$200,000 last year in this almost unthinkable commerce; 
that it is a definite organization, sending its hunters regu- 
larly to scour France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, and 
Canada for victims; that the man at the head of this 
unthinkable enterprise is known among his hunters as 
The Big Chief." 

The United States Immigration Commission has sworn 
testimony which tells of individual girls who were sold 
for $500* $800, $1,000, and as high as $1,400. 

Dr. William Burgess, in his book "The World's Social 
Evil," says, "That an actual slave market should exist, 
organized and capitalized, with interstate and international 
exchanges, involving the liberty, honor, and life of thou- 
sands of girls, is the most monstrous, the most incredible, 
and yet the most notorious of all the crimes of the age." 

In the preceding pages, the scripture has been consid- 
ered to some extent which speaks of the last days' being 
made perilous because men would be both "lovers of self" 
and "lovers of money." And it is a significant fact that 



THE SOCIAL VICE 115 

vice in this time is not only world extensive, but it is 
made exceedingly profitable to the renegades who are en- 
gaged in it. 

Upon this question the Vice Commission of Chicago 
said, "The first truth that the commission desires to 
impress upon the citizens of Chicago is the fact that pros- 
titution in this city is a commercialized business of large 
proportions, with tremendous profits of more than fifteen 
million dollars per year [in Chicago alone], controlled 
largely by men, not women." 

The investigators in Seattle found some eight hundred 
men who were living on the earnings of girls they had 
enslaved as prostitutes. 

The Massachusetts State Commission issued a report 
in February, 1914, in which it said: "The detailed reports 
of the investigators show that prostitution in all its rami- 
fications constitutes a vast business, extending all over 
the state. Millions of dollars are invested in the par- 
lor houses, call houses, road houses, apartments, lodging 
houses, cafes, saloons, hotels, etc., utilized in this business. 
The large amount of money required to produce the in- 
come for this investment is derived from the proceeds of 
the prostitution of the inmates and the incidental sale of 
intoxicating drinks. ' ' 

The Philadelphia Vice Commission, in its report giv- 
ing the results of its investigations, found that purveyors 
of vice in that city were gathering an annual income of 
$6,250,400. 

The cities are filling up with hotels, lodging houses, 
apartment houses, and the like, which are common dens 
of immorality. Not that all such places in the cities are 
of this character, by any manner of means; but many of 



116 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

them are. In the report of the Vice Commission of Port- 
land, Oregon, it is stated that u a person may stand on 
the roof of one of the principal churches in the city and 
throw a stone into any one of fourteen immoral places, 
ten of which are wholly immoral." These immoral places 
were largely hotels, lodging houses, and buildings of that 
character, so far as outward appearance would go, and 
the ordinary individual passing along the street would 
not suspect that any such things were existing there as 
the investigations disclose. The appearance of respecta- 
bility is no longer a sure indication, in our cities, of the 
morality of the hotel or rooming house. 

In the graft scandal cases of San Francisco that be- 
came notorious throughout the world, the investigators 
found that the two leading politicians of that city, who 
were in control of the organization of vice, had a building 
in the center of the "Barbary Coast," but did not regard 
it as satisfactorily adapted to their purposes. Hence they 
had the building condemned by the board of public health 
as " insanitary," then had it demolished at the expense 
of the city, and on the site they erected another building, 
at a cost of $100,000, which contained one hundred and 
forty-four two-room apartments. Each apartment was 
rented at $35 a week, which brought to the owners the 
sum of $262,080 a year, or a profit of a little more than 
262 per cent per annum on their investment. The highest 
rents are demanded of the habitues of these immoral 
places, hence there are great profits to the landlords and 
agents who own and control them. 

Graham Taylor, president of the Chicago School of 
Civics and Philanthropy, reports one of these unfortunate 
women as saying: " 'We women have to bear all the risk 



THE SOCIAL VICE 117 

of disease and suffering, and give the profits to the men. 
The police have driven me out of one street and forced 
me into another, out of a house that I can rent on my own 
terms into a house that I have to rent on a vice king 's 
terms. Is that a manly thing to do?' she asked, and then 
she told us nameless things of the indignities, the atroci- 
ties, the unspeakable desecration of all the sanctities of 
life." He furthermore says: "There are groups of men 
called ' cadets ' who do nothing but betray and marry young 
girls and deliver them to houses of ill fame. One of these 
scoundrels will have twelve girls and go round regularly 
and collect their blood money. They are known to the 
police, they are known to the keepers of these places, and 
some are officially recognized." And concerning the con- 
nection that the police department and other officials have 
with this nefarious business, Mr. Taylor adds: "When he 
[the federal district attorney] got his own detective from 
Washington, he routed those gangs, and had men .jumping 
twenty-five-thousand-dollar bails in four weeks' time. He 
cleaned out the whole mess almost as by magic, demonstrat- 
ing the fact that with an honest police force> the com- 
mercialized, segregated vice could not exist." 

These so-called "vice kings," panderers, "cadets," and 
other traffickers in the unspeakable iniquities of Sodom, as 
suggested by Mr. Taylor, could not exist were it not for the 
protection they have from degraded politicians and judges 
of the various courts. The evil has a double hold upon 
depraved men. Their greed for money is one of the 
strong chains that hold them, in addition to the slavery 
of sensuality itself. 

Persons of the highest social standing, often church 
members, who are interested in the properties used for 



118 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

these immoral purposes, are willing that the whole com- 
munity be demoralized, and the plague of evil disease 
spread, in order that they may reap their exorbitant 
dividends. 

One of the most influential editors in this nation was re- 
ported by the American Vigilance Association to own city 
properties for which he was receiving the highest rents 
from the traffickers in the vices of Sodom. Yet that 
editor will write some of the most righteous homilies, and 
exhort the world to the highest forms of integrity and 
morality. Such things show that large numbers of men, 
even though they may be very influential, are lost to every 
sense of both decency and shame. John the Baptist, if he 
were giving his ringing messages to-day, as he did in the 
times of Christ, would call such people, as they truly are, a 
" generation of vipers," and warn them "to flee from the 
wrath to come." 

In some sections of the large cities where vice resorts 
have been closed up, associations of business men, includ- 
ing grocers, fruit dealers, jewelers, boot and shoe mer- 
chants, clothiers, tailors, clock makers, etc., have petitioned 
the authorities to permit these denizens of Sodom to re- 
turn because of the effect upon business. In one instance, 
a merchant complained that after the prostitutes were 
driven out, he had to take back some $46,000 worth of 
furniture that had been sold on the installment plan. 

How the eyes of men are blinded and their sensibilities 
blunted through the love of money! The mere loss of 
business on the part of even those who are not directly en- 
gaged in the evil traffic, causes them to set up a pitiful 
wail. They seem to be lost to every sense of the value of 
both the souls and the bodies of these girls and women who 



THE SOCIAL VICE 119 

are enslaved to the vile passions of men. Were conditions 
ever worse among the citizens of old Sodom itself? 

The individuals, principally men, who are engaged in 
this infamous traffic, have their agents in every part of 
the world, scouring the country for young girls to keep 
their business going. In many instances, these girls are en- 
trapped and caught as wild animals. They are drugged 
and carried away to be completely lost to the world. Never 
again is a fond father or mother to know anything about 
whither they have gone. To be sure, the effort of these 
agents of sin is to keep their brothels supplied with orphan 
girls, or those who have strayed away from home and have 
no natural protector. At the lowest estimate, sixty thou- 
sand girls and young women are secured each year in the 
United States alone for these infamous purposes. 

The foregoing paragraphs are devoted largely to the 
problem and the sins of the brothel as related to com- 
mercialized vice and the white slave traffic, but they by no 
means present all of the deplorable and sickening condition 
of society in general. 

The practice of vice which makes this awful traffic 
possible is filling the world with disease and decay. Prosti- 
tution and alcoholism are twin evils of the Siamese variety. 
They are inseparably connected. And from this twofold 
source of social pollution, society is reaping a great har- 
vest of diseases, in the forefront of which is insanity. 
Every time the population of the country doubles, the in- 
sane and the mentally defective quadruple, showing that 
out-and-out insanity and mental defects are growing twice 
as fast as the population itself. 

Newell Dwight Hillis, I). D., pastor of the Plymouth 
Church, Brooklyn, New York, and an earnest and well- 



120 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

known worker for social reforms, says : . " The time has 
gone by when we can any longer say that race degeneracy 
is simply a bngaboo created by pessimists and alarmists. 
The simple fact is, a tide of degeneracy is rolling in npon 
us, and the time has come to recognize the fact that unless 
drastic measures are taken, the whole standard of civiliza- 
tion will have to change in order to avert race extinction. ' ! 

Speaking of the problems involved and the degeneracy 
and degradations impending through the widespread prac- 
tices of sensuality, Dr. Hillis further says: 

"From every side come warnings to the American 
people. Books and magazines, fresh from the press, tell us 
plainly that our people are fronting a social crisis. 
Scarcely a single city in our land that is not conducting an 
investigation of the police and exposing the social evil. A 
wave of immorality has swept over the country. It is the 
subject of conversation in the street cars, in the office and 
store, and at the family board. ... A wave of terror has 
swept over this country. These infectious diseases have 
spread with such rapidity in the last ten years that whole 
states have become alarmed, and are passing the most 
drastic laws. So many diseased men are now on trains 
that the Pullman palace car is not allowed to furnish a 
glass drinking cup for ice water. In many states, the law 
forbids the hotel permitting a public towel, and in some 
states only paper towels are permitted in hotels. One even 
finds warnings in depots to safeguard little children from 
infection. In a through train from California the other 
day, the passengers signed a round robin, asking the con- 
ductor to confine in a stateroom one man whose condition 
was obvious, and to prevent two others from entering 
the dining car. The physicians of New York, Chicago, 



THE SOCIAL VICE 121 

Philadelphia, and Baltimore have sent out warnings cover- 
ing the following points. Of the great plagues afflicting 
humanity, the great red plague is the most serious. . . . 
On the slopes of Vesuvius there are cracks through which 
the sulphur issues, and the stench of hell mingles with the 
perfume of orange blossoms, and therefore the recent 
burial of a village under ashes and lurid lava. Just now 
our city is pouring forth passion in fiery waves, and our 
physicians and scientists are alarmed." 

The Chicago Vice Commission says: " Venereal diseases 
are bacterial in origin. From the epidemiologic stand- 
point, they belong in the category with smallpox, diph- 
theria, and scarlet fever. They cause most of the sterility, 
most of the peritonitis in females, most of the salpingitis. 
They cause a large part of the joint inflammations, a large 
part of the insanity and nervous diseases, and a long train 
of diseases which go by other names but have syphilis as 
an underlying factor. Congenital defects and deformities 
are largely syphilitic in origin. ' ' 

If the effects of this evil were confined merely to the 
men and women who are directly engaged in vice, the re- 
sults would not be anything like so far-reaching. But 
thousands upon thousands of innocent victims are called 
upon to suffer. Children are infected before they are born, 
and come into the world with these awful diseases of 
Sodom fastened upon them. 

Dr. Clara P. Seippel, connected with the Chicago 
Hospital, says, "I have personally gone over the books for 
the year 1910, and find that in those twelve months, three 
hundred and thirty children were admitted to the venereal 
children's ward of the Cook County Hospital." She 
furthermore adds, "This shows a decided increase." 



122 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

Dr. Howard Kelly, of Baltimore, says: "In my own 
clinic at the Johns Hopkins Hospital alone, we have had 
over 189 cases of little children, some but wee babes in 
arms, violated, and in every instance infected with the 
most disgusting diseases to which flesh is heir, gonorrhea 
or syphilis." 

Judge Julian Mack, in reporting conditions that he 
found through his juvenile court in Chicago, presents de- 
tails of the vice conditions that are both disgusting and 
unspeakable. He says, for instance, that "a group of 
seven little girls, from nine to twelve years of age, were the 
victims of a gray-haired scoundrel, all led on by a child 
of twelve, the first victim, who persuaded the others to 
follow her example. Candy and a few pennies were suffi- 
cient inducement in this case." 

The Chicago Vice Commission's report tells of vices in 
the line of "sex perversion" that were characteristic of 
the days of Sodom, but are too vile and indecent to men- 
tion, and this report says that these conditions were found 
" to be enormously prevalent and growing. ' ' 

Henry W. Wack, assistant editor of the Medico-Legal 
Journal, and chairman of the Section on Eugenics of the 
Medico-Legal Society, in condemning some of the modem 
dances and showing their degrading tendencies, says: 
"Nothing of more serious import has touched the founda- 
tions of society and the home during the past two decades 
than the domestic discord and litigation which has ensued 
upon its corrupting advent. Extravagance, dissipation, 
inebriety, the drug habit, an utter dissolution of parental 
instinct and responsibility, foot, spine, and cerebral dis- 
eases, business default and bankruptcy, are a short cata- 
logue of the harvest of the new bedlam." Mr. Wack 



THE SOCIAL VICE 123 

furthermore says: " Everybody is loving everybody else's 
wife or sweetheart, and cheerfully paying the price of 
admission. This is the epoch of the paradox wherein the 
' hesitation' hesitates at nothing." 

The New York World reports a social event in Paris 
in the early part of July, 1914, over which one of 
America's well-known millionaires presided. At this func- 
tion were gathered princes, princesses, and a long list 
of the so-called nobility and persons distinguished for 
wealth and social rank. The principal feature of the 
dance was the shadow costumes of the ladies, which per- 
mitted their figures, as they danced between the spectators 
and the light, to be exhibited in their entirety. 

The well-known Caillaux tragedy in France disclosed 
in a striking way the social disease that exists in higher 
society in that country. Gustave Terry, a prominent 
journalist, says it "recalls the blackest turpitude of Roman 
decadence." 

The Eev. C. S. S. Button, of the First Unitarian 
Church, San Francisco, speaking on the moral condition of 
the world, said, "In our social life are many symptoms 
of moral confusion and disintegration which present strik- 
ing and even startling analogies to the decadent paganism 
of the Roman world, under the Caesars." 

The "Encyclopaedia Britannica," in its article on 
"Prostitution," says: "The elementary laws on which 
prostitution rests are stronger than the artificial codes im- 
posed by moral teaching, conventional standards, or legis- 
latures; and attempts at repression only lead to a change 
of form, not of substance. It survives all treatment; and 
though it may coexist with national vigor, its extravagant 
development is one of the signs of a rotten and decaying 



124 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

civilization." And referring to the social conditions of 
this time, the same authority says: "The unmentionable 
facts which come constantly to the knowledge of the police 
des maeurs, and less frequently to the ears of doctors and 
lawyers, leave no doubt that in intensity of vice the great 
centers of modern civilization have nothing whatever to 
learn from Corinth, imperial Rome, ancient Egypt, or 
modern China. The classical obscenities dug up and rele- 
gated to museums are far .surpassed by the photographic 
abominations prepared to-day in Paris or in Amsterdam. 
The gross perversion and abuse of the sexual instinct im- 
plied by these excesses may be a passing phase, but it is 
a phase which has always marked the decadence of great 
nations." 

Any one who has been giving any attention whatever to 
social conditions knows that modern dress, the modern 
theater, much of the reading matter and many of the car- 
toons that are making light of marital integrity and the 
sacred vows between husband and wife, show a deplorable 
condition. Men may say that these things existed in the 
past, that the conditions in the world to-day are no worse 
than they were in ancient Rome, in Greece, in Egypt, or 
even in the Israel of the old dispensation itself; but be it 
ever remembered that all those nations went dow 7 n beneath 
their vices. Neither Egypt, Persia, Greece, nor Rome is 
any longer in existence. The vices of to-day are ominous. 
They foreshadow some overtow T ering event that will bring 
the hosts of evil everlastingly to an end. 

The conditions of vice that prevail throughout the world 
are causing the greatest alarm to leading men in all the 
various nations. Rulers, statesmen, churchmen, educators, 
and students of social matters in all of the walks of life, 



THE SOCIAL VICE 125 

are not only perplexed, but most deeply concerned. There 
are several magazines in this country, as well as similar 
publications in the Old World, devoted exclusively to the 
discussion of the problems that confront us through the 
spread of vice and of the diseases that result from this 
degrading sin. Books in the Old World and books in the 
New are written by the most masterly minds, calling at- 
tention, in urgent warnings, to the evils that threaten us. 
Societies have been formed, with leading men at the head 
of theni, such as the American Vigilance Association that 
is organized in the United States, and which has for its 
president the well-known educator and reformer, Dr. 
David Starr Jordan, of Leland Stanford Junior Univer- 
sity. Among the vice presidents and others prominent in 
this society are such well-known characters as Cardinal 
Gibbons; Dr. Charles W. Eliot, of Harvard University; 
Dr. Abram W. Harris, president Northwestern University, 
Evanston, Illinois, etc. The society publishes a monthly 
magazine called Vigilance. 

Not only have local conventions been held to study the 
question and to seek ways and means for combating the 
evil, but great national and international conventions are 
called in which, in the most serious maimer, some of the 
greatest minds of the age urge that something must be 
done to overthrow the evil, else not only our civilization 
but our race must sink beneath the avalanche of licen- 
tiousness. 

It was in July, 1902, that the French government in- 
vited sixteen other countries to send representatives to 
Paris to consider what could be done to break up effec- 
tually the syndicates of evil that are dealing in vice. In 
May, 1901, this movement culminated in a formal agree- 



126 HEEALDS OF THE MORNING 

ment or treaty, which was signed by the governments of 
France, Great Britain, Germany, Russia, Sweden, Nor- 
way, Denmark, Belgium, Italy, Spain, the Netherlands, 
Portugal, and the Swiss Federal Council. This agreement 
among the nations was submitted to the Senate of the 
United States and received favorable action. President 
Roosevelt proclaimed it to the world in 1908. 

Concerning the ratification of this treaty, Mr. James 
B. Reynolds says: "If I am correctly informed, this is 
the first treaty relating to social morality consummated 
between the leading civilized governments of the world. 
This action is of the highest significance and importance." 

In 1907 the Immigration Commission of the United 
States appointed a special committee to investigate the 
matter of "the importation and harboring of women for 
immoral purposes." Some two years later, this commission 
rendered a report, which Congress ordered printed, and 
it became Senate Document No. 196 of the Second Session 
of the Sixty-first Congress. In that report, it is stated 
that "the importation and harboring of alien women and 
girls for immoral purposes, and the practice of prostitu- 
tion by them — the so-called ' white slave traffic' — is the 
most pitiful and the most revolting phase of the immi- 
gration question. It is in violation of the immigration 
law and of the treaty made with leading European pow r ers. 
This business has assumed large proportions, and it has 
been exerting so evil an influence upon our country that 
the Immigration Commission felt compelled to make it 
the subject of a thorough investigation." 

As the outgrowth of these treaties, investigations, and 
discussions, and of the revelations that were made by the 
investigations of the vice committees in Chicago, New 



THE SOCIAL VICE 127 

York, and other leading cities, Congressman Mann intro- 
duced a bill which has become known as the "Mann White 
Slave Traffic Act." This was duly passed, and signed by 
President Taft. In 1912 Mr. Stanley W. Frink was ap- 
pointed by the United States Department of Justice as a 
special commissioner to suppress the traffic in girls, and 
Congress voted $100,000 to meet the cost of this work. 

Thus it is shown that many good men and w^omen are 
heroically battling these evils. Many of them express 
hope that they will be able to overthrow the social vices 
and degenerating customs of this time, and that society and 
civilization will be saved. But with the problems that are 
accumulating in so many different directions, how can they 
expect success? And when we turn to the word of God, 
it makes perfectly clear to us that the one bright prospect 
before the world is the second coming of Christ. 

There is a prophecy in Jeremiah that foretold what 
would overtake the Jewish nation because of the corrup- 
tions that were in it in one of its most vice-laded periods. 
The striking words of the prophet disclose the conditions 
that existed then; but in speaking of those conditions, he 
also describes things as they exist at the present time. 
Read his words in the following verses : 

"How shall I pardon thee for this? thy children have 
forsaken Me, and sworn by them that are no gods : when I 
had fed them to the full, they then committed adultery, and 
assembled themselves by troops in the harlots' houses. 
They were as fed horses in the morning : every one neighed 
after his neighbor's wife. Shall I not visit for these 
things? saith the Lord: and shall not My soul be avenged 
on such a nation as this? Go ye up upon her walls, and 
destroy; but make not a full end: take away her battle- 



128 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

ments; for they are not the Lord's. 'For the house of 
Israel and the house of Judah have dealt very treacher- 
ously against Me, saith the Lord. They have belied the 
Lord, and said, It is not He ; neither shall evil come upon 
us ; neither shall we see sword nor famine : and the proph- 
ets shall become wind, and the Word is not in them : thus 
shall it be done unto them." Jer. 5 : 7-13. 

Observe what the foregoing scripture has to say in re- 
gard to the adulterer and the troops that were assembled 
at the harlots ' houses, also how men like animals were seek- 
ing their neighbors' wives. Then God asks the striking 
question, " Shall I not visit for these things? . . . and 
shall not My soul be avenged on such a nation as this?" 

And so we may ask the question to-day, Will not God 
be avenged for the iniquitous impurities that are distress- 
ing this time % And even the religious teachers, in these 
days, as was the case with ancient Israel, who are present- 
ing a false hope, " shall become wind," because "the Word 
is not in them. ' ' 

Many reformers of this time believe that if only the 
facts are presented and the generation is properly edu- 
cated, the evils will be overcome. But mere education is 
not sufficient. There must be a regenerating power through 
the gospel of Christ to save men out of such awful con- 
ditions. We must have a power from above to lift us up. 
It is an easy matter, in the enthusiasm of some of the 
great reform conventions, to make ourselves think that 
the world is getting much better; but how small a portion 
of the world is touched by what these people say and do! 
Do such persons consider the strength of the evil forces 
that have intrenched themselves? Do they take into ac- 
count the fact that the greed for gold has not stopped short 



THE SOCIAL VICE 129 

of commercializing every vice in the whole calendar of 
crime and immorality? Do they take into their reckoning 
the vice trusts and the crime combines that are holding the 
great cities in their iron grasp? And do they consider 
furthermore that the automobile is performing wonders 
in bringing the city and the country together, and at the 
same time spreading the vices of the cities all through the 
villages and the rural districts? 

A "health circular'' issued by the Indiana State Board 
of Health says: "Our best physicians are thoroughly 
alarmed over the vast extent of venereal infection. The 
great cities, themselves rapidly becoming venerealized, are 
serving as centers for the distribution of infection to the 
population outside the cities, that previously has remained 
comparatively free from contamination, and from which 
the nation in the past has drawn its reserve strength. ' ' 

The infinite power of the divine God Himself is the only 
force that is equal to the overthrow of the intrenched 
forces of sin. 

Can there be any doubt that we are living in the days 
on which the Saviour fixed His prophetic eyes when He 
said, "As it was in the days of Noe, . . . likewise also as 
it was in the days of Lot ; . . . even thus shall it be in the 
day when the Son of man is revealed"? 




- |M 




CHAPTER EIGHT 



HE question is asked, "When the Son of man 
cometh, shall He find faith on the earth?" 
y^M$^ Luke 18 : 8. The very form of the expression 
Ox — ^M s hows that the Saviour's question is an em- 
phatic statement of the great lack of genuine faith among 
those living at the close of time. 

This fact is further confirmed by His answer to the 
question, "What shall be the sign of Thy coming, and of 
the end of the world?" The Master says, "Because 
iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold." 
Matt. 24 : 3, 12. Then a great lack of faith, abounding 
iniquity, and the love of many waxing cold, are sufficiently 
prominent in the last days to be mentioned as among the 
signs of the Saviour's coming. 

In a previous chapter, mention was made of the wealth- 
loving men who would have the "form of godliness" but 
who would deny its power. But that scripture should be 
studied more closely in this connection. Please read it 
again carefully and thoughtfully: 

130 



MAINTAINING FOKM BUT DENYING POWER 131 

"This know also, that in the last days perilous times 
shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, 
covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to 
parents, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, 
trucebreakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers 
of those that are good, traitors, heady, high-minded, lovers 
of pleasures more than lovers of God; having a form of 
godliness, but denying the power thereof: from such turn 
away." 2 Tim. 3:1-5. 

The apostle not only tells us that "in the last days 
perilous times shall come," but adds, "For men shall be 
lovers of their own selves," etc. The word "for" in this 
connection is equivalent to "because." Then the perils of 
the last days are brought about because men are so filled 
with covetousness, pride, and all the rest of the long list 
of the sins mentioned in this text. 

Note particularly that the text says those engaged in 
these sins of darkest hue, are at the same time "having a 
form of godliness, but denying the power thereof." The 
Twentieth Century Version renders this verse, "They will 
love pleasure more than they love God ; and while they re- 
tain the outward form of religion, they will not allow it 
to influence them." The world does not have a "form of 
godliness." Only a backslidden church could be in such 
a condition — a church filled with "lovers of pleasures 
more than lovers of God." 

When the conditions that are mentioned in this text 
become prevalent throughout the world, we may know 
that the "last days" are reached, for these days will be 
made "perilous" by the prevalence of evil. "Iniquity 
shall abound, ' ' and over all the mass of sin will be thrown 
the hypocritical robes of a "form of godliness" by those 



132 HEKALDS OF THE MOENING 

who, through a lack of faith in God's word, are denying 
His power. 

Speaking of those who would be living when the judg- 
ment of the living and the dead and the consequent appear- 
ing of Christ were imminent, the apostle says in another 
chapter: "I charge thee in the sight of God, and of Christ 
Jesus, who shall judge the living and the dead, and by 
His appearing and His kingdom: preach the Word; be 
urgent in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort, 
with all long-suffering and teaching. For the time will 
come when they will not endure the sound doctrine; but, 
having itching ears, will heap to themselves teachers after 
their own lusts; and will turn away their ears from the 
truth, and turn aside unto fables." 2 Tim. 4: 1-4, A. R. V. 

The Twentieth Century Version of the foregoing scrip- 
ture is very striking. It reads: "I solemnly charge you, 
in the sight of God and of Christ Jesus, who will one 
day judge the living and the dead — I charge you by His 
appearing and by His kingdom: Proclaim the message, be 
ready in season and out of season, convince, rebuke, en- 
courage, never failing to instruct with forbearance. For 
a time will come when people will not tolerate sound 
teaching. They will follow their own wishes, and, in their 
itching for novelty, procure themselves a crowd of teachers. 
They will turn a deaf ear to the truth, and give their at- 
tention to legends instead." 

This scripture shows that there will be no lack of 
teachers, but the people have such an itching for novelty 
that they turn away from the truth and give their attention 
to fables and legends. The plain truth of the gospel of 
Christ cuts directly across the pathway of the devotees of 
sinful pleasures and wicked indulgences, and so it is easy 



MAINTAINING FORM BUT DENYING POWER 133 

for the individual to take up some legend or some fable 
and make himself believe that he is following the truth of 
God when in reality he is only following his own inclina- 
tions. Against such things as this God's word warns us, 
and especially are we to be on our guard against substi- 
tuting fables for divine truth when God is about to judge 
the living and the dead. 

With these scriptures before us, telling us so plainly 
that in the "last days" "godliness" will become a mere 
form among the great multitude, we have only to look 
about us to see the literal fulfillment. 

The thing that we naturally expect when we go to the 
house of God is to hear the preaching of the gospel "in 
the demonstration of the Spirit and of power. ' ' The theme 
that should be emphasized is "the Lamb of God, which 
taketh away the sin of the world." But in how many of 
our churches is the preaching of the simple gospel sadly 
lacking! Hundreds of people may be found, representing 
all our various denominations, who recognize and deplore 
this fact. 

But why this lack of power in the church'? Why do 
we see only the "form" when we should expect to find 
the life and power belonging to the Master's church? 
There is one little statement in a text already quoted, that 
furnishes the answer. Observe that it is said of those who 
have this "form of godliness," but deny "the power 
thereof," that they are "lovers of pleasures more than 
lovers of God." The pleasures that God offers are soul- 
satisfying, real, substantial, and abiding. They are filled 
with indescribable joys, and leave behind them only pleas- 
ant memories; and mingled with these pleasures is that 
joy of the Lord which comes from helping those who are 



134 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

in need. It is to deny the wickedness that is in self, and do 
right. There is an infinite joy and an eternal satisfaction 
in following the Lord's way. But by those living in the 
last days, the transient pleasures of the world are chosen 
instead; and to such an extent is their pleasure seeking 
carried, even while maintaining a "form of godliness," that 
it makes one of the distinctive signs of our times. Seeking 
pleasure for the mere sake of selfish enjoyment has ever 
been the pursuit of the world; but now the craze takes 
possession of the church, and plunges it also into the 
ephemeral and delusive pleasures of time and sense, and 
thereby is created one of the "perils" of the last days. 

Who is there to-day that has not been impressed with 
the efforts made by so many of the churches and in so 
many places to supply amusement? This is done, of 
course, ostensibly to "raise money for the cause," or "to 
attract the young people into the church." 

The Eev. Mr. Hale, who has made extensive observa- 
tions in regard to church entertainments, gives an outline 
of what came under his notice during a single year. He 
mentions a church in Massachusetts which produced, in 
regular theatrical fashion, "Violet in Fairyland" and "A 
Comedy of Errors Up to Date. ' ' A number of churches in 
the same state joined in giving a "laughable performance" 
entitled "Aunt Jemima's Album." The young people in a 
church in Iow T a gave a "New Woman Social." "The 
Mystic Midgets" is produced by a church in another quar- 
ter. And so his list continues. 

The late Bishop Foster said: "The church of God is 
to-day courting the world. Its members are bringing it 
down to the level of the ungodly. The ball, the theater, 
nude and lewd art, social luxuries, with all their loose 



MAINTAINING FORM BUT DENYING POWER 135 

moralities, are making inroads into the sacred inclosure of 
the church. As a satisfaction for all this worldliness, 
Christians are making a great deal of Lent and Easter 
ornamentations. It is the old trick of Satan. The Jewish 
church struck on that rock, the Romish church was 
wrecked on it, and the Protestant church is fast reaching 
the same doom. Our great dangers, as we see them, are 
assimilation to the world, neglect of the poor, substitution 
of the form for the fact of godliness, abandonment of 
discipline, a hireling ministry, an impure gospel, which 
summed up is a fashionable church." 

In discussing the danger to the church from indulging 
in the amusements of the world, Dr. Munhall says, "A tidal 
wave of worldliness is sweeping over the land and the 
nations. ' ' 

One of the most influential Protestant denominations, 
not only in the United States but throughout the world, 
took for a motto at the beginning that it was wrong to in- 
dulge in ' ' such diversions as cannot be used in the name of 
the Lord Jesus. " 

In presenting the question, it is preferred not to men- 
tion the name of the denomination or any of the individuals 
connected with the circumstances, so that the reader will be 
thinking of the facts rather than any particular denomina- 
tion of believers, for the conditions with reference to all 
are practically the same. 

In this large denomination to which reference is made, 
considerable discussion among the very most influential 
leaders, of both the ministry and the laity, has been car- 
ried on with reference to removing from their creed the 
paragraph which places restrictions upon certain question- 
able worldly amusements. In one of their conventions, 



136 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

bishops, college professors, and other leaders joined in an 
effort to have the objectionable paragraph eliminated, and 
were defeated only by a small majority. Following this 
meeting, a layman who was a member of that communion, 
and who had been actively interested in the discussion, 
• addressed an open letter to a bishop and a university 
president who took the lead in trying to have the amuse- 
ment restriction removed. In that letter are these para- 
graphs : 

" Because of the Christless code you champion, you 
make our church contributory to the devil's den of moral 
pollution, putrid with social degradation, ninety per cent 
of which is incipient in the way at which you wink. 

"What you need is a little contact with the world, the 
solid, wicked old world of to-day. What you need, reverend 
gentlemen, is a broadened experience that comprehends 
the Christ life beset by the appearance of evil. What you 
need is a daughter of your own attending her first dance 
at the compromising suggestion of some ministerial dig- 
nitary, meeting there the polished gentleman, the old 
sinner reeking with the slimy ooze of social rottenness — 
meeting conditions that flesh and blood in the ordinary 
form cannot resist, does not resist — and then in after 
years throwing her life of shame on your broken heart. 
That is what you need to make you think of a million 
homes in this land of freedom. No person who has ever 
gone through such a trial will ever champion the cause that 
God in His mercy has just made you lose. You ought to 
have grace enough in your hearts to thank Him for it. 

"Do you know, gentlemen, that I would not trust with 
you the moral education of a daughter of mine? Do you 
know that if I had a daughter in a school the head of which 



MAINTAINING FORM BUT DENYING POWER 137 

advocated, in the name of the church, such pernicious moral 
standards, I should call her home, that her heart might be 
kept pure, that her mind might not become contaminated 
by the degrading influences of such teaching?" 

The layman who wrote the foregoing vigorous para- 
graphs had sufficient standing to get his utterances quoted 
in some of the permanent literature of the time in book 
form ; and people who are out in this world enough to know 
its actual conditions, will recognize the fact that he -had 
altogether too much occasion for what he felt constrained 
to say. 

Christ has not given the commission to go into all the 
world and amuse and entertain people. But He has bidden 
His followers go into all the world and preach the gospel 
to every creature. And when pastors and people turn to 
giving shows and entertainments to enlarge their congre- 
gations and " to "attract the young," that very thing ad- 
vertises their lack of gospel power. Christ never lacked 
for people to listen to Him, and those who follow His 
divine methods will also meet with His success. If the 
Master was not discoursing to the multitudes, He was 
engaged in earnest, profitable conversation with the lone 
individual by the well. God's power is just as great now 
as it was on the day of Pentecost, when the people were 
drawn to hear the preaching of the simple gospel, not by 
shows and sensational parade, not by the thought of fun 
and very questionable amusements, but by the Spirit of 
the living Saviour. That power is waiting still for all 
who will receive it. How can we more effectually deny 
the power of God than by resorting to amusements to draw 
people to the church ? How sad that the church should be 
so blinded as to be willing to change the experiences and 



138 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

realities of Pentecost for the modern church fair and 
theatrical display! 

With the quotations already given from Matthew, Luke, 
and Paul, agrees the statement of Peter: "Knowing this 
first, that there shall come in the last days scoffers, walking 
after their own lusts, and saying, Where is the promise of 
His coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things 
continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. 
For this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of 
God the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out 
of the water and in the water." 2 Peter 3: 3-5. 

As the doctrine of the second coming of Christ is 
preached, there will be "scoffers." And, to be sure, since 
they are "walking after their own lusts," they will say 
in derision, "Where is the promise of His coming?" But 
the believer in the sure word of God will not be affected by 
these scoffers, except to see in them the evidence of the 
Master's coming, and, in pity for them, to work and pray 
that their hearts may be touched by divine grace, and 
turned away from their scoffings to a Saviour's tender love. 

But the text not only speaks of the lustful scoffers who 
are ridiculing the promises of Christ's coming. It speci- 
fies a leading point in their unbelief. It says, "For this 
they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of God 
the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out of the 
water and in the water." The opening statements of the 
Bible tell us that God created the heavens and the earth by 
His word. The psalmist says, "By the word of the Lord 
were the heavens made; and all the host of them by the 
breath of His mouth. ' ' Ps. 33 : 6. A New Testament 
apostle, in telling the story of creation, says, "Through 
faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the 



MAINTAINING FORM BUT DENYING POWER 139 

word of God, so that things which are seen were not made 
of things which do appear. ' ' Heb. 11:3. • 

Bnt the foregoing text from Peter tells ns that these 
last-day scoffers will be willingly ignorant of this great 
fact. In other words, they will reject the Scriptures, which 
teach that God created all things by the word of His 
power. 

In the light of this Scripture prediction, let the reader 
think of the transformation that has come over not merely 
the world, but the church, during the last half century. 
Our fathers sincerely believed that God did create this 
world, and all the universe besides, by His infinite word. 
But two or three men began, under the guise of science, to 
teach evolution. The scientific world adopted their teach- 
ings, and the church followed in their footsteps. There 
was a great deal of discussion over it at first; but one by 
one the great theological seminaries, and the dignitaries 
of the church, accepted the doctrines of evolution, and dis- 
carded the plain teaching of the word of God. 

Several years ago, Mr. Harold Bolce entered a leading 
religious institution, as he said, to take some special studies. 
His discoveries and experiences were published later in 
a series of articles in the Cosmopolitan Magazine, and 
they created a great stir. To one of the theological pro- 
fessors he addressed the question, "Do you not believe, 
professor, that Moses got the Ten Commandments in the 
way the Scriptures tell?" The professor smiled. "I do 
not," said he. "It is unscientific and absurd to imagine 
that God ever turned stonemason and chiseled command- 
ments on a rock." 

Dr. Munhall, referring to this incident, says: "A minis- 
terial friend of mine said to me : 'Kecently one of my mem- 



140 HERALDS OF THE MOEXIXG 

bers told to me this: "We sent our daughter to 

University a warm, earnest, whole-hearted Christian. 
While there her faith was wrecked, and she is now an 
agnostic." ' ' Speaking of another university, the doctor 
refers to another friend who said to him: "I sent my 

daughter to University an intelligent, devoted 

Christian. The other day she came to me and said, ' Father, 

I want to make a confession. While at University, 

because of what we were there taught, I came to disbe- 
lieve the Bible and lost my faith in my Saviour; and all 
the girls in our class had the same experience as I. It 
has taken me six months to get back onto the Rock.' ' 

Experiences of this kind could be furnished at almost 
any length, and they are quite clear enough to show that 
the theological departments in our great denominational 
universities, while pretending to teach the Bible, are in 
reality spreading infidelity. But the particular point 
against which they direct the most of their skepticism is 
the teaching of Moses which discloses at the very begin- 
ning of the Bible the source of creation and the true 
Creator. 

A sample of the words of one of these theological pro- 
fessors in lecturing to his classes, is the following: "The 
early chapters of Genesis are not history ; and the problem 
of origins we must be content to leave to science to make 
of it what it can." Another one said, "Many of the ful- 
fillments of prophecy referred to in the first Gospel have 
for us neither intellectual nor religious value." While 
another one stated: "The evidential value of miracles is 
quite gone. They are no more a part of Christianity." 

Another professor, who stood at the head of a Biblical 
institute, in one of his lectures said: "Criticism has 



MAINTAINING FOKM BUT DENYING POWEK 141 

changed public opinion about many matters — once deemed 
primary, now seen to be of subsidiary importance. It is 
not now thought to be necessary to one's salvation that he 
shall believe the world to have been created in six days 
of twenty-four hours each, or that woman was created 
from the ribs of man, or that the Deluge was universal, 
or that the waters of the Red Sea separated at the word 
of Moses. 

"One may still have fellowship with God and surmise 
that the Pentateuch was not written by Moses, that the 
Levitical legislation was postexilian, that the book of 
Isaiah is of composite authorship, that the book of Daniel 
is a story to illustrate how God keeps watch over His own, 
that the book of Job is a dramatic putting of the problem 
of evil in the world, and that Jonah is an allegory setting 
forth the universality of God's love. 

"We may even go farther than that. We may admit 
that the Bible as we have it is a book derived from second- 
ary sources; that the autographs of the evangelists and 
apostles have been irrevocably lost; that there are omis- 
sions and interpolations, glosses and misreadings, numer- 
ous enough to be discouraging; that genealogies and 
chronologies are hopelessly confused; and that there are 
discrepancies of statement about matters of fact which 
are not to be reconciled. 

"I say we may admit all that, and still realize that its 
central feature of its commission as a veritable word of 
God is so full, so final, so clear-cut, so intelligent, so au- 
thoritative, that the wayfaring man has to be a super- 
abundant fool who seriously errs with respect to it." 

The professor's teaching concerning the Bible brings 
to the mind an individual whose condition of health was 



142 HEEALDS OF THE MORNING 

such that he was hopelessly doomed to an early death un- 
less he could cross the Atlantic in the care of a competent 
physician, with the intent of securing climatic surround- 
ings that would relieve his malady. He learns that a boat 
is to sail on a given day. Accompanied by his physician, 
he goes to the dock to take passage. When he reaches 
the place where the vessel should be lying, he finds that the 
boilers and the engine, together with all the rest of the 
machinery, have been thrown overboard, the decks one 
after another have been carried away, the hull has been 
taken to pieces, the keel is broken up ; and in despair the 
poor sick man turns to the physician, who arrogantly tells 
him, " 'The wayfaring man has to be a superabundant 
fool' who thinks that he could not cross the Atlantic on 
this great ship. We will immediately go aboard and 
cross over." 

In other words, the foregoing criticism concerning 
the Bible is sufficiently comprehensive, if believed, to sweep 
the whole Book entirely away, It throws particular dis- 
credit upon the story of creation, as well as upon some of 
the prophetic portions of the Bible. Note these points 
particularly while we pass on to consider some of the 
things that are published by our great denominational 
publishing houses over the signatures of doctors of di- 
vinity. The names and the publishing houses could be 
given if necessary. 

A paragraph from one of these books reads : "It is now 
indubitably proven that many of the stories which appear 
in the earlier records of the Old Testament were simply 
taken over and adapted from older mythical or legendary 
sources, and that they are not to be taken at face value as 
sober and measured history." 



MAINTAINING FORM BUT DENYING POWER 143 

Some seventeen or eighteen books by various noted 
skeptical writers were recommended a few years ago as 
helps in the study of the International Sunday school 
lessons, and the suggestion was made, "Let the reader go 
slowly amid all these new views, not resisting them, but 
studying them with open-mindedness. ' ' 

It may be interesting, in this connection, to note that 
Thomas Paine, Voltaire, and other infidel writers have 
taught in almost identical words the same doctrine con- 
cerning the writings of Moses. When Jesus Christ was 
here in person He said: "They have Moses and the 
prophets ; let them hear them. ... If they hear not Moses 
and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though 
one rose from the dead." Luke 16:29, 31. And it may 
be of interest to the reader to observe that each one of 
the scriptures that Christ quoted in answering the temp- 
tations of Satan while in the wilderness was from the 
writings of Moses. This may be seen by any one who 
will take the pains to study the fourth chapter of the 
book of Matthew. Hence the doctors of divinity in this 
time who are throwing away the writings of Moses are 
entirely out of harmony with the teaching of Christ. 
They do not discredit Moses alone, but they discredit 
the great Teacher Himself, Jesus Christ, our Lord and 
Saviour. 

Discarding Moses, and especially the first part of the 
book of Genesis, does away with the record of creation. 
And can any one rise to explain how Peter could foretell 
that men would do this, except -he was illuminated by the 
prophetic powers of Him who sees the end from the 
beginning 1 ? This point needs to be emphasized and reem- 
phasized. How could Peter know, two thousand years 

10 



144 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

ago, that men in the last days would substitute evoiution 
for the Bible story of creation? How could he know that 
they would become so confirmed in their opinions as to 
scoff at this Bible doctrine? How could he know that in 
all our textbooks, in all the schools, evolution would be 
taught as scientific truth, and the Bible doctrine made a 
subject of ridicule? How could he tell that in theological 
seminaries, denominational universities, and in the writ- 
ings of the doctors of divinity, the infidel teachings of 
Darwin and his colaborers should be elevated in such a 
manner as to make it popular to scoff at the story of the 
divine Book? 

For it should be remembered that not only will men be 
scoffing in the last days, not only will they be lustful, 
according to this passage in Peter, but they will also be 
deriding the truth taught in the first part of "the Bible 
and elsewhere in the sacred Book, that creation was ac- 
complished by the word of the Lord. Prediction and 
fulfillment could not fit together more accurately than the 
conditions of the present time fulfill the prophetic fore- 
cast of the inspired apostle. 

How faithfully do these scriptures disclose the perils 
of the "last days"! How pointedly do they tell us that 
sin shall be glossed over by the ' ' form of godliness ' ' ; that 
faith will be almost wanting; that the "love of many shall 
wax cold" — and all because "iniquity shall abound"; and 
that amidst it all will be found the "scoffers," making 
light of the "promise of His coming," and rejecting the 
truth of His creative power manifested through His in- 
finite word. 

There are many who realize the situation, to some ex- 
tent at least, and are crying out against this terrible con- 



MAINTAINING P0RM BUT DENYING POWER 145 

dition into which the church of Christ has fallen. Pages 
of testimony might be given from these, but only a few 
paragraphs are necessary. 

The Rev. Walter A. Evans says: " Evangelical Chris- 
tianity, born anew in the German Reformation, baptized 
under the hands of the Puritans and the Wesleys, has 
already so far apostatized that another reformation is 
needed. . . . The cold formalism of a utilitarian religious- 
ness, ornate with pomp and ceremony, makes the church 
of the present day, to a very large degree, a valley of 
dry bones greater than that which Ezekiel saw, and as 
sorely in need of a divine afflatus to give it life. Social 
discontent, born of pinching poverty on the one hand and 
riotous riches on the other, gambling, intemperance, com- 
mercial dishonor, political corruption, and the whole pes- 
tiferous brood of evils which prey upon the nation and 
threaten its peace if not its perpetuity as a free republic 
— they all find their coveted opportunity, when they do 
not find their abetment, in the worldly ideals, the grasping 
covetousness, the denominational pride, the sectarian self- 
ishness, the moral cowardice, and the spiritual apathy, of 
the church. . . . 

"The church is made the decoy of the hunters of 
fortunes; it is utilized as a screen of scoundrels. . . . 
Yea, it has become a great tree ; and respectable sinners — 
respectabilhw is a sine qua non — legal robbers, and pious 
frauds lodge under the shadow of it. . . . One cannot 
single out any one denomination as being especially guilty 
of exalting pelf above piety. The same conditions widely 
prevail, and one is probably as bad as another." 

Those who recognize the conditions of the times and 
offer warnings concerning them are frequently frowned 



146 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



CHINESE 

420,000,000 



upon as pessimists. Upon this point Dr. Munhall re- 
marks : 

"An optimist, in the popular sense, is one who, in the 
presence of indisputable evidence that the world is cap- 
turing the church, persistently insists 
that exactly the contrary is true ; while 
the one who believes the evidence, is 
called a pessimist. It is popular to call 
black white, because the 
great majority don't like 
black; but no matter what 
the many may think or say, 
let us try fairly and hon- 
estly to face and state the 
facts." 

In this connection it 
might be well to 
call attention to 




The illustrations and fig- 
ures on this page show 
the task the Christian 
world must accomplish in 
heathen lands alone if 
it is to bring 
everybody to 
Christ and have 
millennium in 
which all will be 
converted. 



MALAYSIAN 
"1,000,000 



AMERICAN INDIAN. 
5,000,000 



MAINTAINING FORM BUT DENYING POWER 



147 



what " Christian America" is spending for strong 
drink, tobacco, tea and coffee, and other hurtful 
and useless indulgences, and set this over 
against what is done by our great wealthy 
churches, with their multiplied millions 
of communicants in this Christian na- 
tion, to give the gospel to the world. 
The illustrations and statistics on these 
pages show the situation very for- 
cibly and truthfully. 



The diagrams and figures on this page show 
how the great leading "Christian America" is 
spending her money and her energies. Other 
"Christian nations" are following her example in 
much the same proportion. America spends more 
for chewing gum than for missions ; and when it 
comes to the vice-laden and soul-destroy- 
ing item of strong drink, how insignifi- 
cant does the small amount spent for 
missions appear ! The expenditure of 
money for alcoholic drinks and tobacco 
is lowering the morals of the world 
and filling it with vices and crimes. 
The facts are insuperable and 
should be convincing. The gos- 
pel of Christ will be carried to 
all the nations for a witness to 
every one, as the promise of the 
Master quoted in these pages 
amply shows. But all 
the facts agree with worthless 
the other Scripture PATENT 
statements in show- MEDICINE 
ing that the vast ma- 
jority will prefer to 
cling to their vices 
and bacchanal revel- 
ries, and so 
refuse to 
be moved by 
the message 
of salvation 
that is sent 
of God. 




148 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

What an opportunity the church is losing! Social 
discontent, arising from various causes, is looming up on 
every hand; and instead of the church standing unmoved 
amid the gathering storm as a beacon light and guide in 
the way of righteousness, we see her shorn of her strength. 

How appalling the thought! The world is acknowl- 
edged by thousands of the most thoughtful men and women 
of our time to be speeding toward an awful revolution, 
and hovering on the brink of a fearful doom; and in 
the face of this crisis, the church, instead of being awake 
and active in rescuing the perishing and warning the 
ignorant, is filled with those who are " lovers of pleasures 
more than lovers of God," having only "a form of godli- 
ness," while by indulgence in sin they are "denying the 
power thereof." With these facts before us, how forcible 
the prophetic interrogation, "Nevertheless when the Son 
of man cometh, shall He find faith on the earth?" And 
is it any wonder that our Lord, when viewing this time, 
said, "Because iniquity shall abound, the love of many 
shall wax cold"? 

When, in any particular age, the church becomes cor- 
rupt, it is because of her failure to resist the prevailing 
sins and vices of that time. 

So, then, since the love of pleasure among those who 
have a "form of godliness" will do its part in making 
times perilous in this age, what a great, prevailing pas- 
sion for the follies of mere fun will be manifested in the 
world at large! It is true that humanity has ever been 
given to the pursuit of pleasure. It is natural and God- 
given for men to wish to be happy. It has always been 
the case that a great many will look no higher than 
transient and debasing amusements ; but in a special sense 



MAINTAINING FORM BUT DENYING POWER 149 

will the world be given to pleasure at the close of time. 
Marvelous indeed are the great inventions and the gen- 
eral material progress of this age; and the extent to 
which the people of to-day are given to pleasure is no 
less conspicuous. 

Speaking of the days that immediately precede His 
coming, the Master says: "Take heed to yourselves, lest 
at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, 
and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day 
come upon you unawares. For as a snare shall it come 
on all them that dwell on the face of the whole earth. 
Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that }^e may be 
accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall 
come to pass r and to stand before the Son of man." 
Luke 21:34-36. 

Words of warning are directed against " surf eiting ' ' 
— which is another word for overeating — and " drunk- 
enness." Again the Master speaks against the same evil, 
as follows: 

"But and if that evil servant shall sa}^ in his heart, 
My lord delayeth his coming; and shall begin to smite 
his fellow servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken ; 
the lord of that servant shall come in a day when he 
looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware 
of, and shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his por- 
tion with the hypocrites : there shall be weeping and gnash- 
ing of teeth." ' Matt. 24: 48-51. 

Feasting and strong drink are two of the most con- 
stant companions of worldly pleasure, and the Lord has 
taken pains to warn us against these evils. The Father 
in heaven, who "so loved the world, that He gave His 
only-begotten Son, that whosoever belie veth in Him should 



150 HEKALDS OF THE MOUSING 

not perish, but have everlasting life," seeks to lead men 
to genuine pleasure and real enjoyment; but among the 
special snares of the evil one, prepared for the last days, 
is the intoxication of illusory pleasures and sensuous grati- 
fications, so that men may not discern those things which 
are for their eternal interest. 

Intemperance is one of the greatest evils of our day, 
and this has been the generation of temperance agitation. 
A great work has indeed been accomplished. The change 
in sentiment toward the drink question is truly marvel- 
ous. Except for this, it is hard to tell how much more 
terrible the condition of the world would be at the pres- 
ent time. 

When we view the situation as it is before our eyes 
to-day, is it any marvel that the Master should have left 
us the warning, "Take heed to yourselves, lest at any 
time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and 
drunkenness ' ' % 

Every day the papers are telling of the suicides that 
grow out of the disappointments that come in this field 
of pleasure seeking. Men and women who are given to 
the glittering sensualities of feasting and drinking, meet 
with some sudden reverse. They have been in such a 
hilarious state of pleasure seeking that they cannot endure 
the disappointment, and hence put an end to their own 
lives. 

Any one who is candid with himself must admit, in 
the moments of his soberest reflection, that the world is 
indeed in a terrible condition, and that the church, taken 
as a whole, instead of being aw r ake to the situation, is 
wasting its time in childish amusement and selfish folly. 
When the faces of the bravest men are growing pale be- 



MAINTAINING FORM BUT DENYING POWER 151 

fore the conditions in which onr world is floundering, 
instead of being able to tell them that we have reached 
the death throes of this reign of sin, and raising the warn- 
ing note, "Escape for thy life," the pleasure-loving pro- 
fessor is dreamily sounding the sleepy notes of "peace 
and safety." 

And how natural that this should be the case with 
one who has only a "form of godliness"! The voice of 
God, speaking to the very soul, is endeavoring to awaken 
the conscience to a correct appreciation of the situation. 
But being "lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God," 
men cling to the "form of godliness," and quiet the 
disturbed conscience by saying, "Peace, peace, when there 
is no peace." But do not forget that the Lord, when 
speaking of this time, has said, "When they shall say, 
Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon 
them, as travail upon a woman with child ; and they shall 
not escape." 1 Thess. 5:3. 

It is a cheering thought, however, that, notwithstand- 
ing all the efforts of Satan to drown the whole church 
in pleasure and sin in these last clays, the Lord still has 
some in every communion who have not given their hearts 
to the service of Baal; and by these the voice of warning 
must be given. Fearful odds, should we take our view 
from the human standpoint, will have to be met; but 
with the voice of a conqueror, our great Leader says, 
"All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth;" 
and trusting in His omnipotent strength in this time of 
greatest peril, "we must gather warmth from the cold- 
ness of others, courage from their cowardice, and loyalty 
from their treason." 



152 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

There are souls everywhere who are crying out for 
the living God, and they are perplexed by the distressing 
condition of things that they see around them. Header, 
will you not act as a light bearer for God, and assist in 
pointing all such to that sure Word that so unmistakably 
shows all these things to be the tokens by which we may 
know that "He is near, even at the doors"? Let all the 
world know of His love, and that He is now earnestly 
inviting every one to accept the wedding garment, His 
own perfect righteousness, and thus be made ready to 
enter into the eternal bliss of the redeemed. 

. But to do this great work of showing mankind where 
we are standing, and of telling them the meaning of the 
portents of this time, it is necessary to be more than 
mere professors of Christianity. We must be such de- 
voted students of the word of God that we will know its 
prophecies and precepts for ourselves, and be able to point 
with the assurance of definite knowledge to the light that 
is shining for us from the sacred Book. Any ordinary, 
dreamy experience that is half of the world and the other 
half made up of only a profession of Christianity, can 
never do in such a time as this. 

There is a work to be clone in rescuing the church itself 
from the stupor into which it has fallen, that requires the 
heroism of faith and Bible power. To become a Bible 
student and Bible scholar should not be left to the min- 
ister alone. Every individual must now throw his sec- 
tarian differences to the winds, and give himself to the 
study of the Bible, so that he may be sure to stand on 
the solid rock of divine principle that is born only of 
a knowledge of divine truth; and then, with the heart 
made pure and courageous by this Heaven-appointed proc- 



MAINTAINING FORM BUT DENYING POWER 153 

ess, we should go forth to do valiant work in arousing 
as many as can be reached. It is no time for theological 
speculation in regard to these things. The great facts 
of this time are staring us in the face, and we should 
acknowledge the literal truth of what we actually see, and 
let our labors be according to the pressing needs of the 
present hour. 

If we see whole platoons of church members giving 
themselves to the follies of the world — yes; if, even 
worse than that, we behold in them the entire train of 
vices and crimes that characterize this time — we should 
not surrender to the spirit of critical faultfinding that can 
do them no good. This faultfinding criticism of the mem- 
bers of the church cannot help them, and only breeds 
infidelity in ourselves as well as in them that hear us. 
But if we know from the word of God what it all means, 
if we can point to this apostasy in the face of the great 
light of this age as one of the sure fulfillments of prophecy, 
the dignity and power of heaven's great truth is allowed 
to shine out, and the soul may be reached. 

God wants men in this time who can see beyond the 
evils that have taken possession of the church as well 
as the world. He wants men who can set on high the 
blazing light of prophecy to show the meaning of this 
darkness. He wants men who are too intent on the work 
of reviving the sickly church to find any place for sneer- 
ing criticism. The whole world is trembling before its 
doom; and the church which God has appointed as His 
agency to rescue the perishing, must be warned of the 
dangerous and traitorous position that it is taking to 
such an alarming extent. 



154 



HEEALDS OF THE MORNING 



And not only mnst both the lukewarm church and the 
turbulent world be warned of the doom of the ungodly, 
but they must both be told of the indescribable and ines- 
timable reward that will soon be given to the righteous. 
The bright joys of an eternity of perfect happiness and 
contentment that the Lord of heaven holds above the 
unsatisfying conditions of this world, must be clearly 
and strongly pointed out. There is work to be done for 
God now that should call forth the best endeavor that 
mortals can give. 






CHAPTER NINE 

ATAN is continually waging an active warfare 
against every soul. He is determined that no 
one shall accept Christ if he can possibly pre- 
vent it. Says the scripture, "Woe to the in- 
habiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come 
down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth 
that he hath but a short time." Rev. 12 : 12. As the Lord's 
coming draws nearer and nearer, Satan's time for working 
becomes shorter and shorter. And when "he knoweth that 
he hath but a short time," his "great wrath" is manifested 
by increased and cunning deceptions, in order that he may 
bind as many as possible for the "sudden destruction" 
that awaits the wicked world. By his delusive arts, Satan 
seeks to engross the mind so fully in the things of this 
life, that the evidence of our Lord's coming will not be 
seen, even though that evidence stands out before the 
world as an unobscured and blazing light. But we are 
put on our guard against the deceptions of the great ad- 
versary by the ringing words, "Watch, . . . lest coming 
suddenly He find you sleeping." 

The great necessity of watching when the closing days 
of time are reached, is repeated and emphasized in the 
word of God. Only by constantly reading and giving 

155 



156 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

heed to these warnings can we preserve a realizing sense 
of their importance. By the apostle Paul we are told 
that "then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the Lord 
shall consume with the spirit of His mouth, and shall 
destroy with the brightness of His coming: even Him, 
whose" coining is after ["according to/' A.E. V.] the 
working of Satan with all power and signs and lying 
wonders, and with all deeeivableness of unrighteousness 
in them that perish; because they received not the love 
of the truth, that they might be saved. And for this 
cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they 
should believe a lie: that they all might be damned w T ho 
believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteous- 
ness." 2 Thess. 2:8-12. 

Observe with care the warnings in the foregoing scrip- 
ture. "The brightness of His coming," it is stated, "shall 
destroy" "that Wicked." And His "coming is after [or 
"according to"] the working of Satan with all power and 
signs and lying wonders, and with all deeeivableness .of 
unrighteousness in them that perish." In other words, 
when Satan's workings of evil become so bad that sure 
destruction to every living thing must soon result, then 
the Master will appear to end it. In and through "them 
that perish" Satan works; and it is all in consequence 
of the fact that "they received not the love of the truth, 
that they might be saved/' 

So, then, Satan works with power, but he masks him- 
self with "deeeivableness of unrighteousness"; and this 
working of the enemy becomes fiercer and stronger as 
we near the end. While Satan is working so powerfully, 
the Father in heaven is also sending out His great gospel 
truth to save people from these deceptions and the con- 



GREAT DECEPTIONS 157 

sequent destruction; but some, as stated in this scrip- 
ture, receive not "the love of the truth." The truth is 
presented to them; they hear it, and are convicted by it; 
but they do not "love" this Heaven-sent message. They 
prefer to cling to their sinful lusts, and so they fix their 
own doom ; and in doing this they become channels through 
which Satan works his overmastering deceptions. 

In this connection, note the facts set forth in a scrip- 
ture that has already been quoted in part several times, 
but which is presented more at length as follows: "This 
know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. 
For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, 
boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, un- 
thankful, unholy, without natural affection, trucebreakers, 
false accusers, incontinent, fierce, clespisers of those that 
are good, traitors, heady, high-minded, lovers of pleasures 
more than lovers of God; having a form of godliness, but 
denying the power thereof: from such turn away. For 
of this sort are they which creep into houses, and lead 
captive silly women laden with sins, led away with divers 
lusts, ever learning, and never able to come to the knowl- 
edge of the truth. Now as Jannes and Jambres with- 
stood Moses, so do these also resist the truth: men of 
corrupt minds, reprobate concerning the faith. But they 
shall proceed no further: for their folly shall be mani- 
fest unto all men, as theirs also was." 2 Tim. 3:1-9. 

We are not left in darkness as to the time when 
this scripture applies. It is plainly stated that it is 
"in the last days." In verse 8 we are told that "as 
Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses, so do these also 
resist the truth: men of corrupt minds, reprobate con- 
cerning the faith." 



158 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

The ancient records of the Jews, as well as the his- 
tory and traditions of many of the Eastern countries, 
preserve the names of Jannes and Jambres. They were 
two of the leading magicians who, prompted by the spirit 
of Satan, were able to counterfeit for a time the miracles 
that by the power of God Moses wrought before Pharaoh. 
Then let it again be observed that the text says, "Now as 
Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses, so [that is, in like 
manner] do these also resist the truth." How clear the 
prophecy that just as Moses was withstood by the magi- 
cians in his day, so will the "truth" be resisted by "men of 
corrupt minds," amid the "perilous times" of the "last 
days"! In view of this, how full of importance is the 
Saviour's admonition to watch! 

The following scripture will help us to understand 
what one of these delusions is: "And I saw three unclean 
spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, 
and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth 
of the false prophet. For they are the spirits of devils, 
working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the 
earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle 
of that great day of God Almighty." Rev. 16:13, 14. 
Then when "that great day" is imminent, the "spirits of 
devils" will be "working miracles." 

It is worthy of note that these "spirits of devils" go 
to the "kings of the earth," thus showing that they will 
seek to captivate the leading, influential men of the world ; 
and to accomplish their design, they will work deceptive 
miracles, such as will arrest the attention of the most 
intelligent and best educated classes. All such artfully 
devised deceptions are in perfect harmony with the char- 
acter of the wily foe. "And no marvel; for Satan 




11 



159 



160 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

himself is transformed into an angel of light." 2 Cor. 
11 : 14. Satan would be at once rejected if he came in 
any other garb than that of "an angel of light." He is 
a deceiver, and his success depends upon the skill with 
which he can hide his real character. 

Very forcible and clear concerning this great latter-day 
deception of Satan are the words of the apostle Paul : 
"Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter 
times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to 
seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils." 1 Tim. 4:1. 
Here is an expression from the Lord that is given with 
emphasis. "The Spirit speaketh expressly;" and we 
should give careful attention to the divine message so 
4 ' expressly ' ' given. 

To "depart from the faith" is to disbelieve or reject 
the plain words of the Bible; for "faith cometh by hear- 
ing, and hearing by the word of God." Bom. 10:17. It 
is the word of God, then, that we are to hear; and it 
is by hearing this Word that faith comes. Hence he who 
departs from the faith must first either neglect or reject 
the word of God. It is not necessary openly to express 
infidelity in order to reject effectually God's divine Book. 
If by human interpretations, explanations, and mystifi- 
cations, that Book is allowed to be so covered up that 
it is no longer the direct voice of God to the soul, the 
Bible is even more completely driven from the mind than 
if one were an out-and-out skeptic. Explanations or criti- 
cisms that cast doubt upon the word of God, and that lead 
men to believe that it does not mean what it clearly says, 
inevitably cause them to depart from the faith; and the 
way is thereby opened for the next step, which is, "giving 
heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils." 



GREAT DECEPTIONS 161 

With the mass of professing Christians, the Bible is 
seldom opened from one year's end to the other. These 
people, while professing to believe the Bible, know scarcely 
anything of what it really contains. They have not delved 
into its mines of promises, instrnctions, warnings, and 
prophecies, and so may be led to give heed to these "se- 
ducing spirits," even while thinking to follow the guidance 
of the Lord. God has placed in His word these warnings 
against "seducing spirits," so that every person may read 
and understand. To fail to study the Bible is to turn 
from the light that discloses the pitfalls of the deceiver. 
It places the individual where he will readily follow the 
higher critic in his destructive teachings, and yet console 
himself with the thought that he is a believer in the 
sacred Word. Not knowing the Word for himself, he is 
incapable of judging, and so he blindly and ignorantly 
follows. 

It should also be carefully observed that this depart- 
ing from the faith is followed by "giving heed to seducing 
spirits, and doctrines of devils." It could not be other- 
wise; for when men fail to heed the Bible, which exposes 
all the deceptions of Satan, of course he will then drive 
them headlong into his snares. The great extent to which 
these wonder-working deceptions will finally be carried 
may best be expressed in the words of the prophet: "And 
he'doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down 
from heaven on the earth in the sight of men, and deceiveth 
them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles 
which he had power to do in the sight of the beast ; saying 
to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make 
an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, 
and did live." Eev. 13: 13, 14. 



162 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

Reader, what think you? If you should see a power 
working such a miracle as making "fire come down from 
heaven," would it not be quite convincing to you? But 
be on your guard. God, in the clearest and most direct 
language, is warning you against these "spirits of devils" 
that "go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the 
whole world," exhibiting their miracle-working power. 
How needful for us, then, in these times of peril, to 
cling close to the mighty Rock, so that no masterpiece 
of the enemy's deceptions may overthrow us! 

Of course the miraculous power that makes this great 
display, even causing fire to "come down from heaven," 
has not yet been manifested; but the "consulters with 
familiar spirits, ' ' who, as we shall presently see, are acting 
directly contrary to the word of God, are to be found 
everywhere, and are seeking to convince all that there 
are "great wonders" wrapped up in modern spiritualism. 
"Only honestly investigate," say they, "and you must be 
convinced. ' ' 

A representative statement upon this point may be 
quoted from a leading minister in Boston, who recounts 
his experience with spiritualism. After telling, through 
the columns of an influential magazine, what he had seen 
various mediums do, he says: "Here are most won- 
derful facts. How shall they be accounted for?" The 
prophet's prediction is that he "doeth great wonders." 
How literally is this fulfilled in the "wonders" presented 
by the modern spirit medium, and in the belief among 
highly educated men that the claims of spiritualism are 
"tvonderful facts"! 

The "leading thinkers" at first regarded spiritualism 
as nothing more than artful trickery. The "rappings," 



GREAT DECEPTIONS 163 

" table tippings," etc., of fifty years ago, were clone with 
lights turned down, and there was much room for the 
assertion that it was all a sleight of hand performance; 
but now these same things are done in open day, or under 
the glare of the evening lamp. Not all minds, however, 
are alike, and hence not every person can be convinced 
by this one kind of spiritualistic manifestation. Telepathy 
and hypnotism and mind reading seem more "scientific," 
and some of the educated are attracted to spiritualism 
through these channels. A still larger class are attracted 
to the mediums because of the assurance that through 
them they can hold communion with dead friends. -So we 
might go through the list of the many ways this many- 
sided spiritualism has of attracting men into its bewitch- 
ing, entrancing net. 

More than sixty years ago, when modern spiritualism 
was first making its manifestations through the Fox sis- 
ters' "rappings" in New York, which soon became world 
famous, a devout student of these prophecies concerning 
the wonder workings of Satan, made the prediction that 
"soon it would be considered blasphemy to speak against 
the rapping, and that it would spread more and more, 
that Satan's power would increase, and some of his 
devoted followers would have power to work miracles, 
and even to bring down fire from heaven in the sight of 
men. . . . By the rapping and mesmerism, these modern 
magicians would yet account for all the miracles wrought 
by our Lord Jesus Christ, and that they would believe that 
all the mighty works of the Son of God when on the 
earth, were accomplished by this same power. . . . That 
time will soon come, and w r e shall have to keep hold of the 
strong arm of Jehovah; for all these great signs and 



164 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

mighty wonders of the devil are designed to deceive God's 
people and overthrow them." 

Candid persons must be convinced that spiritism, 
through the adherence of some of the greatest scientific men 
of the age, is rapidly coming to the place where the fore- 
going prediction will be verified — that it will even be 
"considered blasphemy" to speak against the working 
of the demons, which God's word so clearly unmasks and 
forbids. 

Satan is very cunning in his deceptions, and does not 
bring forward at first his greatest marvels ; but by degrees, 
and with numerous devices, he advances. The illiterate 
and superstitious, and even some who are well educated, 
are easily insnared by "rappings" and the like. Others 
have to be taken in a more subtle snare; but in one way 
and another he is advancing, producing greater and still 
greater " wonders," and myriads in all the walks of 
life are drawn into his net. In this way spiritism is 
stealthily gaining influence, preparatory to the master de- 
ception of Satan, when he "maketh fire come down from 
heaven on the earth in the sight of men. ' ' Rev. 13 : 13. 

Satan "knoweth that he hath but a short time." Rev. 
12 : 12. He also knows the prophecies which tell so vividly 
of that splendid scene when the Son of man shall appear 
in such dazzling glory; and hence deceptions are prepared 
to represent flaming fire in the heavens, and this "fire" 
comes down "on the earth in the sight of men." Thus he 
will seek to beguile the very ones who are following the 
Bible the most closely, and who are looking for the com- 
ing of their Saviour in glory. Thus will Satan prepare 
the minds of men so that he can deceive them by an at- 
tempt to counterfeit even the second coming of Christ it- 



GEEAT DECEPTIONS 165 

self. Who can withstand this great culminating decep- 
tion, unless securely fortified against it by the word of 
God and a daily experience in following the leadings of 
the Light of the world? We have the never failing 
promise of our heavenly Father that none can be deceived 
who rely in faith upon the sure foundation. 

The prophet Isaiah, speaking in regard to those who 
have familiar spirits, says: "And when they shall say 
unto you, Seek unto them that have familiar spirits, and 
unto wizards that peep, and that mutter: should not a 
people seek unto their God? for the living to the dead? 
To the law and to the testimony : if they speak not accord- 
ing to this Word, it is because there is no light in them." 
Isa. 8 : 19, 20. Every one knows that there is scarcely a 
corner of the whole world in which may not be found the 
individual who has "familiar spirits" hovering about him. 
The "spirit medium" is now in nearly every neighborhood; 
and thousands of persons who a few years ago scoffed at 
spiritualism, considering it a superstition of the most 
ignorant, are embracing it to-day as a "wonderful" truth. 
Heads of the most influential governments in the world, 
together with their chief counselors of state, are resorting 
to the spirits to direct them in national affairs, as well 
as in matters of lesser importance. And thus do they 
literally fulfill the prediction that the "kings" of the 
earth shall be brought under the charm of the seducing 
spirits. • 

There is nothing that the word of God more forcibly 
condemns than resorting to "them that have familiar 
spirits." "Regard not them that have familiar spirits, 
neither seek after wizards, to be defiled by them: I am 
the Lord vour God." Lev. 19:31. "There shall not be 



166 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

found among you any one that maketli his son or his 
daughter to pass through the fire, or that useth divination, 
or an observer of times, or an enchanter, or a witch, or 
a charmer, or a consulter with familiar spirits, or a wizard, 
or a necromancer. For all that do these things are an 
abomination unto the Lord." Deut. 18: 10-12. 

While millions are deluded by these "familiar spirits," 
God has so arranged it that no one can ever be perfectly 
satisfied with what they have to offer. There is a vague 
mysticism about it all, and a fog of superstition hovers 
over it. It does not set the mind free, even though it may 
give it at times some degree of rest. The only thing that 
can perfectly satisfy, and make us intelligently contented 
in the present and sure of the future, is the truth which 
comes from God Himself. He employs no mediums ex- 
cept His word and the definitely specified operations of 
His Spirit. These are always plain, having no taint what- 
ever of vague, bewildering -mysticism, and they fill the 
recipient with satisfaction and perfect peace and rest. 

No additional evidence need be given to show that 
spiritism — the "science" of "seeking unto familiar 
spirits" — is forbidden by the word of God, and is a de- 
ception of the evil one. Eeader, review again and again 
the warnings God has given against the delusions of the 
enemy, prepared under his deceptive hand for these last 
days; and do not forget that the Master has said His 
coming is "after the working of Satan with all power 
and signs and lying wonders," and that His earnest ad- 
monition is, "What I say unto you I say unto all, Watch." 

The deceptive working and power of the magicians in 
Moses' time was so great, and they were able to produce 
such marvelous counterfeit miracles, that the carnal-minded 



GEEAT DECEPTIONS 



167 



Pharaoh persuaded himself their work was equal to that 
wrought through the hand of Moses by the Spirit of the 
living God. And in answering the question, "What shall 
be the sign of Thy coming, and of the end of the 
world?" Jesus makes prominent the fact that "there 
shall arise false christs, and false prophets, and shall 
show great signs and wonders; insomuch that, if it were 
possible, they shall de- 
ceive the very elect." 
Matt. 24 : 3, 24. 

Thus the never fail- 
ing word of God places 
before us warning 
after warning against 
the deceptive, won- 
der-working power of 
the "false christs and 
false prophets ' ' that 
Satan will use in the 
last days to lure men 
into eternal ruin. 
How carefully, then, 
should we cherish the warning: "Take heed that no man 
deceive you. For many shall come in My name, saying, 
I am Christ; and shall deceive many." Matt. 24:4, 5. 
We cannot be too careful or too guarded; for that fallen 
angel, who has given all his great powers for the whole 
six thousand years of this earth's history to the one work 
of deceiving mankind and leading them away from God, 
is making his last and most persistent effort to delude 
and to destroy. 




'The 



. power of the magicians in Moses 
time was- . . . great." 



168 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

God's word faithfully unmasks all these delusions, so 
that we may recognize them as just what they are, as fast 
as they appear; and by giving heed to the utterances of 
the divine Book, we may rest secure in the promises of 
our heavenly Father, and thus escape every one of the 
snares of the enemy. To be ready to meet the Master 
at His coming should be our one great aim; for He loves 
us with an everlasting love, and His coming is for the 
purpose of destroying the reign of sin, with all the con- 
sequent curse, and taking all who shall have received Him, 
to the perfect and eternal home. 

Since He has so fully manifested His love toward us, 
how can we slight His warnings against the great delu- 
sions of our time, and, turning away from the study of 
His word and an abiding faith in what it says, be for- 
ever lost? The word of God, the blessed Bible, should 
be our trusted teacher and guide. "The law of his God 
is in his heart ; none of his steps shall slide. ' ' Ps. 37 : 31. 
"Thy word have I hid in mine heart, that I might not 
sin against Thee." "Thy word is a lamp unto my feet, 
and a light unto my path." Ps. 119:11, 105. "Thou 
wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on 
Thee : because he trusteth in Thee. Trust ye in the Lord 
forever: for in the Lord Jehovah is everlasting strength." 
Isa. 26:3, 4. 

God's word is filled with these "exceeding great and 
precious promises." Seek them out and feed upon them; 
for by so doing, every peril may be seen and avoided. 
Careful study of the word of God must, in the very nature 
of things, form a basis of our giving intelligent heed to 
the Saviour's command to "watch, . . . lest coming 
suddenly He find you sleeping." 



GREAT DECEPTIONS 169 

It would not be possible, within the limits of these 
pages, to point out all the deceptions and delusions that 
Satan has prepared for these last days. Neither would it 
be necessary or wise to attempt it; for all that Satan has 
devised and prepared with which to encloud the people of 
this generation, so that they may not enjoy the hope or 
sense the 'power of the promises of Christ's soon coming, 
may be readily recognized if we take the Word as our 
constant counselor and guide. 

Reader, will you not heed the earnest and faithful 
warnings of the Lord's word? The heavenly Father has 
laid the deceptions of the enemy so bare that we cannot 
stumble into Satan's pitfalls while guided by Him who 
is the "Light of life." 

"Behold, I stand at the door, and knock :"if any man 
hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, 
and will sup with him, and he with Me." Rev. 3:20. 

"My sheep hear My voice, and I know them, and they 
follow Me: and I give unto them eternal life; and they 
shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out 
of My hand. My Father, which gave them Me, is greater 
than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of My 
Father's hand." John 10:27-29. • 




CHAPTER TEN 



Ig^JIEW persons comparatively were expecting the 
L-i^g great war that broke out in Europe the last of 
vf July, 1914. Convincing arguments had been 
m> ^£3^ presented to show that the terrible armaments 
of the various nations would prevent war. It had also been 
demonstrated, so leading, influential men thought, that war 
could not come without the consent of the money power, 
and that the money power would prevent a general Euro- 
pean conflict because of the enormous risk to commerce. 
And there were millions of people who held that the strong 
opposition of the influential bodies of socialists and labor 
organizations, who were to a man opposed to war, would 
make it impossible for rulers to cause the common people 
of one nation to rise up in arms against the common 
people of another. 

170 




Then, too, it was strongly urged that the "Christian 
civilization" of the twentieth century was so far advanced 
that the world had outgrown the barbarities and the in- 
humanities of the- soldier. But like an explosion of dyna- 
mite came the great conflict. In a few da} r s, nation after 
nation was plunged into the strife; and before men could 
hardly appreciate what was occurring, a gasping and 
awe-stricken world saw the greater part of Europe, a 
large part of Asia, much of Africa and North Amerrea, 
and many other portions of the world, involved in the 
strife. 

Men and women stood aghast. They were dazed. 
They could hardly believe it was possible that the great 
"Christian nations" of the Old World had actually 
plunged themselves into such an awful storm of war. 
Men began to ask: "Has our civilization broken down? 
Is our Christianity of no avail?" They could not under- 
stand why such a cruel and barbarous conflict should take 

171 



172 



HEEALDS OF THE MORNING 



place, and thus destroy all the fond hopes and the dreams 
of peace, and violate every sentiment they had felt to the 
contrary. And in view of this situation, thousands of 
people have been earnestly and anxiously asking: "Is 
there no light ahead? Is the world to be afflicted with 
wars in spite of itself, and of its detestation for the 
cruelties and the wholesale slaughter that result from the 
use of modern arms?" But to these questions in regard 
to the future of war in this world there is a very definite 
answer. As long as there is wickedness in the world, we 
may expect to have war. Furthermore, there are numer- 
ous clear and direct prophecies concerning this time. 
One of them is the following: 

"And the nations were angry, and Thy wrath is come, 




The Hartford, Admiral Farragut's flagship in the battle of Mobile Bay, August 5, 1864. It 
was in the port main rigging of this ship where, according to Oliver Wendell Holmes, the 
admiral "made his mast a throne." and successfully directed one of the most daring and 
famous naval combats of history. The Hartford had both steam and sail, and was one of the 
very best of the battleships in that day of the recent past. She was of 1,900 tons displacement. 
Her speed under steam alone was eight knots; and under steam and sail combined, eleven 
knots. Her guns were twenty-two nine-inch Dahlgrens, two twenty-pounder Parrots, and a 
rifled Sawyer gun on the forecastle. Farragut had her foretops and maintops protected with 
boiler iron and armed with howitzers. A brief review of the facts that are to-day common 
knowledge will impress one with the awful advancement that has been made in the art of naval 
warfare during the last half century. 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 



173 



and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and 
that Thou shouldest give reward unto Thy servants the 
prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear Thy name, 
small and great ; and shouldest destroy them which destroy 
the earth. And the temple of God was opened in heaven, 
and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament : 
and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, 
and an earthquake, and great hail." Rev. 11: 18, 19. 

This scripture brings us face to face with the "time 
of the dead, that they should be judged." Judgment 
scenes are presented in unmistakable language. Observe 
that the text says of that time, "The nations were angry." 
So, then, when the great Judgment day is at hand, the 
nations will be angry. They will not be found at peace, 
as men have predicted. 

Another scripture bears the same direct testimony: 
"And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of 
the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the 




United States coast defense monitor Florida. She represents a type of vessel that marked 
the early improvements on Ericsson's Monitor, which was the forerunner of the modern re- 
volving turreted battleship. Displacement, 3,235 tons; speed, 11.5 knots; guns, two 12-inch, 
four 4-inch rapid-fire, three 6-pounders, four 1-pounder automatic, four 1-pounder rapid-fire, 
two .30 caliber automatic. Although she was authorized by Congress as late as 1898, yet in 
1908 she was considered so out of date and valueless as to be used as a target by the naval men. 




B-9 



CO w 



S^g M 
^1 



gg^ . &> 

« « 1 I i*5 

co 03 ■** , a 

~£l^ 2 ° 

^ i^ •*- j <- j~ u 

M -S u %>C g S K 

C c * 03 j: ^;-- 
o a ^ ,s • ~ w 2 

15 .r^f K 



o 

*g 

oo "T 

03 j* 
03 "^ 
P. - 



O -^03 

2? n S^s* 



go 



> P 



§.2 ^sSsS/S 

•« SO C ■ 4i CO 

03 O 03 * O S * 

5 co"*",C.S£ u 






1-1 5S 03 "T ° h 

as £ Mr; a; *i 



c3 



■C ,,© 



8 « * 



,2 

..5 th p ? 



8ti - 
o g 

uS „ co_C o 

JrrgsSo' 



ill *o 



.2 ►■a d 

W "> L**"S 03 - eS £ 

.&03^JS5l C ' r3 

to C cs C3.H J? ct g © 
CQ-J- Sop 04= 



XJ1 
S3 _T—< r< <-! C 



Oa £ -§ 

^ 03 £ 

« a 05 -fa 03 

O 03- a 03 ^ 

+a co -fa a 



174 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 175 

beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. For 
they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go 
forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, 
to gather them to the battle of that great day of God 
Almighty.' ' Rev. 16 : 13, 14. 

How comprehensive is the application of this scripture ! 
"The kings of the earth and of the whole world," through 
the agency of evil spirits, are to be gathered "to the battle 
of that great day of God Almighty." We should bear 
in mind that the Lord has said, "Woe to the inhabiters 
of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down 
unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that 
he hath but a short time." Rev. 12:12. It is this evil 
one who is filled with great wrath, and who, according to 
this scripture prophecy in the sixteenth of Revelation, 
goes to "the kings of the earth" to make them "angry" 
when he "knoweth" that his time is short and the "great 
day of God Almighty" is almost here. The same evil 
spirit has sought to keep the people in ignorance of his 
workings by filling them with the idea that we are ap- 
proaching a time of universal peace instead of the most 
awful war the world has ever known. 

The prophet Joel also gives us a very vivid description 
of the great war preparations near the close of time. 
He says: "Proclaim ye this among the nations; pre- 
pare war; stir up the mighty men; let all the men of 
war draw near, let them come up. Beat your plow- 
shares into swords, and your pruning hooks into spears: 
let the weak say, I am strong. Assemble yourselves 
[margin], and come, all ye nations round about, and 
gather yourselves together : thither cause Thy mighty ones 
to come down, O Jehovah. Let the nations bestir them- 

12 



176 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



selves, and come up to the valley of Jeliosliaphat ; for 
there will I sit to judge all the nations round about. Put 
ye in the sickle; for the harvest is ripe: come, get you 
down [margin] ; for the wine press is full, the vats over- 
flow; for their wickedness is great. Multitudes, multi- 




British battleship Dreadnought. Length, 520 feet; beam, 82 feet; displacement, 18,000 tons; 
speed, 21 knots; armor, belt 11 inches, turrets 11 inches; guns, ten 12-inch, eighteen 3-inch. 

This is the battleship that has revolutionized modern naval warfare. Going back to the 
Oregon, authorized by the United States Congress in 1890, we find that she had a displacement 
of only 10,288 tons, and but four of the big guns. She was considered one of the best battle- 
ships in her day, and she made herself famous by her great trip from San Francisco Bay to 
Santiago, Cuba, reaching there in time to engage in the well-known battle with the Spanish fleet. 
Following the experiences of the Spanish-American war, the size of the battleship was gradually 
increased, till we come to the Connecticut of 16,000 tons. But when war broke out between 
Russia and Japan, England was permitted to have some of her best naval experts accompany the 
Japanese fleet in all of their great engagements. As soon as the war was over, these experts got 
together and designed the Dreadnought, and she was completed in one year from the time her 
keel was laid. Previous to tha*, it had been considered that from three to four years were 
required in which to complete a battleship. 

When she was completed, she was longer than the biggest of the armored cruisers, and 
seventy feet longer than any battleship afloat. She has ten of the big 12-inch guns arranged in 
turrets ; and by placing those toward the center of the ship higher than the ones fore and aft, 
she can concentrate six of them ahead, or the same number astern, and she can swing eight of 
them to either broadside, and the guns are so positioned that the blast from one gun does not 
interfere with the firing of another. 

Her guns were all of the latest type, of high power, and increased accuracy and efficiency; 
and since her great size and arrangement make it possible for her guns to be widely separated 
on her deck, with these guns incased in turrets with sloping sides, it is a very difficult task for 
the enemy to disable her completely. To state the facts briefly, this great fighting ship that was 
built in a single year, left all previous battleships so far behind that all the other nations at 
once entered the race of Dreadnought building. 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 



177 





...J 

""""" 

■'.— * , - JUy 
■fr ill 


1 

mSP^ 1 iL ft ^ 


! 



Boston Photo News Co. 



UNITED STATES SUPER-DREADNOUGHT NEW YORK 
She, with her sister battleship, the Texas, was authorized in 1910. She has a displacement 
of 27,000 tons, and an average speed of 21.6 knots. Her fastest run on trial was made at the 
rate of 23.39 knots an hour. She has a main battery of ten 14-inch guns and four 21-inch 
submerged torpedo tubes. Her cost for building and equipment was $12,500,000. 

The Nevada and the Oklahoma, authorized in 1911, had a displacement of 27,500 tons; 
while the Pennsylvania, authorized in 1912, and No. 39, authorized in 1913, have a displace- 
ment of 31,500 and 31,400 tons respectively. The greater size of these later ships allows them 
to carry twelve 14-inch guns instead of ten. The statistics of battleships bring forcibly to mind 
the words of the first lord of the British admiralty: "Nearly three years of her brief life have 
been lived before she is born. Before she is even launched, the vessels which are capable of 
destroying her have been projected." 



tudes in the valley of decision! for the day of Jehovah 
is near in the valley of decision. The sun and the moon 
are darkened, and the stars withdraw their shining. And 



178 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



Jehovah will roar from Zion, and utter His voice from 
Jerusalem; and the heavens and the earth shall shake: 
but Jehovah will be a refuge unto His people, and a 
stronghold to the children of Israel. ' ' Joel 3 : 9-16. 

This scripture also presents the Judgment scenes. 
"For there will I sit to judge all the nations round 
about/' And again: " Multitudes, multitudes in the val- 
ley of decision! for the day of Jehovah is near in the 
valley of decision." Now observe that just as clearly 
as this scripture brings to view the sitting of the Lord 
"to judge all the nations," and the time when the "day 
of the Lord is near," just so clearly it says: "Proclaim 
ye this among the nations; prepare war; stir up the 
mighty men; let all the men of war draw near, let them 
come up. Beat your plowshares into swords, and your 
pruning hooks into spears : let the weak say, I am strong. ' ' 




Courtesy Scientific American 



Sample of floating target used 
in marine gun practice. The tar- 
get is towed behind a boat, and 
the warship is required to be 
under way when shooting. As a 
sample of the gunnery, a United 
States battleship, steaming at ten 
knots an hour, opened fire at a 
target similar to this when she 
was foiir and one half miles dis- 
tant. She continued the fire for 
eight minutes, and she was then 
five and a half miles from the tar- 
get. The target was thirty feet 
high, and fifty feet long; and in 
that time, she put through it four 
12-inch, nine 8-inch, and seven- 
teen 7-inch shells. Consider the 
range at which this work was 
done, and also that the target was 
only about one tenth the length 
of the modern battleship. Instru- 
ments for determining the exact 
range of the enemies' ship, and 
also for training the gun, as well 
as the scientific skill to use these 
instruments, have been so perfected 



that the gunner can hit his mark nearly every time; and that notwithstanding the fact that his 
target, as well as the ship on which his gun is located, is rolling and pitching with all the motion 
of the sea. It is stated, on good authority, that at the time of the Spanish- American war, four 
per cent of hits was a good average. Now there are gun crews that hit their mark practically 
every time. 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 



179 



Thus we find that the Scriptures emphasize the fact 
that the last days will be characterized by the univer- 
sality of the war spirit as well as by the intensity of vice, 
criminality, and violence, the heaping together of treasure, 
and so on to the end of the list. 

The Lord through His prophet speaks the truth con- 
cerning the nations. They will be angry. There will be 
preparations for war, and the whole world will finally 
be gathered on the great battle field of Armageddon. 

The first edition of this book was published in 1899, 
and in the chapter upon war in that edition it was said 
that "some are gathering an unwarranted consolation 
from the idea that these weapons of modern warfare are 
becoming so fearful in their destructiveness that men 




OCEAN-GOING SUBMARINE 



tiiolo uy Paul Thompson 



In the early "nineties," certain inventors were attracting the attention of the governments of 
the world by their claims that they could make boats that could dive under the water, approach 
an enemy's warship, and discharge a torpedo against it without being observed. The suggestion 
was received with a great deal of incredulity at first, but the experiments and improvements of 
twenty years have produced an ocean-going submarine battleship that is exceedingly formidable 
and one of the greatest terrors of the seas. 

The first thought regarding this type of ship was that its operations would have to be 
confined largely to harbors and protected localities ; but ships like this one in our engraving 
can put to sea and sail for thousands of miles to engage the enemy. Except when in action, 
they run with their deck above the water; and the latest types, in addition to having the power- 
ful torpedoes, are armed with small guns. They have made a record of staying under the water 
as long as twenty-four hours. 



180 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



Ivy 

v 
■.■a 

1 & 


p> 




'^20BK^-''"'ids^^i 




fi^'C^If' ;?■ 


"gs^l*/**~ 




1^ <r?i r"T -'f-*^ 



Interior of the barrack battery, Sebastopol, showing the rope mantelet used by the Russians 
to protect their gunners from the Minie rifle. 

This is a view of an up-to-date fortification in the war of the Crimea, 1854 to 1856. 
Jefferson Davis, who was secretary of war at that time, sent Majors Delafield and Mordecai 
to the scenes of strife to make observations. Of the fortifications of Sebastopol the majors 
said in their report: 

"They are particularly important and interesting to the officers of our army as a study, 
from the fact of their being of recent construction, similar, in a great measure, to the system we 
have adopted for our seacoast, and from having resisted the most powerful attack that can, in the 
present day, be brought against them, by the combined fleets of England, France, and Turkey." 

The outer forts in the defenses of Sebastopol had 261 guns; and the fleets of the allies 
brought 2,156 guns into the engagement, half of which could be fired from either broadside at the 
forts. This gave a continuous fire of 1,078 guns at the fortifications of Sebastopol, a section 
of which is shown in the above illustration. The distance of the hostile ships from the forts 
ranged all the way from 600 to 1,500 yards. The bombardment lasted five and one half hours, 
and the report says that the efficiency of the forts was not destroyed and none of the ships th;<t 
engaged them were sunk. These facts concerning that historic and world-famous siege of half 
a century ago seem like the description of the cooing of infants when compared with present-day 
developments. 

Other interesting items in the report of that commission are : 

1. Mention of the "floating batteries," which were the forerunners of our modern steel 
armored battleships. 

2. "The electric telegraph was another novelty in the art of war, first used during this 
memorable siege." 

3. "Mines were exploded by the voltaic batteries." 

4. "Torpedo mines ... to explode by the contact of any vessel running against them." 

5. "An attempt ... to adapt the rifle principle to the heaviest artillery." 

6. "A breech-loading musket" that had not been sufficiently perfected "to recommend it for 
our service." 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 



181 



will be afraid to engage each other in battle. Never was 
there a greater delusion. . . . Let no one be calmed by 
the thought that the war spirit of the world has thus far 
been held back from serions outbreaks, and therefore the 
crash may never come. . . . The prophetic declaration is 
that the war spirit will prevail over the whole world. 
... The dream of a universal peace can never be real- 
ized in this world while it is filled with wicked men. 
For 'the wicked are like the troubled sea, when it cannot 
rest, whose waters cast np mire and dirt. There is no 
peace, sai.th my God, to the wicked.' Isa. 57: 20, 21. . . . 
The day that is about to burst npon ns will be filled with 
terrors for him who is unprepared for it. . . . Who can 
say how soon the divine decree will cease to hold this 
angiy strife in check? And when that day of universal 
and awful war comes, we must be under the protection 




Courtesy Scientific American 

View of a typical const defense mortar battery, with position finder in a masked position on 
an adjoining elevation. The battery is in a depression, or behind some embankment entirely out 
of _ sight from the ocean, so that its operators cannot see, neither can it be seen by, the hostile 
ship. The water within range of these batteries is all platted; and carefully drawn maps are 
before the gunners in charge of the battery, and also with the position finder on the distant 
elevation. The position finder, by means of his instruments and calculations, locates the square 
on the map in which the enemy's ship is, and also determines her direction and speed. This 
information is telephoned to the gunner; and he trains his mortar to the proper elevation and 
direction, selects the proper charge of powder, fires his piece, and the shell will fall with a large 
percentage of accuracy on the deck of the enemy's warship. 



182 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 





A BATTLESHIP OF THE AIR 



Photo by Paul Thompson 



The Zeppelin airship Schwaben. It was battleships of the air of this class that terrorized 
the inhabitants of Europe in so many places during the great 1914-1915 war. 



of the Infinite to avoid being borne down beneath the 
furious charge of the angry nations of earth." 

Those statements in that time were based upon the 
prophetic utterances; and for more than a third of a 
century before the foregoing words were written, the 
people who are responsible for the publishing of this 
book had been teaching that the prophecies show that war 
and not peace will characterize this generation. That 
same people have been teaching that none of the wars 
of the past can be compared with what will be seen during 
the years that just precede the second coming of Christ. 
Certainly the conditions in the world to-day show that 
the predictions so clearly made by the prophets are ful- 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 



183 



filling among the angry nations in all the world. The 
theories of men which are opposed against the word of 
God, in this case, the same as in every other, must topple 
to the ground, a colossal mass of ruins. 

But it is continually asked: "Why do these wars have 
to be? Is there no way of causing them to cease?" One 
of the texts already quoted in this chapter answers the 
question. It says there is no peace to the wicked. And 
when we consider the outbreaking wickedness of this 
time, when we consider the unnatural crimes and vices 
of the age, when we think of the injustice and the violence, 
when we call to mind the formalities in religion which 
present only a sham of Christianity, what else could we 




WARSHIPS OF THE AIR 



Plioto by Paul Thompson 



An aerial battleship of the Parseval type, caught by the photographer as one of the birdlike Taube 
(dove) aeroplanes was sailing under it. 



184 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 




© Boston Photo News < 'o. 
A FRENCH BIPLANE EQUIPPED WITH A RAPID-FIRE GUN 

expect but the spirit of anger and strife that would 
result in war ? 

Some of the questions that were asked more f requentty 
than any others, as soon as the 1914 war storm began to 
rage in Europe, were: "Has Christianity itself failed? 
What is the matter with our Christian nations?" The 
Wall Street Journal, in discussing this subject, said: "If 
Christianity has failed, what is there to take its place? 
No thoughtful person really believing the high moral 
principles he professes, can fail to see that the cause 
of this terrifying lapse from righteousness is the negation 
of Christianity. It is the deification of force." The 
Journal then speaks of the common people of the former 
generations as being "humble, reverent, industrious, brave 
but by no means warlike; loving peace and home and 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 



185 



country, as men should love those things. But the modern 
war machine has changed all this. It has substituted for 
these standards, so voluntary and so strong, the rigid 
discipline of the drill sergeant, the regulation of the in- 
dividual down to one common level, the gradual substitu- 
tion of a standard inferior, in some respects, to that of 
Mohammedan invaders of the Middle Ages." 

Thus do men of the world recognize that the war spirit 
that burst into a devastating conflagration in 1914 was 
not a result of a failure of Christianity, but it was because 
of a lack of Christianity. And men who had mistaken 
the "form" for the genuine religion of Christ were of 
course greatly shocked and horrified at the thought of 
so many Christian nations engaging each other so savagely. 

Frederick Lynch, D. D., said concerning the war: 
"We have the sight, in the twentieth century of Christ's 




AEROPLANE GUN 
Courtesy Popular Mechanics 
The success of the military airship has called for the invention of many different types of 
aeroplane guns that can be elevated to a high angle. Our illustration is of a German type 
permanently mounted on an automobile. 



186 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

churches, of eight nations doing their best to annihilate 
one another, while at the same time the good people in 
every one of these nations, previous to the sudden spread 
of the war fever, bore no ill will to the good people of 
the other nations - — indeed, had much good will. ' ' 

But could they be Christ's churches except in "form" 
and engage in such work? Christ has said that "all they 
that take the sword shall perish w T ith the sword," and 
He gave no example anywhere in His life for the use of 
force as manifested in war. Holding to high standards 
of morality in theory but rejecting them in actual practice, 
not only makes the individual a hypocrite — possibly 
without realizing it — but at the same time makes him 
the easiest kind of mark for every form of deception. 
But bear in mind that the Jewish church in Christ's time 
corresponded to the Christian nations of to-day. All 
Jews belonged to the synagogue. They were the pos- 
sessors, in "form," of the true religion of that time, and 
yet they crucified the Christ. 

If the mass of mankind of this time had not been 
deceived by the fact that their practices did not measure 
up to the standard of their professions and theories, they 
would have realized that this world for nearly half a 
century has been engaged in the most furious kind of 
preparations for war, and that the sentiment back of the 
building of such armaments could not fail to result in 
bloody strife. But resting on a faulty theory, and mis- 
taking the formalities of religion for the genuine article, 
the world had actually reached the point where it was 
saying that we could never have any more wars. It was 
sure that peace was attained. Civilization and culture 
would keep the "Christian nations" from fighting. 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 



187 



There were some, however, who saw the inconsistency 
between the peace talk and the war preparations. As 
stated by Dr. Charles E. Jefferson, pastor of the Broad- 
way Tabernacle, New York: "Nothing has so flourished 
within the present generation as the cause of peace — 
except the manufacture of guns. To the man in the 
street the millennium seems almost at hand; but when 
he turns to look for it, he finds himself staring into the 
muzzle of a gun." 

When we come to study this question of the preparation 
of armaments, we find the unmistakable movings of the 
hand of the "invisible empire of wealth." The manufac- 
ture of weapons and all the varied equipment for war 
has reached the point where it is one of the largest in- 
dustries of the world. More than four billions of dollars 
were required each year, in time of peace, among the 




© Underwood and Underwood, N. Y. 
AN ARMORED AUTOMOBILE WITH REVOLVING GUN TURRET 



188 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

leading nations, to finance the great enterprise of building 
guns and battleships. 

The moneyed interests have a regularly organized 
plan for keeping up the excitement of war, and for causing 
the various governments to expend more and more in the 
building of Dreadnoughts, guns, military aeroplanes, and 
the like. Influential statesmen and journalists, as well 
as men of great wealth, are enrolled in the secret combine 
that has been working so ardently during the last quarter 
of a century to make a demand for war goods. 

Let it be said, however, to the credit of both journalism 
and statesmanship, that by no means all the influential 
men of these classes have been able to stoop to such de- 
grading w r ork. Some of them have been busy expos- 
ing it. They have told us, in newspaper and maga- 
zine articles, and in speeches in parliaments and in 
congresses, that this syndicate for war is alike active 
in every nation under the sun. For instance, in 1913 
Dr. Karl Liebknecht, the well-known socialist, startled 
the civilized world by saying that in his country alone 
one hundred million dollars of capital was invested in 
the war industry, and that the leading plant that was 
devoted very largely to the manufacture of war materials 
had its own journal through which it created sentiment 
in favor of its goods. 

The World Peace Foundation, an organization es- 
tablished in 1913 by Mr. Edwin Ginn, and endowed with 
an income of fifty thousand dollars a year, devoted its 
quarterly publication of July, 1911, to the subject of 
" Syndicates for War." The Foundation says of this 
pamphlet, that it is u devoted to the exposure of this ruth- 
less despoiling of the public treasury for private and 



AND THE NATIONS WEKE ANGRY 189 

corporate gain. It is a reprint of some startling London 
letters to the New York Evening Post, revealing a mass 
of confessed and indisputable facts of the situation in 
England almost incredible in their grossness. The situa- 
tion is undoubted^ almost as bad in Germany, France, and 
the United States; and we know that it is much worse in 
Eussia." 

A few additional extracts from this pamphlet make 
interesting reading. In reference to these syndicates for 
war, we are told: 

"Any restriction in the building of armaments either 
by the home or foreign governments has disastrous results 
upon the year's profits." 

"The greater a country's preparations for war, the 
louder is the cry for 'More, more,' of those daughters of 
the horseleech, the industries which supply the ironclads 
and the cannon. And unfortunately an important section 
of the common people now finds it profitable to join in 
this senseless cry." 

"A good story is told of how one of these armament 
agents managed to make a certain far Eastern power 
order a great deal of warlike material by exhibiting docu- 
ments which proved that a neighboring power had just 
made similar purchases. Having booked this order, the 
agent went to a third power, from which, by the employ- 
ment of the same device, he succeeded in getting a larger 
order still. Whenever the war clouds gather in South 
Africa, the Balkans, or the far East, it naturally becomes 
the interest of some powerful groups of armament manu- 
facturers to force things to a crisis, while those who want 
peace are unorganized, unfinanced, and afraid of being 
denounced as traitors to their country. 



190 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



"One finds the trail of the gunmaker all over the 
world. ... At home and abroad it is the great wealth of 
these firms that makes them dangerous. When on the look- 
out for jobs involving millions of pounds sterling, they 
are prepared to spend a good deal in tips." 

"I quote these examples to show the international ac- 
tivity of the great armament manufacturers of Europe. 
That all this diabolical activity makes for war is beyond 
all doubt. The good folk who sell Turkey a hundred mil- 
lion cartridges to-day would not be averse to a Balkan 
scare or even to a Balkan war, which would make Turkey 
want another hundred million to-morrow. 




Photograph by Underwood and Underwood, N. Y. 
AN AUTO TRUCK MILITARY SUPPLY TRAIN 

It is equipment of this character that enables the nations to mobilize troops and war sup- 
plies with an intense rapidity beyond the dreams of our fathers. 



AXD THE XATIOXS WERE AXGRY 191 

"Then there is no knowing when some slight improve- 
ment in the rifle may render a dozen million firearms 
obsolete. This means untold expense for the people, and 
untold riches for the gunsmith/' 

The World Peace Foundation pamphlet series, volume 
4, No. 5, is entitled " Dreadnoughts and Dividends, Ex- 
posure of the Armaments King." The title itself is very 
significant. The document is the report of a speech that 
was made by Philip Snowden, M. P., in the House of Com- 
mons, March 18, 1914. In this speech, Mr. .Snowden 
quotes some sentences from Lord Welby as follows : 

"We are in the hands of an organization of crooks. 
They are politicians, generals, manufacturers of arma- 
ments, and journalists. All of them are anxious for un- 
limited expenditure, and go on inventing scares to terrify 
the public and to terrify ministers of the crown." 

Commenting upon this statement, Mr. Snowden says: 
"Tnat is an extremely serious charge to be made by a 
responsible ex-public servant like Lord Welby. Can it be 
substantiated? I venture to submit to this House that 
it can be substantiated up to the hilt. We had a scare 
in 1909. That was not the first scare of the same char- 
acter. If time would permit, I could go through half a 
dozen previous scares, and show that the features of each 
were precisely the same. They were all engineered during 
a time of trade depression — and engineered for the pur- 
pose of forcing governments to spend money in the pro- 
vision of additional armaments. " 

Again Mr. Snowden says: "I have spoken of the 
armament ring. What is that ring ? — It is- a combination 
of four, or five — strictly speaking — of the principal 
firms engaged in this trade. Patriotism is not one of the 

13 



192 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



distinguishing features of the trade methods of this great 
combine. ' ' 

Then he tells us that these firms have branch offices in 
Spain, in Italy, in Austria, in Russia, and in other parts 
of the world, and he proceeds to say: "I said patriotism 
is not a distinguishing characteristic of the methods of 
these firms. As a matter of fact, these firms are not 
English. Their management is international, and their 
shareholders are international. For instance, I find, on 

examination of the share lists of Messrs. , that they 

have shareholders living in Italy, Japan, Russia, Brazil, 





i——— 



v- <**': 



r :»i?-"*~ 



Courtesy Brig. Gen. William Crozier, Chief of Ordnance, V. S. A rmy 

15-inch Rodman smooth bore. Mr. Rodman was an important character in connection with 
the ordnance department during the Civil War in this country. His cannon were used in 
many of the forts and on the monitors. The weight of the projectile in this gun was 450 
pounds, it had a muzzle velocity of 1,700 foot seconds, and its maximum range was 6,000 yards. 
This was a wonderful gun for the time, and was a great improvement over the guns of a few 
decades before. But it seems very crude and childish when compared with the ingenious guns 
and their carriages of half a century later. 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 



193 



Canada, Australia, China, Spain, and Chile; and, after 
all, I think we are entitled ,to say that these men are true 
. Messrs. not only own the busi- 



internationals. 




Courtesy B 



rig. Gen. William Crozier, Chief of Ordn 



lance, TJ. S. Army 



Modern 12-inch breech-loading rifle, mounted on Buffington-Crozier disappearing carriage. 
The photograph shows the gun in the firing position. The recoil when the gun is fired throws 
it down into the loading position, and the gunners load and aim the weapon behind the em- 
bankment, protected from the fire of the enemy. The 12-inch 45-caliber gun has a muzzle 
velocity of 2,700 foot seconds, and an effective range of 21,000 yards, and can be loaded and 
fired every thirty-six seconds. In 1897, when the old kind of powder was used, 300 seconds, 
or five minutes, was allowed between shots; and if we go back to the old muzzle-loader of the 
Rodman type, it took in the neighborhood of a quarter of an hour to load and fire it. The 
velocity of the 12-inch gun in 1897 was 2,000 foot seconds, but the inventions and improvements 
in smokeless powder have enabled them to increase the length and power of the gun so that 
its striking energy has been increased about one third, and it is loaded and fired more than 
eight times as fast, and it is aimed from twenty to twenty-five times more accurately. And 
furthermore, the 12-inch gun of 1897 has been replaced by guns of higher power, some of them 
being 14-inch and even 16-inch. One of the very latest throws a 2,400-pound shell a distance 
of twenty-three miles ; and with the great efficiency of the up-to-date gunner, this is done with 
mathematical accuracy. 

The little cannon on a post in the corner of the picture is one of the celebrated ship's swivel 
guns used at the siege of Sebastopol in 1856, mentioned in Major Delafield's report of his 
observations on that war. It was put on a post so as to fire over the embankment. The dis- 
appearing gun is the improvement over the swivel gun, and presents quite a contrast. When 
these illustrations are understood, they are sufficient, without any words, to show the marvelous 
advance in the art of war in half a century. 



194 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

ness with which their name is associated, but they own a 
quarter of the shares of and Co. 's torpedo manufac- 
ture; and and Co., torpedo manufacturers, also 

have a large factory in Austria, building torpedoes to de- 
stroy the ships that are building now. So the 

shareholders of the armament ring can look forward with 
equanimity to whatever happens. It is no matter to them 
whether it is an Austrian ship or a German ship or a 
British ship that sinks, they can throw up their hats and 
shout, 'More ships, more profits, higher dividends.' 

Mr. Snowden showed, in his speech, that not only 
members of Parliament, but even "the bishops are very 
well represented" among the shareholders, in this arma- 
ment ring. And in view of the bloody struggle that broke 
out in Europe in 1914, the following sentence, still further 
quoted from Mr. Snowden, is truly significant: "Not long 
since, our present foreign secretary said that if this thing 
went on, there could be only one of two possible results: 
either a Europe knee-deep in blood or bankrupt European 
nations. ' ' 

Please meditate on what the foregoing authoritative 
utterances mean. Think of the villainous degradation that 
such work produces. And in view of the vast sums in- 
vested and the criminal way in which money is expended 
in order to secure such profits, is it not truly significant 
that the apostle should have said that the love of money 
and the love of self will make the last days perilous? 

In this connection it will be interesting to survey 
briefly the development of the destructive effectiveness of 
war equipment during recent times. As long ago as 1489, 
the Saracens are said to have had some rude cannon in 
which powder was used at the siege of Baza. 



AND THE XATIOXS WERE ANGRY 195 

There is evidence that gunpowder was known and 
used in very much remoter times ; but it was not materially 
improved until within the last quarter of the nineteenth 
century. During these recent years, however, not only 
was the powerful slow-burning powder devised, but other 
explosives have been invented that are much more terrific 
than the simple powder. And the weapons with which 
Napoleon and the great generals of all former times 
fought, were mere toys when compared with the weapons 
that are now prepared. 

Previous to the Rebellion in this country, 1861-1864, 
breech-loading guns were not in use to any extent. Their 
introduction placed in the hands of the infantry weapons 
that could be fired much more rapidly than the guns they 
replaced; and immediately other improvements in ammu- 
nition, etc., followed, making these breech-loading guns 
far more effective in range and accuracy. In 1861 Dr. 
E. J. Gatling invented the gun that bears his name, and 
the ingenious mechanism of this weapon enables it to fire 
from six hundred to twelve hundred shots a minute. The 
"Maxim automatic machine gun," however, is perhaps 
one of the best known of these modern "devil's spouts," 
as military men call them. This Maxim gun literally dis- 
charges a steady stream of bullets. The operator swings 
it to and fro very much as a fireman would use his hose. 
He pours upon the enemy a literal stream of death-dealing 
missiles. The men, in charging these guns during the 
great European war, invented the expression that they 
were advancing in the face of "blizzards of lead." 

A mile or thereabouts was the limit of the effective 
range of the cannon with which men fought a generation 
ago, and at that range neither their effectiveness nor their 




a> C cs 
1*1 



oc8 fl 

<D xr. O 

a> g <d 
do d fl 



9.4 C 






a> a, s 
§^ft 
o--2 

ftSen 

2 Vl 
o oo 
P. a> Pi 



"5o c3 O 



SO 



ki a; 



«h^3 bJO 

° § s 

.2 ^G 






^•? a 



tall 



jn •-' o a 
a) bJO-"-- pj 



g » ffl p 
Si** 

oo h c-* 3 
.2 gj) 

-c* 2 



196 



AND THE XATIOXS WERE ANGRY 197 

accuracy was very great. But this generation lias pro- 
duced guns that throw great missiles weighing all the way 
from a few hundred pounds on up to over a ton. And 
these shells are thrown with mathematical precision and 
accuracy. 

The Scientific American says: "The stricken captain 
of the next naval engagement will not die leaning against 
the mainmast, with the shadow of the enemy's sails falling 
across the deck, rallying his men to repel boarders. He 
will perish helplessly, in spite of courage unsurpassed, in 
a conning tower built like a burglar-proof safe, from a 
shell fired by an almost invisible enemy seven miles away, 
out of a gun that was pointed by strict mathematical rules 
after the working out of an elaborate algebraical equa- 
tion. ' ' 

Science has done wonderful things in these times; and 
one of the greatest of them is the accuracy with which, 
as suggested in the foregoing quotation, it has figured out 
with mathematical precision the range and the destructive 
workings of guns. 

The steel armored warship has been developed by men 
who are still living, and the story of its development marks 
the furious way in which ships have been increased in 
size, in power, and in effectiveness. Hear Admiral Watt, 
who has served as chief constructor of the Bureau of 
Construction and Repair of the United States navy, tells 
us, through the Scientific American, that the effectiveness 
of naval gunnery between the years 1898 and 1912 had 
increased twelve hundred times. In other words, it had 
increased by 120,000 per cent. And when you take into 
account not only that the Dreadnought and the Dread- 
nought cruiser of 1912 were about three times the size of 



198 HEEALDS OF THE MORNING 

the cruiser and battleship of 1898, but that their guns 
have been marvelously increased in range, rapidity, and 
effectiveness of fire, it must be recognized that the ad- 
miral's statements are not an exaggeration. In several 
of the naval engagements that occurred during the great 
European war, the big battleships and battle cruisers 
engaged individual vessels as well as fleets of a weaker 
or earlier pattern, and broke them all to pieces, and sent 
them to the bottom of the ocean, without any serious 
damage to either the attacking vessels or their men. Their 
greater speed and their greater guns enabled them, like 
a giant among little children, to conquer by means of their 
greatly superior powers. 

Mr. Daniels, secretary of the navy, said before the 
House Naval Committee, that "the captain who fought a 
pre-Dreadnought against a Dreadnought w r ould be deserv- 
ing of court-martial." 

But we not only have these great warships that float 
on the surface of the ocean, with all their varied types, 
and with all their scientific equipment for mathematical 
accuracy in working, but the last few years have devel- 
oped the submarine. At first it was nothing more than 
an experiment, and men thought that but very little 
would come of it; but it has now reached the place where 
it is an ocean-going vessel, with an effective radius of 
thousands of miles. It can go to sea the same as the 
regular battleships; and the torpedo that it uses has also 
been developed in range, destructiveness, and accuracy in 
a most marvelous manner. 

Wireless telegraphy has not only been introduced as 
a great factor in commerce, but is one of the determining 
factors in war as well. And now the wireless apparatus 



AXD THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 199 

is used to direct the destructive torpedo to almost unbe- 
lievable distances, where it will strike its target with un- 
erring accuracy. 

In addition to these vessels that fight on the sea and 
under the sea, we have the airships of various types that 
fight one another in the air, and that throw bombs on 
defenseless cities, towns, and villages, as well as into the 
camps of the enemy. It would seem as though the de- 
visings of demons could not have produced more ter- 
rorizing or destructive things than these battleships of 
the air. 

It would be useless to attempt anything like a descrip- 
tion of all the diabolical weapons of modern warfare. 
Such a description would require volumes; and the vol- 
umes would be out of date almost as soon as they were 
written, for the rapidity of the improvement in the con- 
struction of death-dealing instruments is really beyond 
comprehension. So many different men are working upon 
them, and are working in so many different lines, that it 
is impossible to keep track of what they are doing. 

Speaking of the construction of the modern battleship, 
the first lord of the British admiralty said: " Nearly three 
years of her brief life have been lived before she is born. 
Before she is even launched, the vessels which are capable 
of destroying her have been projected.'' 

A. Maurice Low, in the North American Revieiv, said, 
"So fast and furious has been the competition, that all 
the great powers have armed and rearmed their forces 
half a dozen times." 

There is nothing that marks the waste of militarism 
any more strongly than the rapidity with which the 
various munitions of war become out of date. Neither 




200 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 



201 



is there anything that more fnlly shows the intensity of 
the demons that are stirring up the spirit of hate as 
manifested in war preparations. 

Because of modern facilities for transportation, wars 
break forth suddenly and extend with great rapidity. The 
automobile, the motor truck, and the motor cycle have 
fully done their share in recent wars in enabling armies 
to reach their destination, strike quickly, and fight almost 
continuously. 

In this connection, it may be well to quote again the 
words of Prof. Sidney L. Gulick. He says: " Mankind 



[«^-LS» 










wmmm 



AV^>>! 







Actual penetration of a trial shot from a 16*4 -inch, 110-ton gun. The missile passed through 
20 inches compound plate, 8 inches wrought iron, 20 feet oak timbers, 5 feet granite, 11 feet con- 
crete, and buried itself 6 feet in a brick wall. 



has entered upon a new era in the history of its develop- 
ment. The modern mastery of the secrets of nature, with 
the control it gives of titanic forces, has advanced to such 
a stage of practical efficiency that all the nations are 
equipped for destructive warfare as was never before even 
dreamed. With this control of power has come also the 
practical collapse of space." 

During the early stages of the European war, when 
one of the nations found its forces at the front in great 
perplexity, it moved 1,200,000 reenf or cements, with all their 
guns and other equipment, a distance of a thousand miles 
in about two weeks' time. How literally has space col- 
lapsed! The automobile and the fast train made these 
results possible. 



202 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

In view of all the expenditures in the interests of war, 
it is not surprising that Dr. Jordan should say to us, in 
an article in the World's Work, "The net result is that 
the war debt of the world for borrowed money, practically 
all used for war purposes, amounts to nearly $37,000,000,- 
000." The doctor furthermore adds, "This sum is ex- 
pressed in the ' endless caravan of ciphers/ which carries 
no meaning to the average taxpayer until he feels its pres- 
sure in the rising cost of living and in his own difficulties 
in making both ends 'meet." 

Dr. Jefferson says: "A volume setting forth the cost 
or armies and navies, reminds one of a book on astronomy. 
The only figures used are millions and billions. ' ' 

The first appropriation for agriculture made in this 
country was in 1839, amounting to one thousand dollars. 
Since that time, up to and including 1914, the appropria- 
tions have amounted all together to the sum of $185,689,- 
907 ; but in 1914 the government spent on its army $94,266,- 
145.51; on its navy, $140,718,434.53; and for pensions in 
taking care of past wars, $180,300,000 ; or a total for war 
purposes of $415,284,580.04, or almost two and one fourth 
times as much in that one single year as the government 
had spent in all its history on agriculture. 

Considering the vast interests that center in the war 
industry through the immense amount of capital invested 
and involved, it is not at all surprising that we should 
have had wars constantly breaking out during recent years, 
notwithstanding the fact that we are living in one of 
the most enlightened periods of hmnan history — a period, 
too, in which highly trained and influential men have 
shown the absurdities of war, and made evident to every- 
body that it, along with dueling and kindred barbarities, 



AND THE NATIONS WEKE ANGKY 203 

should be relegated to the Dark Ages, where it more ap- 
propriately belongs. 

1898 and 1899 gave us the Spanish-American war. 
1899-1902 we had the second Boer war. In 1900 occurred 
the Boxer uprising in China, which involved and called 
into action all the leading powers of the world; then in 
1904 and 1905, the Russo-Japanese war. In 1910 the long- 
drawn-out war of Mexico began. In 1911 the revolution 
in China overthrew her ancient dynasty and established 
her republic. 1911 and 1912 witnessed the Turko-Italian 
war; 1912 the first Balkan war; 1913 the second Balkan 
war; and the climax of all was reached in the tornado of 
war that broke upon Europe in July, 1914. This, of 
course, does not include the many revolutions in South 
America, the revolutions in Persia, Turkey, etc., nor the 
great labor wars in England, in Spain, and elsewhere, 
which amounted practically to civil wars. 

Is it any marvel that Dr. Jefferson should have said 
that ' ' the most virulent and devastating disease now raging 
on the earth is militarism"? 

Referring to one of the scriptures quoted at the begin- 
ning of this chapter, the reader will call to mind that the 
prophet said that when the Judgment day was pending, 
the nations would be angry. The fact stated in this Scrip- 
ture prediction should be emphasized. That the nations 
are to be angry at the close of time, is the unmistakable 
prediction of the prophet. And one of the expressions 
most frequently used in reference to recent wars, and par- 
ticularly Europe's great war storm of 1914, was "war 
madness." To be sure, madness characterizes all Avars to 
a greater or less extent. But the world in this time is 
supposed to have been civilized, and we are taught a great 



204 



HEKALDS OF THE MORNING 



deal about " civilized warfare/' Yet the barbarities and 
the furies in the wars of our day in many respects sur- 
pass anything of former ages, and especially when we 
view the matter as under the enlightenment and boasted 
civilization and christianization of these times. 

A dispatch to the Wall Street Journal says: U A night- 
mare of panic and misery lies without the range of the 
mighty battle in northeastern France, while within that 
zone is the unmeasured fury of strife. . . . Many of them 
[fugitives] have been driven to the border of lunacy by 
despair and the horrors they have seen." 



Mr. Maxim sees the spirit of war that 
is rising in the world, and has set him- 
self the task of producing such deadly 
engines of destruction that the very terror 
of them will cause war to cease — not 
seeming to realize that he is only help- 
ing it along. 

He is the inventor of the multi-per- 
forated smokeless powder grain, was the 
first to make smokeless powder in the 
United States, and invented and sold to 
the United States government his formula 
for maximite, the first high explosive to 
be fired from a cannon with powder 
through armor plate. He is also the 
inventor of motorite, a material which 
bv self -combustion drives the torpedo 
through the water at from forty-five to 
sixty miles an hour. Owing to the in- 
creased range of the big guns, the line 
of battle between hostile fleets would be 
so great that the torpedo could not be 
made effective. Hence the battleships 
that were made a few years ago were 
leaving out the tubes for throwing tor- 
pedoes. But principally through the in- 
ventions and discoveries of Mr. Maxim, 
the toi'pedo has been increased in range, 
and the torpedo tube has been put back 
upon the recent ships. He invented a 
detonating fuse for high explosive pro- 
jectiles which has proved superior to all 
rivals, and has been adopted by the 
United States government. He has de- 
signed a new type of small torpedo boat 
that is driven by motorite and carries 
a ton of high explosive against the side 
of the battleship attacked. No vessel is 
supposed to be able to withstand the 
Shock of such an explosion. Another one of Mr. Maxim's inventions, and perhaps among the 
most important, is stabillite. This is a new smokeless powder, which, in addition to its superior 
qualities in other respects, has the invaluable advantage of being ready for use as soon as it 
is produced. The smokeless powder previously made required several months, and for the 
largest guns more than a year, to become sufficiently dried out for use. In case of war, this 
one item alone might be the winning factor. 




HUDSON MAXIM 



AXD THE NATIONS WERE AXGRY 205 

Another issue of the Journal said, "The whole civi- 
lized world has gone mad over preparations for war." 

Dr. Jordan, in Boys' Life, said, " When this hideous 
war is over, all the nations will be filled with the spirit 
of hate, for without hate there could be no war." 

Sydney Brooks, in an article in the Independent, speak- 
ing of one of the great nations engaged in the conflict, said, 
"The whole country and all its people are united in a 
personal, frenzied, transcendent passion of hostility." 

The Springfield Republican said of the European war : 
"Such a popular fury for fighting as appears to pervade 
Europe just now, has the aspect of demoniacal possession. 
When a mob is crazed by war bulletins, we might as well 
argue with the Gadarene swine. The steeper the precipice, 
the more furiously the infatuated crowd rushes for it." 

Writing from Petrograd under date of November 2, 
1914, Dr. Alexis Maltseff, a well-known Russian physician 
and writer, reaches the conclusion that the great Euro- 
pean war has sent millions of people mad; that Europe 
is in a state of "bellicose psychosis nearing paranoia"; 
"the war is more like a medieval mass obsession than a 
rational international struggle for power and glory." 

The editor of the New York World said: "One respect 
in which this war made by machinery upon men transcends 
all other wars is the hosts it has driven to literal madness ; 
hosts so great that all the armies have organized psycho- 
pathic wards under expert physicians to cope with them. 
Many of the insane will never recover. Their twisted 
intellects for half a century to come will remind Europe 
of what it has suffered and wherein it has sinned. 

"An Oxford professor of classic languages, crawling 
on his bellv to kill his fellow men in trenches at dawn. 



206 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

describes soldiers from a company near him as coming 
past in driblets, driven insane by shell fire. Every 
circumstance favors the machine against the man. The 
cold, the sodden trenches, the days of waiting, the enemy 
never seen, the knowledge that at any moment a shell may 
plump down in one's retreat or a mine be sprung beneath 
it, the menace in every bush or stone or bit of cover, all 
aid in the ruin of the mind. Frequent changes of the men 
at the front, diversions behind the lines when the men 
can be spared, are not enough to avert the calamity that 
is for many of them worse than death." 

Mme. Eosike Schwimmer, of Budapest, visited Wash- 
ington to plead on the behalf of the women of Europe 
for every possible effort to be made in the interests of 
peace, and she said, " Never was such profound hatred 
existing between warring countries." 

Not only did the prophet foretell that war madness 
would characterize the closing days of time, but he told 
us, as already quoted from the sixteenth chapter of 
Revelation, that the spirits of demons would go to the 
kings of the earth and of the whole world to gather them 
for the withering war of the great day of God Almighty. 

On November 27, 1911, Sir Edward Grey, England's 
secretary of state for foreign affairs, addressed the House 
of Commons on the "relations of Great Britain to Ger- 
many." In this address were these words: "It is really 
as if, in the atmosphere of the world, there were some 
mischievous influence at work which troubles and excites 
every part of it. We are passing, this year, through a 
period of great excitement; it is so still. Some countries 
are in revolution, others are at war; and in several 
countries which are neither in revolution nor at war, there 



AND THE NATIONS WEKE ANGKY 207 

are people who seem to delight in discussing how near 
they have been, or are, or are likely to be, either to revo- 
lution or to war in the past, the present, or the future. 
Really it is as if the world were indulging in a fit of 
political alcoholism, and the best that can be done by 
those of us who are in positions of responsibility is to 
keep cool and sober." 

With the statement of the revelator in mind, how sig- 
nificant are the foregoing utterances from Lord Grey, 
particularly what he says about the " mischievous influ- 
ence ' ' which seems to be " in the atmosphere of the world, ' ' 
and "which troubles and excites every part of it"! But 
what Sir Edward Grey felt "in the atmosphere of the 
world" in 1911 was felt much more strongly in 1914, as 
many utterances after the war broke out will show. For 
instance, the leading editorial in the Advance of September 
24, 1914, said: "We have called other great wars 'the 
Crimean war/ 'the Franco-Prussian war,' and 'the civil 
war.' But this is the demoniac war." 

Frederick Palmer, in an article in Everybody's, entitled 
"The War Storm," said, "It is the masses of men, the 
masses by the millions, being hurled at one another, which 
make the war seem like some infernal dream devised by 
the imps of hell sitting in an eternity of inventive council. ' ' 

These demons that are stirring the kings of the earth 
to the indescribably awful strife of this time are finally 
to gather their forces on the great battle field of Arma- 
geddon. Such is the prediction of the prophet. And one 
of the interesting things observed in the literature that 
immediately followed the breaking out of the European 
war in 1914 was the large number of writers, particularly 
in the secular press, who spoke of that war as Armageddon. 

14 



208 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

The Springfield Republican made mention of the grudges 
entering into it as swelling "a total which apparently 
nothing less than an Armageddon can satisfy." 

The Wall Street Journal headed an article at the out- 
break of the war with the significant title, "A Eehearsal 
for Armageddon." Collier's said, "If this be not Arma- 
geddon, we shall never suffer that final death grip of the 
nations." And then they quoted the text from Bevelation, 
"For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, 
which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the 
whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great 
day of God Almighty." 

During recent years, men have invented the phrase 
"civilized warfare"; but the barbarities of both the Balkan 
wars, as well as of the late European war, showed on the 
part of all engaged some of the basest and the most 
inhuman deeds that had ever been committed upon the 
field of strife. Men and women have been shocked and 
horrified by these things, and have asked how they could 
occur under the civilization that our twentieth century 
affords. But in turn let it be asked, In the light of what 
God has foretold us concerning what would actually exist 
in these times, how could we expect it to be otherwise? 
For the spirits of demons are working their hellish miracles 
to stir the whole world into the most furious strife that 
has ever been seen in all of its wicked history. The terrors 
of our modern wars have rendered weak and meaningless 
all the . adjectives that have ever been invented. There 
are no words coined that can describe the actual scenes. 
Men struggle to find forms of expression that will convey 
to the mind the scenes of the modern battle, but in despair 
they have to give it up. The strife is beyond description. 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 209 

The divine Father has told us that in this time, every 
imagination of the thoughts of men would be only evil 
continually. He has told us that self love and money 
love would make the days perilous. But the great doctors 
of divinity, with a few honorable and conspicuous excep- 
tions, are failing to study the Word, and hence are not 
giving the warnings that should be given in this time. 
They are not telling the world the meaning of the awful 
greed that has seized it, and what will finally result from 
commercialized vice and crime and war, along with the 
rest of the wickedness of this age. 

How vivid and impressive are the words of the prophet 
as he views these scenes and describes these times ! He 
says: "My anguish, my anguish! I am pained at my 
very heart; my heart is disquieted in me; I cannot hold 
my peace; because thou hast heard, O my soul, the sound 
of the trumpet, the alarm of war. Destruction upon 
destruction is cried; for the whole land is laid waste: 
suddenly are my tents destroyed, and my curtains in a 
moment." Jer. 4: 19, 20. 

What burning emotions must have been surging in the 
mind of Jeremiah when he exclaimed, "I cannot hold 
my peace ; because thou hast heard, O my soul, the sound 
of the trumpet, the alarm of war"! The terrible scenes 
of the " battle of that great day" were passing before 
his vision. He hears the " alarm of war"; the awful 
weapons that, under the insane fury of demons, have been 
forged against the day of Armageddon, are doing their 
terrible work; city after city is demolished under the 
frightful hammering of shot and shell; ship after ship 
goes down with dead-strewn decks; regiment after regi- 
ment is mowed down by the swift scythe of the war god; 



210 HEKALDS OF THE MOKNING 

the earth is burdened with its dead; the homes of the 
people are in desolation; and sorrow is on every hand. 
It is the sight of these things in prophetic review that 
stirs the intensest emotion of the prophet's soul. 

How impressively must the very scenes of war prepa- 
ration in which we now dwell, have been caused to pass 
before the prophet Joel when he wrote: " Proclaim ye this 
among the nations; prepare war; stir up the mighty men; 
let all the men of war draw r near, let them come up. Beat 
your plowshares into swords, and your pruning hooks into 
spears: let the weak say, I am strong. Haste ye, and 
come, all ye nations round about, and gather yourselves 
together: thither cause Thy mighty ones to come down, O 
Jehovah. Let the nations bestir themselves, and come 
up to the valley of Jehoshaphat; for there will I sit to 
judge all the nations round about. Put ye in the sickle; 
for the harvest is ripe : come, tread ye ; for the wine press 
is full, the vats overflow ; for their wickedness is great. 
Multitudes, multitudes in the valley of decision! for 
the day of Jehovah is near in the valley of decision." 
Joel 3 : 9-14. 

It would be superfluous to say that the figures on a 
preceding page show how literally the plowshare and the 
pruning hook have been sacrificed in order that the sword 
and the spear may be strengthened to meet the warlike 
spirit of the age. It should not be difficult to see the 
bearing of the foregoing prophecy when viewing it in 
the light of uncontested facts. 

Also please read again the following scriptures, and 
listen to the Spirit of God as He impresses them upon 
the conscience: "And the nations were wroth, and Thy 
wrath came, and the time of the dead to be judged, and 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 211 

the time to give their reward to Thy servants the prophets, 
and to the saints, and to them that fear Thy name, the 
small and the great; and to destroy them that destroy 
the earth." "And I saw coming ont of the month of the 
dragon, and ont of the month of the beast, and ont of the 
month of the false prophet, three nnclean spirits, as it 
were frogs : for they are spirits of demons, working signs ; 
which go forth nnto the kings of the whole world, to gather 
them together unto the war of the great day of God, the 
Almighty." Eev. 11:18; 16:13, 14, A. R. V. 

Who can read these clear words of God, and not be 
deeply impressed that they are now having a most literal 
fulfillment % You are entreated to listen to the voice of God 
speaking to the soul by His Spirit through His word. Do 
not heed those who in this time of peril are saying, "Peace 
and safety," who are asserting that this world is about to 
join in a universal peace. Even amid the din of these 
turbulent times and last-day wars, the voice that falsely 
assures peace, will be raised higher and higher. But mark 
that the word of God forewarns us in clear and positive 
language: "When they are saying, Peace and safety, then 
sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a 
woman with child; and they shall in no wise escape. But 
ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should 
overtake you as a thief." 1 Thess. 5: 3, 4. Men who have 
not been enlightened by the word of God's prophecy are 
predicting "peace and safety" to-day. Contrary to all 
the facts and evidences, they are telling us that they will 
be able to cause wars to cease, and God's word shows that 
there will be an ominous calm just before the bursting of 
the terrible storm of "sudden destruction." 




CHAPTER ELEVEN 




I HE preceding chapter reviews some scriptures 
that tell of what the people will be doing in 
the last days in the field of war. In this 
chapter, we are to examine what the prophetic 
Word foretells of the things the people will be saying in 
favor of peace while they are plunging headlong into the 
demoniacal wars that are vestibules for Armageddon. 

It seems wonderful that God should have foretold, 
hundreds of years ago, just what many of the people would 
be saying in the last days regarding the subject of peace; 
but such is the truth. Upon this point carefully read the 
following scripture: 

"And it shall come to pass in the last days, that the 
mountain of the Lord's house shall be established in the 
top of the mountains, and shall be exalted above the hills; 
and all nations shall flow unto it. And many people shall 
go and say, Come ye, and let us go up to the mountain of 
the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will 
teach us of His wa}^s, and we will walk in His paths: for 
out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord 

212 



AND THE NATIONS WERE ANGRY 213 

from Jerusalem. And He shall judge among the nations, 
and shall rebuke many people : and they shall beat their 
swords into plowshares, and their spears into pruning 
hooks: nation shall not lift up sword against nation, 
neither shall they learn war any more. O house of Jacob, 
come ye, and let us walk in the light of the Lord." Isa. 
2 : 2-5. 

The first sentence in this scripture tells very plainly 
when the prophec}^ will be fulfilled. We are informed 
of what " shall come to pass in the last days." Note 
particularly that "many people shall go and say" certain 
things. Do not make the mistake of supposing that God 
says these things, for He does not. The Lord is simply 
telling us in advance what "many people shall go and 
say" "in the last days." 

The reader will observe that these people say: "Come 
ye, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, to the 
house of the God of Jacob; and He will teach us of His 
ways, and we will walk in His paths : for out of Zion shall 
go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusa- 
lem." These words are spoken by professors of religion. 
They talk of going to the house of God, and of being taught 
of His ways. They have "the form of godliness." 

Continuing, these "people" say further of the Lord 
that "He shall judge among the nations, and shall rebuke 
many people: and they shall beat their swords into plow- 
shares, and their spears into pruning hooks : nation shall 
not lift up sword against nation, neither shall they learn 
war any more." The Lord does not tell us that these 
things which "many people shall go and say," are the 
truth. He simply tells us the people will say them, and 
also when thev will sav them. 



214 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

It shows that the heavenly Father can read the future 
perfectly, when He tells, twenty-five hundred years or more 
in advance, even the sayings of the people in the last days. 

This prophecy of Isaiah is repeated almost word for 
word in the fourth chapter of the prophecy of Micah, thus 
showing that God revealed these same things to more than 
one of His prophets. There is the added thought, however, 
in Micah, that "many nations" shall make these peace 
professions and proposals in the last days. In other words, 
the nations as a whole will take definite action confirming 
the things that the "many people" of these nations are 
saying. 

Having learned, in the foregoing paragraphs, what the 
Lord predicts the people will be saying in the last days, 
we proceed to look around us to ascertain if "many people" 
and "many nations" are even now saying these things as 
foretold by the prophets Isaiah and Micah. 

If we can depend upon God's prophecies, and if we 
are in the last da} 7 s, we will find the "many people" and 
the ' ' many nations ' ' in all parts of the world saying the 
things that God said they would say. This is the challenge 
of the prophecy to the people of this time. 

To some extent a few men at different times in the 
past have taught that a universal reign of peace and 
righteousness would prevail on the earth in its present 
state, and that Christ would come in person to rule over a 
converted world. But we wait for the arrival of the 
present generation before this doctrine becomes a charac- 
teristic belief of "many people" and "many nations." 
To-day you will hear men eloquently teaching that the 
age in which we live is the beginning of the great millen- 
nium. In the literal words of the prophet, they are saying, 



WHAT MANY PEOPLE SHALL SAY 215 

regardless of the awful wars of to-day, that a universal 
peace will make swords and spears no longer a necessity, 
and that these will be beaten into plowshares and pruning 
hooks. They are actually saying, just as the prophets 
said they would, "Nation shall not lift up sword against 
nation, neither shall they learn war any more. ' ' 

The early part of the nineteenth century saw several 
peace organizations formed, conspicuously the Peace So- 
ciety in 1816, in Great Britain, and the American Peace 
Society in 1828. There was more or less discussion in 
the world, in those earlier years, in favor of international 
peace and of settling all disputes by arbitration rather 
than by war. But the last fifty years, which have given 
us the Dreadnought battleships and cruisers, the deadly 
submarine, the aeroplane, the dreadful high-power and 
rapid-fire guns, and all the rest of the war paraphernalia, 
have also given us an unprecedented activity in the multi- 
tude of organizations that have been formed looking 
toward national and international peace. 

At the outset, let it be said that to work for peace is 
always commendable. And without any question, some of 
the best people of the world have been connected with these 
peace movements. Where they are making their mistake, 
as these pages are designed to show, is in expecting peace 
in the midst of conditions which God foretells will produce 
Armageddon instead. 

There are 697 central and independent peace organiza- 
tions, including their branches, in the various nations of 
the world. In Great Britain alone there are twenty-three 
additional societies, some of them of an international 
character, that are in general sympathy with the peace 
movement, and that in a sense might be classed with the 



216 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

peace organizations. In other countries also there are 
societies like those in England, with their peace depart- 
ments; and all these taken together would make our peace 
organizations total well toward eight hundred if not even 
more than that number. 

There are twenty-eight journals in the world devoted 
to the advocacy of peace; and many of the central or- 
ganizations issue pamphlets and books of a great variety 
and in large numbers, telling us that "nation shall not 
lift up sword against nation, neither shall they learn war 
any more. ' ' 

In 1910 a world conference of international peace as- 
sociations, at which 132 organizations were represented, 
met in Brussels. At this meeting, the societ}^ was or- 
ganized known as the Union of International Associations ; 
and while speaking of Brussels, it may be interesting to 
observe that that city alone w r as the headquarters of sixty- 
five international peace organizations. She is now an 
object lesson of the destructiveness of war and the hope- 
lessness of peace. 

France stands at the head of the list, with seventeen 
central peace organizations, to which, of course, will be 
added their branches or local societies. Then follow the 
British Isles and the United States of America, with four- 
teen societies in each of these two countries. Fifteen of 
the countries of continental Europe, aside from France, 
have all the way from one to five central organizations 
apiece. Australia has six. New Zealand has seven. There 
are three in Africa, seven in South America, and seven 
in Japan. The local or subsidiary organizations, which 
must be added to these central groups, are designed to 
reach out and touch every individual in the world. 



WHAT MANY PEOPLE SHALL SAY 217 

The American School Peace League, organized in 1908, 
works especially among the colleges and the educators of 
America. The Intercollegiate Peace Association is an 
organization that is made up largely of the leading col- 
leges and universities, particularly of the middle West. 
Through these and kindred organizations, it is designed 
to teach the advantages of peace, and the absurdity and 
wickedness of war, in all the universities and colleges, as 
well as the common schools of the land. 

The National Association of Cosmopolitan Clubs, or- 
ganized in 1907, is representative of sixty different na- 
tionalities, and thirty college clubs have a membership 
in this organization. It is one of the associations that 
publishes a monthly magazine. 

The School Peace League of Great Britain and Ire- 
land, with its affiliated organizations, is one of the societies 
in the Old World that is laboring to spread the principles 
of peace among the students in the various schools. 

Among the societies in this country that have the 
greatest influence, perhaps the American Peace Society, 
with its branches in practically all the states, should head 
the list, for it is the oldest organization of the kind in 
this nation. But very closely allied with it, because of the 
immense funds at its disposal, is the Carnegie Endowment 
for International Peace, which was established in 1910 
by a gift of ten million dollars in securities from Mr. 
Carnegie, the actual market value of which was $11,500,000. 
Some of the strongest men in the world are associated 
with this endowment, and their masterly abilities are used 
in the expenditure of the income from this large fund 
so that the cause of peace, according to their conceptions 
of it, shall be the most widely advanced. 



218 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

Mention should also be made of the World Peace Foun- 
dation, established in 1913 by Mr. Edwin Ginn, with an 
annual appropriation of fifty thousand dollars to advance 
its work. And in the early days of 1914, Mr. Andrew Car- 
negie gave another two million dollars to establish the 
Church Peace Union. While speaking of these organiza- 
tions that have been definitely formed to secure interna- 
tional peace, we should not pass by the sentiments that 
have been expressed by the great socialist body, as well 
as by the great labor organizations of the world. Both 
the laborer and the socialist, who of course are very closely 
allied, have been regarded as furnishing an organization 
and a social and political power that would absolutely 
curb the spirit of war. 

With these hundreds of organizations in mind, repre- 
senting so "many people" and so "many nations," is it 
not perfectly apparent that we have an international move- 
ment, in these peace organizations, such as was never seen 
before in the world's history? And let it be emphasized 
again that some of the best people in the world are con- 
nected with these great peace organizations. The argu- 
ments they present in favor of peace are incontrovertible. 
There is no defense for war. It is the most cruel and the 
most barbarous thing that could be conceived. It is, as our 
peace advocates so eloquently and so ardently affirm, noth- 
ing but wholesale murder. But while we recognize the 
desirability of peace, and while we recognize and indorse 
much of the strong argument that our peace societies are 
sending out, we must not lose sight of the fact that the 
Scripture has revealed that this peace movement will not 
succeed in converting the world, as these estimable men 
and women so devoutly hope. 



WHAT MANY PEOPLE SHALL SAY 219 

The multitude will doubtless be led to indorse the sen- 
timents in favor of peace, shnply because the mass of man- 
kind usually follow in the trend of the prevailing style 
of thought. Whatever is the popular thing at the given 
moment, is that which they will approve. Outwardly they 
will adopt the sentiments of peace. They will even profess 
to be religious. But do not lose sight of the fact that a 
prophecy already studied in these pages tells that the last 
days will be made " perilous" because of those who will 
have a "form of godliness" but who will know nothing of 
its power. Appearances are likely to be very deceptive; 
and however desirable and praiseworthy may be the great 
part of the work of the noble men and women connected 
with the peace organizations, we must bear in mind that 
they will not succeed, and that God has told us "many 
people" would be saying they would "beat their swords 
into plowshares, and their spears into pruning hooks," 
when He had not sent them to say any such thing. How 
remarkable is that prophecy! And how remarkable are 
the conditions in this time that are fulfilling it! 

Instead of their teaching being an evidence that a time 
has come when peace is to reign over all, and ' ' nation shall 
not lift up sword against nation," it is one of the unmis- 
takable tokens of the days in which we live; for are not 
these "many people" even now saying just what the all- 
wise Father declared they would be saying when the end 
of time is at hand? 

There can be no question but that thousands of those 
who have fallen into the snare, and are joining in these 
"last-day" sayings of the "many people," have taken up 
the delusion unwittingly, believing that it is the teaching 
of God's word. But God's prophetic truth in regard to 



220 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

the condition of the world in the last days is the exact 
opposite of what the people in large numbers will be say- 
ing. How imury are the errors and fatal deceptions from 
which men might be kept if they would only study the 
Bible with care! It should not be read superficially and 
occasionally, but it should be constantly and closely stud- 
ied ; for as we study the Word faithfully, seeking to know 
only the truth, the heavenly Father sends His Spirit to 
be our unerring teacher. "Howbeit when He, the Spirit 
of truth, is come, He will guide you into all truth: for He 
shall not speak of Himself ; but whatsoever He shall hear, 
that shall He speak: and He will show you things to 
come. ' ' John 16 : 13. 

Previous to the outbreak in 1914 of the Old World's 
awful and unprecedented war, the "many people" and the 
"many nations" had been telling us that a general war 
was impossible. The National Peace Council, one of the 
greatest organizations of the kind in England, said through 
its secretary, just a few months before the European crash 
came, "War, the product of anarchy and fear, is passing 
away under the growing and persistent pressure of world 
organization, economic necessity, human intercourse, and 
that change of spirit, that social sense and newer aspect 
of world-wide life, which is the insistent note, the Zeitgeist 
of the age." 

Dr. David Starr Jordan, who is intimately associated 
with most of the leading peace societies of the world, and 
who is an international power and an international au- 
thority in that line of endeavor, said in the World's Work 
of June, 1912: "War is dying. It dies because it cannot 
pay its way. It dies because, through the spread of edu- 
cation and the demands of commerce, no part of the civi- 



WHAT MANY PEOPLE SHALL SAY 221 

lized world can be suffered to engage in a life and death 
struggle with any other part. The nations are no longer 
separate entities, but each is a part in a unified whole, to 
which international war is mischievous and hateful." "In 
our belief, whatever the apparent provocation of noisy 
speech or hectoring diplomacy, we shall never see another 
war among the great nations of Europe. There is too 
much at stake." 

Just as the nineteenth century was closing, Jean de 
Bloch gave the world a work in six volumes on "The 
Future of War. ' ' The publication was received with much 
interest. In this work, Mr. Bloch endeavored to show that 
the expense of a war under modern conditions, together 
with the terrible results that would follow in the loss of 
life — to say nothing of the destruction of propert} r — 
would make a conflict between the first-class powers of the 
world an impossibility; and as suggested by A. Maurice 
Low in the North American Review shortly after Europe's 
great war began: "A great many persons believed that 
Bloch was right, — that the expense in blood and treasure, 
and the industrial prostration from which the victor would 
suffer no less than the vanquished, made war impossible, 
and that the great armaments and the enormous sums 
spent on their upkeep were simply a gigantic bluff. Ever}^ 
nation was afraid of every other, every nation was trying 
to outdo every other, but no nation intended to set its 
military machine in motion. So thoroughly was this be- 
lieved, that ignorance coined an aphorism for the shelter 
of indifference — 'To be prepared for war is the surest 
means of avoiding war.' " 

In November, 1908, Mr. Arthur B. Eeeve had an article 
in Hampton's Magazine under the suggestive heading, 



222 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

i ' The Newest Man-Killing Devices — and the Warless 
Age." In introducing the article, an editorial note said, 
"As a matter of remarkable fact, science, after making a 
high art of warfare, is now sounding its knell." Mr. 
Reeve, having graphically told of the prospective de- 
velopment and improvement of war implements under mod- 
ern scientific conditions, and their enormous cost in manu- 
facture, and their possibilities of destructiveness, draws the 
conclusion that ' * there lies the hope of the future — science 
promises to abolish war by making the cost of war pro- 
hibitive. ' ' 

The war trust, in seeking to create a demand for more 
of their materials, had spread the sentiment broadcast 
that modern warfare was so terrible that no armies could 
be made to face the weapons which this generation has 
forged. The words of the Scientific American in its issue 
of December 5, 1914, are to the point upon this subject, 
as showing not only the sentiment that had been abroad 
in the world, but also that the world had been deluded by 
embracing such a doctrine. It said: 

" Among the unexpected developments of the war, none 
has been more amazing than the unflinching steadiness with 
which the citizen soldier of the warring nations, and es- 
pecially those engaged on the western battle fields, have 
faced the murderous attack of modern weapons, whether 
by the magazine rifle, the machine gun, the searching 
shrapnel, or the shattering, high-explosive, sixteen-inch 
shell. 

u So accustomed have we become, through the daily 
testimony of eyewitnesses, to the more-than-human cour- 
age with which frail flesh and blood is facing, day in, 
day out, and for weeks together, the tornado of lead and 



WHAT MANY PEOPLE SHALL SAY 223 

steel which sweeps over the modern battle field, that we 
are forgetting that only yesterday we were all saying that 
this miracle could not be. Had not the military experts 
themselves assured us that the accuracy and volume of 
modern rifle, machine gun, and shrapnel fire was such 
that not the finest troops in the world could be brought 
to face the tempest in a frontal attack in the open? . . . 

" Marvelous, also, is the fact that this matchless cour- 
age is being displayed, not by the toughened veterans of 
a long campaign, not by professional soldiers, steeled and 
tempered by the discipline of barracks and camp, but by 
workaday laymen, called at a minute's notice from the 
peaceful routine of their daily lives, and told to rush 'into 
the jaws of hell.' " 

That the terrors of a modern warfare between first- 
class powers were more than realized in the devastating 
conflagration of Europe, we need no more than to quote 
the following authoritative statement from the Scientific 
American of November 7, 1914: "War! All the efforts of 
our brains, all the descriptions which we have read again 
and again, all the visions of battles which we have tried to 
conjure up in our overheated imaginations, do not ap- 
proach the terrible reality. ' ' 

In other words, the reality has gone beyond what the 
imagination previous to 1914 had pictured, and yet men 
have faced the "tornado of lead and steel" of this time 
the same as they faced the less destructive weapons of 
former centuries. 

But perhaps, as already intimated, there was no one 
thing on which dependence was placed more strongly to 
overthrow war than the great labor and socialist organiza- 
tions. As suggested by Dr. Frederick Lynch, working- 
is 



224 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

men in different parts of the world had clasped hands with 
one another and said, "We will not bear arms against 
each other except to defend our country if attacked." The 
laboring men had said that they would call an international 
strike if war were declared, and thus paralyze the govern- 
ments; and it looked as though their threat was practical, 
and might be carried out. Not long before the war, a great 
assemblage of socialists, a hundred thousand strong, en- 
thusiastically declared against war, and said : We will have 
nothing whatever to do with it. We are done with it. But 
as was also suggested by Dr. Lynch, "Poor fellows, they 
meant well, but they lost courage when the crisis came, 
and were caught up in the great, mad war preparation." 
There seemed to be no time for protest against it. The 
war came so suddenly that before any forces could be 
brought to bear against it, all the nations were involved, 
and the armies were violently destroying one another. 

The international character of the commerce of the 
world was among the things supposed to constitute im- 
passable barriers against future general wars. But none 
of the barriers stood the strain. The Old World went 
to war in 1914 with the ferocity of madness, and the world 
is horror-stricken with what has taken place. These con- 
ditions ought to show us that God's prophets were en- 
dowed with far more than mortal wisdom to enable them 
to picture vividly, so many centuries in advance, the con- 
ditions so contrary to the sentiments and teachings of the 
men who would be in existence in these times in which 
we live. 

As soon as the European war was well under way, 
men began to predict that this would be the last war; 
that it was so terrible that none of the great nations of 



WHAT MANY PEOPLE SHALL SAY 225 

the world would ever fight again; that they would settle 
their difficulties by arbitration. While the war was raging, 
Frederick Palmer said: "Civilization cannot be the same. 
The world must awake to some new era — an era for 
which this was the price paid." 

Josephus Daniels, as secretary of the United States 
navy, said before the House Naval Affairs Committee: 
"When the European war is over, those countries will 
be so exhausted in their resources, and burdened with debt, 
that there is going to be a great revulsion against war in 
all countries. I expect the revulsion will be so great that 
we will have an international conference on armament — 
more possibly now than ever before — and that we will 
get some action by which the navies of the world powers 
will be used only to carry into execution the agreements 
the countries reach." 

In the International Peace Congress held in Paris in 
1849, Victor Hugo gave expression to his dream of the 
United States of Europe and the United States of America 
joining hands to guide the world in the general upward 
path of peace and progress. A sentiment in favor of in- 
ternationalism is growing, and has, become deep-seated in 
the styles of thought of the present time. You hear it 
presented in many of the lectures on peace, and in much 
of the discussion concerning world affairs. We are told 
that we must have international courts, international laws, 
and a general international organization that will blend the 
whole world into one great happy, human family. As was 
said by Eanclolph S. Bourne in International Conciliation 
pamphlet No. 79, published in June, 1914, "If there re- 
main reasons why nations should watch one another with 
jealous eye, the basis for those reasons is being rapidly 



226 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

done away with, through the strengthening machinery of 
international conciliation. ' ' 

The United States Senate, June 24, 1910, passed a 
resolution calling upon the president of the United States 
to appoint a commission of five members u to consider 
the expediency of utilizing existing international agencies 
for the purpose of limiting the armaments of the nations 
of the world by international agreement, and of consti- 
tuting the combined navies of the world an international 
force for the preservation of universal peace, and to con- 
sider and report upon any other means to diminish the 
expenditures of government for military purposes and to 
lessen the probabilities of war." 

President Taft, in a speech the same year before the 
American Society for the Judicial Settlement of Interna- 
tional Disputes, said, "I am strongly convinced that the 
best method of ultimately securing disarmament is the 
establishment of an international court and the develop- 
ment of a code of international equity which nations will 
recognize as affording a better method of settling inter- 
national controversies than war." 

Through the growth of the spirit of " internationalism, ' ' 
and the sentiments that have been created by the work of 
the peace societies of the world, war has been made really 
unpopular so far as the expressed feelings of the people 
are concerned. This was shown in a marked manner when 
the war broke out in 1914, by all the fighting nations 
hastening to get out documents to show that they were not 
to blame for the war that was raging. They published 
their White Books and their Blue Books, etc., by the hun- 
dred thousand, and circulated them broadcast throughout 
the world. In these they gave the official correspondence 



WHAT MANY PEOPLE SHALL SAY 227 

that passed previous to the war, and each nation thought 
the evidence was conclusive to show that it had a good 
cause and was not to blame for the bloodshed and destruc- 
tion. Each nation said that it was attacked; and that 
was one reason why the laboring men, as well as other 
classes, be they socialist or what-not in their politics, were 
swept off their feet and carried into the maelstrom of war. 

But this shows that through the influence of the spirits 
of demons that are working in this time, we can have wars 
— the worst recorded in all the history of the world — 
right in a time when the sentiment of the masses of the 
people is in a contrar}^ direction — at least so far as in- 
dicated by their published utterances. But these sentiments 
in favor of internationalism are significant. The question, 
however, so far as these pages are concerned, is not whether 
the sentiment is right or wrong, but, Will it prove the 
remedy that men are hoping ? Men had become convinced, 
up to the latter part of July, 1914, that regardless of the 
war scares that were continually coming up, we could not 
have a conflict between two first-class powers in this " en- 
lightened age" of "Christian civilization." But the war 
came as an awful disillusionment. Now will the dreams 
of international peace through "international tribunals" 
and "international police" also be doomed to the same 
terrible defeat and disappointment? And the intolerant 
spirit of the "many nations" is shown by the fact that 
they had, according to the prophecy of Micah 4 : 7, cast off 
the "remnant" in prosecuting their international plans. 

It would not be within the scope of this book to study 
all the prophecies of the Bible which show that one of the 
great things to characterize the closing days of time will 
be the establishing of an overweening church power that 



228 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

will seek to dominate the entire earth. But it has already 
been presented in these pages that a "form of godliness" 
without its power is to make "the last days" "perilous," 
and, too, that we have the added testimony of Mieah and 
Isaiah showing that an international religious movement 
federating the nations will unite them in a great peace cru- 
sade, and will claim to win success. Neither should we lose 
sight of that clear statement already studied, from the 
prophecy of Daniel, that "in the time of the end" "the 
wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall 
understand. ' ' 

Men become intoxicated with their ideas. They become 
blinded through the sentiments that they are determined 
shall prevail, regardless of every condition and fact. Hence 
we may expect that while the world met with a severe 
disappointment through the sudden outbreak of the great 
war of 1914, yet will these "many people" of the "many 
nations" continue their work in such a way that those who 
do not follow the Bible will be subjected to one disap- 
pointment after another, until we finally reach the great 
climax — the second coming of Christ. And when that 
day comes, those who are then deceived will be beyond the 
power of rescue or help. It is when the world as a whole 
is saying, "Peace and safety," that "sudden destruction" 
finally comes ; for we read : 

"Concerning the times and the seasons, brethren, ye 
have no need that aught be written unto you. For your- 
selves know perfectty that the day of the Lord so cometh 
as a thief in the night. When they are saying, Peace and 
safety, then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as 
travail upon a woman with child; and they shall in no 
wise escape. But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that 



WHAT MANY PEOPLE SHALL SAY 229 

that day should overtake you as a thief: for ye are all 
sons of light, and sons of the day: we are not of the night, 
nor of darkness; so then let us not sleep, as do the rest, 
but let us watch and he sober. ' ' 1 Thess. 5 : 1-6, A. R. Y. 

The foregoing verses tell us of one class whom the 
apostle calls his brethren, and who are standing in the 
light, and so "the day of the Lord" does not steal upon 
them "as a thief in the night." The other class are those 
who are standing in darkness, and hence the great day 
comes upon them as a thief. 

Observe also that those who are thus standing in dark- 
ness are saying "Peace and safety." God said, nearly 
two thousand years ago, that they would be saying this. 
The reader need have no difficulty in seeing that God 
foretold a definite truth when He made this prediction. 

It is a most marvelous thing that in the providence of 
God nearly the whole world to-day has His word to read. 
It is also a marvel that so many who profess to believe 
that Word, do not study it sufficiently to understand its 
teaching, and thus be saved from the deceptive doctrines 
against which such faithful warnings are given. There 
is perhaps no one thing that is more generally believed 
than that the world is to reach a time when every nation 
will be resting in a settled and abiding peace; and an 
equally widespread notion is that during this all-pervading 
peace, every sinner will be converted to God. But if men 
would only read and believe the Bible, they would find 
that these sayings of the people are false. Instead of 
these teachers leading us to look for good times in this 
life, we should see in them one of the striking signs that 
the day is at hand for the great and final destruction of 
sin, with which this world is deluged. For "when they 



230 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

are saying, Peace and safety, then sudden destrnction com- 
eth upon them." 

The "many people',' have based their hopes and their 
teachings upon false premises and unsound theories. In 
the language of the. prophet, the3 r have said, "Peace, 
peace, when there is no peace." They "looked for peace, 
but no good came; and for a time of health, and behold 
trouble!" 

It should, however, be emphasized over and over again 
that multitudes of our peace advocates are among the 
best people in the world at the present time. People 
who are kind-hearted, and who hate cruelty, and particu- 
larly the cruelties that are expressed in the barbarities 
of war, are drawn by their very natures into the peace 
organizations. Expressing sentiments in favor of peace, 
and showing the wickedness of war, is not the field in 
which they are committing a wrong or making their mis- 
take. Their mistake, as already suggested, is in expect- 
ing to succeed in establishing universal peace in this 
wicked world in the face of the plain statements of the 
word of God which tell us that peace and righteousness 
cannot reign on this earth until after the second coming 
of the Prince of peace Himself. God has not only given 
us these prophecies concerning the spirit of war that would 
be stirred up by the demons in the closing hours of time, 
but He has also told us that He would commission the 
angels to place limitations upon these until His gospel 
work in the earth is finished. But God in His work uses 
men and women, even though angels may be commissioned 
to assist and protect them; and is it not apparent that in 
this work of restraining the spirit of war, God has been 
using the great-hearted men and women whose very souls 



WHAT MANY PEOPLE SHALL SAY 231 

revolt at the butcheries of the battle field 1 But there are 
wicked, cruel, bestial hearts that refuse to be transformed ; 
and where the fatal mistake is made is in believing that 
such persons will manifest the characteristics belonging to 
gentleness and peace. 

The dream of a universal peace can never be realized 
in this world while it is filled with wicked men; for "the 
wicked are like the troubled sea, when it cannot rest, 
whose waters cast up mire and dirt. There is no peace, 
saith my God, to the wicked. ' ' Isa. 57 : 20, 21. But of 
the Saviour, so soon to come in the clouds of heaven, the 
same prophet says: "The government shall be upon His 
shoulder: and His name shall be called Wonderful, Coun- 
selor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The 
Prince of peace. Of the increase of His government and 
peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, 
and upon His kingdom, to order it, and to establish it 
with judgment and with justice from henceforth even 
forever. The zeal of the Lord of hosts will perform this." 
Isa. 9:6, 7. Of the Prince of peace it is said : 

1 ' He will judge Thy people with righteousness, 
And Thy poor with justice. 
The mountains shall bring peace to the people, 
And the hills, in righteousness. 
He will judge the poor of the people, 
He will save the children of the needy, 
And will break in pieces the oppressor. 
They shall fear Thee while the sun endureth, 
And so long as the moon, throughout all generations. 
He will come down like rain upon the mown grass, 
As showers that water the earth. 
In His days shall the righteous flourish, 
And abundance of peace, till the moon be no more." 

Ps. 72 : 2-7. 



232 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

The day that is bursting upon us will be filled with 
terrors for him who is unprepared for it; but for him 
who has been reading and heeding the warnings and 
admonitions of the Father in heaven, it will be the glad- 
some day of all the ages. Let each one ask himself. On 
which side am I standing? If you are on the wrong 
side, do not tarry, but hasten to accept the lingering mercy 
and salvation that are still proffered. 

Who can say how soon the divine restraint will be 
completely withdrawn, and all the nations of earth be al- 
lowed to plunge into the mad scenes of Armageddon? And 
when that day of universal and awful war and stormy com- 
motion by land and by sea comes, we must be under the 
protection of the Infinite to avoid being borne down be- 
neath the calamities and the strifes. For let it be borne 
in mind that when Armageddon comes, not merety Europe 
will be involved, but "the kings of the earth and of the 
whole world" will have been drawn, through the influence 
of demons, to the battle field of that great day. 

In these fleeting hours of probationary time, each 
one should hasten to unite with the Saviour, not merely 
that he may be saved himself, but that he may be instru- 
mental in guiding others to the shelter from the gather- 
ing storm. For let it be ever borne in mind that our 
God is calling for soldiers indeed to be enlisted under 
the banner of the Prince of peace. While the demons of 
war are stirring men to become experts in spreading the 
desolations and sufferings of the battle field, the blessed 
Christ is also exerting His divine power to charm them 
with the entrancing and substantial joys that center in 
the eternity of bliss which His coming is about to bring 
to this world. And while imparting those joys to each 



WHAT MANY PEOPLE SHALL SAY 233 

individual who will accept them, He desires to make each 
recipient of His grace a true soldier to carry to the re- 
motest corners of the earth the knowledge of salvation 
and of the speedy return of the Lord. 

This is not the presentation of some mere theological 
theory. It is divine fact, woven so clearly into Bible 
prophecy, and fulfilled so accurately in the occurrences 
about us, that there can be no mistaking it. The indi- 
vidual who knows these things, is not left to the terrors 
of uncertainty as he stands in the face of unmistakable 
dangers and amid the dins of war alarms. He knows that 
he has a protection that is sure and all-powerful. And 
instead of being terrified or distressed, his mind is oc- 
cupied with the interesting study and pleasure of watch- 
ing the perfect fit that is made by occurring events to the 
plain predictions of God in His word. This joy, which 
is indescribable, is ours for the asking. 




THE VOICE OF 





*mM CHAPTER 

TWELVE 

-UR Lord's great prophecy of His second coming, 
. as recorded by Luke, says: "And there shall be 
signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the 
stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, 
with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring; men's 
hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those 
things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of 
heaven shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son 
of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory." 
Luke 21 : 25-27. 

234 




Mark these further signs the Lord has given by which 
we may know of His coming. Not only has He told us, 
as seen in preceding chapters, of conditions among the 
people in the last days, and of the anger of the nations, 
etc., but He proceeds to describe the condition of the 
very elements at the close of time, with a definiteness that 
would be impossible without a perfect foreknowledge of 
these events. He says, " There shall be signs in the sun, 
and in the moon, and in the stars;" there shall be "roar- 
ing" of "the sea and the waves." There has always been 
a "roaring" to "the sea and the waves." Hence when 
this prophecy is fulfilling, there will be storms that will 

235 



236 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

cause a commotion beyond anything seen before. And 
this very * 'roaring" of the elements will carry with it 
the unmistakable evidence and conviction that the day 
of Judgment is right at hand; for just as surely as God 
has given these things as signs of the coming day, just 
so surely will the conviction settle deeply into the heart, 
that He is telling us, by these things, that His Son is 
soon to appear. The greatness of these extraordinary 
signs in the elements is graphically stated in verse 11 of 
this same twenty-first chapter of Luke : ' ' And great earth- 
quakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pesti- 
lences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be 
from heaven. ' ' 

Men may attempt, as did the magicians in Moses' day, 
to set at naught some of the evidence God has given of 
the approaching end of time. But here are "signs" from 
"heaven," "fearful sights and great signs," so unmis- 
takably clear that all not only may see, but must see; 
and, seeing them, they cannot escape the conviction of 
what they mean. The prophet Joel says: 

"And it shall come to pass afterward, that I will pour 
out My Spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your 
daughters shall prophesy, your old men shall dream 
dreams, your young men shall see visions: and also upon 
the servants and upon the handmaids in those days will 
I pour out My Spirit. And I will show wonders in the 
heavens and in the earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of 
smoke. The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the 
moon into blood, before the great and the terrible day 
of the Lord come. And it shall come to pass, that who- 
soever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be de- 
livered: for in Mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be 



THE VOICE OF THE ELEMENTS 



237 



deliverance, as the Lord hath said, and in the remnant 
whom the Lord shall call." Joel 2:28-32. 

Observe that the foregoing scripture states that all 
these great signs in "sun," "moon," and "earth" are to 
appear "before the great and terrible day of the Lord 




The eruption of Mont Pelee, in the island of Martinique, May 8, 1902. Among the many 
calamities that have marked, the last few years, this one stands in the front rank. 



238 HEKALDS OF THE MORNING 

come/' Peter quotes this prophecy of Joel in full in 
Acts 2:16-21. He also makes clear the time when it 
applies; for he says, "It shall come to pass in the last 
days" that all these things will be seen. So, then, be- 
yond a peradventure, the "last days" are to be especially 
distinguished by "wonders in the heavens and in the 
earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke." As these 
things are seen, the conviction deepens, in every heart, 
that "the great and the terrible day of the Lord" is 
right at hand. God's Spirit accompanies the clear fulfill- 
ments of His prophetic word to make impressions that 
are beyond question to the sincere heart. 

Isaiah testifies to the condition of the elements in the 
last days, in language quite as forcible and pointed as 
that of Joel. He says: "Howl ye; for the day of the 
Lord is at hand; it shall come as a destruction from the 
Almighty. Therefore shall all hands be faint, and every 
man's heart shall melt: and they shall be afraid: pangs 
and sorrows shall take hold of them; they shall be in 
pain as a woman that travaileth: they shall be amazed 
one at another; their faces shall be as flames. Behold, 
the day of the Lord cometh, cruel both with wrath and 
fierce anger, to lay the land desolate: and He shall de- 
stroy the sinners thereof out of it. For the stars of 
heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their 
light: the sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and 
the moon shall not cause her light to shine. And I will 
punish the world for their evil, and the wicked for their 
iniquity; and I will cause the arrogancy of the proud to 
cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the terrible. 
I will make a man more precious than fine gold; even a 
man than the golden wedge of Ophir. Therefore I will 



THE VOICE OF THE ELEMENTS 239 

shake the heavens, and the earth shall remove ont of 
her place, in the wrath of the Lord of hosts, and in the 
day of His fierce anger." Isa. 13:6-13. 

This scripture also applies in the time when "the da} r 
of the Lord is at hand"; and in harmony with scriptures 
noticed in preceding chapters, it shows that men, because 
of their iniquity, " arrogancy, ' ' "pride," and "haughti- 
ness, ' ' make it necessary for the Lord to pronounce the 
decree, "I will punish the world for their evil," and 
"destroy the sinners thereof out of it." But do not fail 
to note that this scripture says, "I will shake the heavens, 
and the earth shall remove out of her place, in the wrath 
of the Lord of hosts, and in the day of His fierce anger." 

Thus this prophecy, too, forewarns us of a very great 
commotion in the "heavens" and in the "earth" when 
the great day is imminent. 

But hear Isaiah further: "Behold, the Lord maketh 
the earth empty, and maketh it waste, and turneth it 
upside down, and scattereth abroad the inhabitants thereof. 
And it shall be, as with the people, so with the priest; as 
with the servant, so with his master; as with the maid, 
so with her mistress ; as with the buyer, so with the seller ; 
as with the lender, so with the borrower ; as with the taker 
of usury, so with the giver of usury to him. The land 
shall be utterly emptied, and utterly spoiled : for the Lord 
hath spoken this word. The earth mourneth and fadeth 
away, the world languisheth and fadeth away, the haughty 
people of the earth do languish. The earth also is defiled 
under the inhabitants thereof; because they have trans- 
gressed the laws, changed the ordinance, broken the ever- 
lasting covenant. Therefore hath the curse devoured the 
earth, and they that dwell therein are desolate: therefore 

16 



240 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



the inhabitants of the earth are burned, and few men 
left. . . . 

"From the uttermost part of the earth have we heard 
songs, even glory to the righteous. But I said, My lean- 
ness, my leanness, woe unto me! the treacherous dealers 
have dealt treacherously ; yea, the treacherous dealers have 
dealt very treacherously. Fear, and the pit, and the 
snare, are upon thee, O inhabitant of the earth. And it 
shall come to pass, that he who neeth from the noise of 
the fear shall fall into the pit; and he that cometh up 
out of the midst of the pit shall be taken in the snare: 
for the windows from on high are open, and the founda- 
tions of the earth do shake. The earth is utterly broken 
down, the earth is clean dissolved, the earth is moved ex- 
ceedingly. The earth shall reel to and fro like a drunk- 
ard, and shall be removed like a cottage; and the trans- 
gression thereof shall be heavy upon it; and it shall fall, 



|4M| SBt yj ! I ITHHI i 3PJ " S5E5SSS 


llflr- 'MSB F^^Tk'^v'"" 




■ y / \\ u / 


■ >■ " '.*■- ■ .... — - - 




**^^^^^R^^^^ 



A steamer wharf at Hongkong, after the typhoon of July 29, 1908, in which one thousand 
persons lost their lives. On May 28, 1908, there was a typhoon in Hankow, in which another 
thousand lives were lost; and on October 17, 1908, there were five thousand more lost in a 
typhoon in Changchau. 



THE VOICE OF THE ELEMENTS 



241 




Wreckage left in the track of the great hurricane which swept Ponce, Porto Rico. There 
were similar storms during 1908 in Oklahoma, Algeria, England, East Africa, Java, Spain, 
and Austrian Tyrol, in which a total of 838 lives were lost. 



and not rise again. And it shall come to pass in that 
day, that the Lord shall punish the host of the high ones 
that are on high, and the kings of the earth upon the 
earth. And they shall be gathered together, as prison- 
ers are gathered in the pit, and shall be shut up in the 
prison, and after many days shall they be visited. Then 
the moon shall be confounded, and the sun ashamed, 
when the Lord of hosts shall reign in Mount Zion, and 
in Jerusalem, and before His ancients gloriously." Isa. 
24 : 1-6, 16-23. 

Again in this scripture is the great sinfulness of 
earth's closing days presented. "The earth also is de- 
filed under the inhabitants thereof; because they have 
transgressed the laws, changed the ordinance, broken the 



242 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



everlasting covenant," says the prophet. He states also 
that ' ' the treacherous dealers have dealt treacherously ; yea, 
the treacherous dealers have dealt very treacherously;" 
and speaking of the earth, he says, "The transgression 
thereof shall be heavy upon it." Note, too, that this 
scripture adds its testimony to the fact that the elements 
will be raging at the close of time. Observe its clear and 
thrilling statements: "Behold, the Lord maketh the earth 
empty, and maketh it waste, and turneth it upside down." 
And again, ' ' The land shall be utterly emptied, and utterly 
spoiled: for the Lord hath spoken this word." Then 
follow the startling statements: "Fear, and the pit, and 
the snare, are upon thee, O inhabitant of the earth. And 
it shall come to pass, that he who fleeth from the noise 




Wreckage in the pathway of the tornado that visited Louisiana, Mississippi, and Alabama, 
on April 24, 1908. Tornadoes leaving similar destruction in their track during 1908 visited 
Texas, Oklahoma, Minnesota. Nebraska. Kansas, New Mexico, Iowa, Portugal, and Hungary. 



THE VOICE OF THE ELEMENTS 



243 



of the fear shall fall into the pit ; and he that eometh 
up out of the midst of the pit shall be taken in the snare : 
for the windows from on high are open, and the founda- 
tions of the earth do shake. The earth is utterly broken 
down, the earth is clean dissolved, the earth is moved 
exceedingly. The earth shall reel to and fro like a drunk- 
ard, and shall be removed like a cottage." 

When the Lord is making the earth "empty" and 
"waste," and is turning it "upside down"; when the 
very "foundations of the earth do shake"; when it is 
"utterly broken down," and "clean dissolved"; when it 
is "moved exceedingly" — aye, when "the earth shall reel 
to and fro" like the unsteady movements of the "drunk- 
ard," and "shall be removed like a cottage," — surely 




A portion of Union Street. San Francisco, after the earthquake of April 18, 1906 



244 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 




Interior of Merced Temple, Valparaiso, after the earthquake of August 16, 1906 



then there will be a raging of the elements that will 
strike with terror every soul not safely anchored to the 
Rock of Ages. And who has not been impressed, when 
observing the fury of our modern hurricanes, tidal waves, 
and tornadoes, that these mighty storms, growing, as the}^ 
are, so much more frequent and violent, are surely the 
beginning of the fulfillment of these prophetic utterances? 
And while "the foundations of the earth" are shaking 
mightily under our feet, who has not felt the conviction 
that God was dealing in earnest with the children of men? 
On this same subject Jeremiah says: "I beheld the 
earth, and, lo, it was without form, and void; and the 
heavens, and they had no light. I beheld the mountains, 
and, lo, they trembled, and all the hills moved lightly. I 



THE VOICE OF THE ELEMENTS 245 

beheld, and, lo, there was no man, and all the birds of 
the heavens were fled. I beheld, and, lo, the fruitful 
place was a wilderness, and all the cities thereof were 
broken down at the presence of the Lord, and by His 
fierce anger. For thus hath the Lord said, The whole 
land shall be desolate; yet will I not make a full end. 
For this shall the earth mourn, and the heavens above be 
black: because I have spoken it, I have purposed it, and 
will not repent, neither will I turn back from it." Jer. 
4:23-28. 

Thus the Scriptures proclaim over and over that "at 
the presence of the Lord," "shall the earth mourn," 
"the heavens above be black," "the fruitful place" shall 
be turned into "a wilderness, and all the cities thereof" 
be "broken down." 

With these scriptures in mind, how impressive is the 
voice of the modern hurricane and the tornado, whirling 
with such awful fury as to defy description; the shaking 
of the earth, and the frightful and deafening roar of the 
tidal wave! Most of the people living to-day have not 
only seen such pictures as those on the accompanying 
pages, but many have seen the furious lashing and twisting 
of the storms they represent. "For thus hath the Lord 
said, The whole land shall be desolate ; yet will I not make 
a full end." As these things appear, the conviction deep- 
ens in every heart that "the great and the terrible day 
of the Lord" is nigh at hand. 

The reader is aware of the fact that there is no por- 
tion of the world now that is exempt from these terrific 
storms. During the history of all the past time prior to 
the middle of the last century, comparatively few great 
storms are mentioned. But there has been a marvelous 




246 



THE VOICE OF THE ELEMENTS 247 

increase, both in the frequency and in the terrific fury of 
the tempestuous hurricanes that carry such destruction all 
along their track. Not alone the Western prairies, but 
the more densely populated districts of the East, with the 
old historic countries of Europe and the Orient, feel the 
desolating power of the great tornadoes. The "cyclone 
cellars," and other places of refuge from these storms — 
a device, by the way, that our fathers knew nothing 
about — testify to the fear that has already been created 
in the minds of men by the desolation of the tornado. 
But there is a better refuge from raging storms than 
anything man can devise; and in every "roar" of the 
elements our ear should catch the call to flee to the strong 
Tower, the only Saviour. 

The reader is well aware of the great earthquakes and 
tornadoes that have brought destruction to portions of 
some of the larger cities, as well as almost wholly de- 
stroyed some of the smaller ones, during very recent years. 
This destruction, which has been visited only in part 
upon the great cities, is yet to sweep over all before the 
close of time; for we have been forewarned, in the scrip- 
tures quoted in this chapter, that "the fruitful place" 
shall become "a wilderness, and all the cities thereof" 
shall be "broken down at the presence of the Lord, and 
b} r His fierce anger. ' ' Jer. 4 : 26. The cities, more than 
any other part of the world, are the great centers of vice 
and corruption; and because of their gross wickedness, 
the Lord has given His unfailing word that they shall 
"all" be "broken down." 

This breaking down of the cities because of their 
wickedness will be done in part, no doubt, through the 
violent acts of the men who inhabit them; but what their 



248 



HEEALDS OF THE MORNING 



violence fails to do, the overwhelming action of the ele- 
ments of nature will complete. God tells us that Sodom 
and Gomorrah, those cities of ancient time whose wicked- 
ness became so gross as to become a proverb, "are set 
forth for an example." Jude 7. The destruction of those 
ancient cities is not any more complete than that which 
the prophets tell us will be visited upon the debauched 
and sinning cities of our day. It should be kept in mind 
constantly that this is not a statement of some theo- 
logical dogma. It is not the creed of some particular 
school. It is the presentation of literal facts that have 
for their foundation the authority of Him who not only 
knows the end from the beginning, but who is also the 
All-powerful One. If there was ever a time when it was 




The beautiful little city of Messina, Sicily, as it was before the earthquake of December 28, 1908 



THE VOICE OF THE ELEMENTS 



249 



proper to theorize and speculate, certainly that is not the 
case in this day; for we have facts and conditions that 
are too weighty and all-pervading in their importance 
for us to allow them to be obscured, much less set aside, 
by mere theories. 

Not only are tornadoes, and storms of that class, in- 
creasing in violence and frequency, but the earthquake, 
the tidal wave, and volcanic commotions are becoming 
much more frequent, and are often felt nowadays in places 
where the " reeling to and fro" of the earth was never 
known before. You have observed these great upheavals 



ll* 



* t * * 




i ■ 




fcJEifH 



A view of the destruction wrought in Messina by the earthquake of December 28, 1908. How 
many lives were lost in this disaster that visited Sicily and southern Italy, will never be known; 
but the lowest estimates place it at more than one hundred thousand, and some of the highest 
went to three hundred thousand. After this great quake, there was a constant succession of 
lighter tremors that did more or less damage. On January 23, 1909, there was a heavy earth- 
quake in the province of Luristan, western Persia, in which sixty villages were greatlv damaged 
or wholly destroyed, .and a number of thousands of lives lost. During January and February of 
this same year, there were numerous shocks felt in western Asia, and through Europe as far as 
Portugal, in which more or less damage was done. 



250 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

and demonstrations in nature. The Scriptures tell us 
what they signify. 

Special attention should he given to the remarkable 
activity and outbursting of volcanoes in these modern 
days. We have had the terrific and destructive eruptions 
of volcanoes in certain locations, and we have also had 
in many other localities threatenings that betoken the 
forces pent up and smoldering beneath. 

There are whole sections of the land that are kept in 
an almost constant tremble, and there is no knowing when 
or where the next outburst will occur. 

To toss these things to one side by saying that such 
volcanic action has been prevalent over the earth to a 
greater or less extent during all past time, will not do. 
True, we have had eruptions of volcanoes and earthquakes 
that have completely destroyed whole cities and large sec- 
tions of the country. But these are only samples of the 
general destruction that has been decreed upon all the 
cities in this time when the "violence" of men has be- 
come perilously great. The earth is waxing old "like a 
garment," and we are about to witness such desolations 
as have never been seen. They will not be confined to 
some small locality; they will be universal. 

These things are not mentioned to alarm, but to warn 
and to save. They are facts based upon authority. If you 
properly consider them, you may not only see the danger, 
but may enter into the shelter that is provided against 
these times of peril and desolation. 

The hailstorms of modern times, while not so severe 
and destructive as they will be, are worthy of note in 
this connection. The Lord asked Job : ' ' Hast thou entered 
into the treasures of the snow? or hast thou seen the 



THE VOICE OF THE ELEMENTS 251 

treasures of the hail, which I have reserved against the 
time of trouble, against the day of battle and war?" 
Job 38: 22, 23. 

Then God has "treasures of hail" which He has "re- 
served against the time of trouble," "the day of battle 
and war." This "time of trouble," "the day of battle 
and war," is now impending, and we should expect to 
see a beginning made in the casting out of those "treas- 
ures of hail" which God has "reserved against" this time. 
Concerning these days of exceeding wickedness the Lord 
says, "Judgment also will I lay to the line, and right- 
eousness to the plummet: and the hail shall sweep away 
the refuge of lies, and the waters shall overflow the 
hiding place." Isa. 28:17. 

These "treasures of hail" with which God is about to 
sweep away the refuge of lies are beginning to be brought 
out. It is not uncommon to read of storms of hail that 
leave ruin in their track. But the climax of the destruc- 
tions of the desolating hail will not be reached until 
we come to the time of the pouring out of the seventh 
and last of the seven last plagues. Of that time the 
prophetic Word declares: "And every island fled away, 
and the mountains were not found. And there fell upon 
men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the 
weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of 
the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was ex- 
ceeding great." Rev. 16:20, 21. 

It may not be amiss again to say that the Scriptures 
have foretold the significance of all this. These storms, 
earthquakes, and volcanoes that have already appeared, 
fearfully destructive though they may have been, are But 
the beginnings of what will be seen all over the world 



252 



HEKALDS OF THE MORNING 



when God " shall sweep away" the last " refuge of lies," 
and restore again the purity and truth of Eden. 

Not only are these various kinds of storms given as 
signs of the coming day, but we are told that one of the 
" seven last plagues" is to be the scorching of men with 
"great heat" from the sun. "And the fourth angel poured 
out his vial upon the sun; and power was given unto him 
to scorch men with fire. And men were scorched with 
great heat, and blasphemed the name of God, which hath 
power over these plagues: and they repented not to give 
Him glory." Rev. 16:8, 9. 

Now it is evident that "the seven last plagues" are 
not as yet poured out, but the evidence is conclusive that 




© International News Service 



View in the main street in Avezzano, Italy, after the earthquake of January 13, 1915. 
The arrow indicates a spot where forty persons perished. 



THE VOICE OF THE ELEMENTS 253 

we are living in the very time when they must soon begin. 
In the torrid waves that sweep over the land, the world 
is having a little foretaste of what that time will be. 
Particularly during the summer season such headlines to 
the news of the day as the following are of constant oc- 
currence : " Elements in a Fury;" "Sun Shows No Mercy;" 
"Business Paralyzed by Heat;" "Torrid Wave General." 
Such newspaper headings are very common, and familiar 
to all. The reader knows these facts too well to require 
more than the merest mention of them. 

How strikingly clear is the evidence God has given 
us of the approach of that "great day"! Is it not truly 
marvelous that divine foreknowledge could present these 
things so graphically thousands of years in advance? In- 
finite love is exhausting its infinite powers in making 
clear to us the signs by which we may know that the one 
event of all the ages is "even at the doors." All this 
testimony is accumulating, and presenting itself in vivid 
outlines on every hand. 

When we hear "the sea and the waves roaring"; when 
the "fearful sights and great signs" that shall be from 
heaven, together with "famines and pestilences," shall be 
seen in all the land; when we behold "in the earth blood, 
and fire, and pillars of smoke"; and when the "destruc- 
tion from the Almighty" is laying "the land desolate"; 
when "the Lord maketh the earth empty" and "waste," 
and "turneth it upside down," and it "is utterly broken 
down," "clean dissolved," "moved exceedingly," and when 
it shall "reel to and fro like a drunkard"; when we be- 
hold the mountains, and, lo, they tremble, and all the 
hills move lightly; when we see the "fruitful place" "a 
wilderness, and all the cities thereof" "broken down"; 



254 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

when the "treasures of the hail," with which God will 
"sweep away the refuge of lies," are devastating the land; 
and when on every hand we see men "scorched with 
great heat"; a}^e, when the awful raging of all the ele- 
ments makes dreadful commotion all about us, and the 
stoutest of men's hearts are "failing them for fear, and 
for looking after those things which are coming on the 
earth," — then it is we may say with confidence, "Look 
up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draw- 
eth nigh." 

These multiplied signs all over the land, terrible in 
majesty, power, and destruction though they may be, are 
among the heralds by which God permits the coming of 
His Son to be proclaimed. The soul is stirred to its 
deepest and most sublime emotions as the awe-inspiring 
voice of the elements, in tones of the deepest thunder's 
roar, entreats the whole world, "Prepare to meet thy God." 

Many, in thinking of these things, see only the terror; 
but our heavenly Father does not desire that these com- 
motions of the elements, manifested in terrific hurricanes, 
tornadoes, volcanoes, tidal waves, earthquakes, hailstorms, 
and scorching heat, shall fill the hearts of His children 
with indescribable fear and dismay. These signs are not 
permitted in order to terrify us, but rather to let us know 
that this old earth is "reeling to and fro" amid the shoals 
and breakers near the farther shore of time, where the 
reign of sin shall cease. They are evidences that the 
Son of man is about to return; and the word of our 
Father to us is: "Come, My people, enter thou into thy 
chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: hide thyself 
as it were for a little moment, until the indignation be 
overpast. For, behold, the Lord cometh out of His place 



THE VOICE OF THE ELEMENTS 255 

to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: 
the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more 
cover her slain. ? ' Isa. 26 : 20, 21. 

In this time our Lord assures us: "Thou shalt not be 
afraid for the terror by night; nor for the arrow that 
flieth by day ; nor for the pestilence that walketh in dark- 
ness; nor for the destruction that wasteth at noonday. A 
thousand shall fall at thy side, and ten thousand at thy 
right hand; but it shall not come nigh thee. Only with 
thine eyes shalt thou behold and see the reward of the 
wicked. Because thou hast made the Lord, which is my 
refuge, even the Most High, thy habitation; there shall 
no evil befall thee, neither shall any plague come nigh 
thy dwelling. For He shall give His angels charge over 
thee, to keep thee in all thy ways. They shall bear thee 
up in their hands, lest thou dash thy foot against a stone. 
Thou shalt tread upon the lion and adder: the young lion 
and the dragon shalt thou trample under feet. Because 
he hath set his love upon Me, therefore will I deliver him : 
I will set him on high, because he hath known My name. 
He shall call upon Me, and I will answer him: I will 
be with him in trouble; I will deliver him, and honor 
him. With long life will I satisfy him, and show him My 
salvation." Ps. 91:5-16. 

All these " exceeding great and precious promises" 
apply at this time. Ponder each one prayerfully. They 
are all yours. God wants to remove all dismay and 
terror from the heart of His people in this time when 
He is preparing to make a complete destruction of all 
sin. His " perfect love casteth out fear," and will fill 
the soul with an indescribable joy and an unutterable con- 
fidence, even in the very midst of the most furious of the 

17 



256 HEKALDS OF THE MOENING 

lashing storms, and while shaken by the vibrations of 
the most destructive eruptions that will ever rend the 
plains and hills and mountains of our suffering planet. 

All the foregoing promises are a veritable storehouse 
of strength and power to every one who learns to rest 
upon them. They fill the soul with the calmness of con- 
fidence. He who is the Infinite is the source of this all- 
powerful Word. 

The following also is a treasure of promise that should 
be engraved upon the memory of each one so as to be a 
constant support and solace in these tempestuous times: 

"God is our refuge and strength, 
A very present help in trouble. 

Therefore will we not fear, though the earth do change, 
And though the mountains be shaken into the heart of the seas; 
Though the waters thereof roar and be troubled, 
Though the mountains tremble with the swelling thereof. 
There is a river, the streams whereof make glad the city of God, 
The holy place of the tabernacles of the Most High. 
God is in the midst of her; she shall not be moved: 
God will help her, and that right early. 
The nations raged, the kingdoms were moved: 
He uttered His voice, the earth melted. 
Jehovah of hosts is with us; 
The God of Jacob is our refuge. 
Come, behold the works of Jehovah, 
What desolations He hath made in the earth. 
He maketh wars to cease unto the end of the earth; 
He breaketh the bow, and cutteth the spear in sunder ; 
He burnetii the chariots in the fire. 
Be still, and know that I am God: 

I will be exalted among the nations, I will be exalted in the earth. 
Jehovah of hosts is with us; 
The God of Jacob is our refuge." Psalm 46, A. R. V. 



THE VOICE OF THE ELEMENTS 



257 




© Underwood and Underwood, N. Y. 
RESULTS OF HURRICANE ON ATLANTIC COAST 
Wreckage in Sea Bright, New Jersey, following one of the heavy gales of 1914. Similar 
wreckage was produced by a storm on the Pacific coast near the same time. 




RAILWAY BRIDGE AFTER THE 1914 FLOODS IN CHINA 
The pictures on this and the second page following are illustrative of the wreckage and ruin 
produced by hurricane, flood, and gale, storms of a character that are increasing in frequency 
and destructiveness in every part of the world. 



258 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

All these promises show that God has decreed that His 
people shall not be afraid in these stormy times. Their 
mighty God of salvation is with them, and in the confi- 
dence of His presence their hearts are pulsating with 
emotions of joy because of the complete protection He 
affords to each. They are absolutely relieved from all the 
torments of fear. 

Few people realize that power is an unseen agency. 
You cannot see the steam that is driving the engine, 
neither can you see the electricity that is driving the 
motor or making the light. The power in wind and water 
is a mighty invisible force. So with the power that is in 
all the promises of God. It cannot be explained by a finite 
mortal. It cannot be shown to the natural eye. But by 
a living faith in the God of all power, we may come in 
contact with these promises, and be made to know for 
ourselves of their mighty consolations and their infinite 
lifting force. 

We may see the naked wire suspended from the poles 
along the street or the roadway, and in our ignorance say 
it is impossible for it to be charged with any power. We 
look at it closely, and say, "It is just such a wire as we 
have seen hundreds of times; and it could not possibly 
be loaded with power, for we can see every inch of it 
plainly, and there is nothing there but the visible, naked 
copper." But suppose we connect with it in such a way 
as to catch its current, and immediately it will turn motors 
that drive powerful machines or that cause whole systems 
of cars to carry their loads of passengers rapidly from 
place to place. 

And so it is with God's promises. They are loaded 
with power, even though they may have the appearance, 



THE VOICE OF THE ELEMENTS 259 

to the casual observer, of being only ordinary words. The 
individual who will take our heavenly Father at His word, 
and make the connection with His promises, will invari- 
ably find that he is connected with a God-imparted power 
which lifts him above each and every terror that can be 
thrown around him. He realizes that he is resting in the 
arms of the Infinite, and in this mighty protection he 
trusts 




Boston Photo News Co. 

RESULTS OF HURRICANE IN ENGLAND 

View of wreckage among the houses demolished by the heavy gale 
that swept over England during the early part of 1915 




THE INSECT PESTS IN THE HEADING TO THIS CHAPTER ARE THE FOLLOWING, THE NAME 

1. Hawk Moth, grape. 2. Fruit-tree Bark Beetle, plum, cherrv, apricot, nectarine, peach, apple, 
pear, quince. 3. 14. Spring Grain Aphis, wheat and other grains. 4. Box Elder Plant Bug, box 
elder, peach, plums, apples. 5. Woolly Aphis, one of the worst enemies of the apple. It exists 
in two forms, one that works above ground on the trunk, and the other below ground on the 
roots. 6, 20. Cucumber Beetle, cucumber, melon, squash, etc. 7. Parsnip Borer Butterfly, 
parsnip, parsley, caraway, etc. 8. Corn Bill Bug, Indian corn. 9. Adult Moth of the Fruit-tree 
Leaf Roller, pear, apple, etc. 10, 11. Pear and Apple Mites. 12. Pale, striped Flea Beetle, 

CHAPTER THIRTEEN 




"^pfOT only do the atmospheric elements testify of 
n? the coming day, but the very ground itself is 
called upon to bear witness to the nearness of 
the end of time. "And, Thou, Lord, in the be- 
ginning hast laid the foundation of the earth; and the 
heavens" are the works of Thine hands: they shall perish; 
but Thou remainest; and they all shall wax old as doth a 
garment; and as a vesture shalt Thou fold them up, and 
they shall be changed: but Thou art the same, and Thy 
years shall not fail." Heb. 1: 10-12. Here the direct and 
plain language is used that so truly characterizes the Bible. 
The earth, and the atmosphere, or heavens, connected with 
it, " shall wax old as doth a garment; and as a vesture 
shalt Thou fold them up, and they shall be changed." 
Thus the burden of decay because of the curse occa- 
sioned by sin, rests heavily on old mother earth, and she 
"waxes old." 

Isaiah bears witness to the decrepitude of the earth, 
as follows: "Lift up your eyes to the heavens, and look 

260 




OF TREE OR CROP OF WHICH THEY ARE DESTRUCTIVE BEING GIVEN AFTER EACH: 

beet, corn, beans, and potato. 13; Adult Fringed-winged Apple Bud Moth. 15. Moth of the 
Barred-winged Onion Maggot. 16. Clover Mite. 17. Grub and Adult Moth of the Larger Corn- 
stalk Borer. 18, 22. Differential Grasshopper, alfalfa especially. 19. Grub and Beetle of the 
Mexican Cotton-boll Weevil. 21. Powder Post Beetle, attacks seasoned wood products. 23. White 
Pine Weevil. 24. Grub and Beetle of Round-headed Apple-tree Borer, apple, pear, quince, etc. 
25. Flat-headed Apple-tree Borer, in various stages of development. 26. Grub and Beetle of Rose 
Chafer, grapes as well as roses. 27. Celery Flea Beetle. 28. Potato Flea Beetle, potato, tomato, 
eggplant, etc. 



upon the earth beneath : for the heavens shall vanish away 
like smoke, and the earth shall wax old like a garment, 
and they that dwell therein shall die in like manner: but 
My salvation shall be forever, and My righteousness shall 
not be abolished." Isa. 51:6. Here, again, the state- 
ment is made that "the earth shall wax old like a gar- 
ment." And as the night of sin settles darker and still 
darker upon it, the curse which sin has caused is more 
and more deeply felt. Jeremiah, in speaking of the clos- 
ing days of time, says, "I beheld, and, lo, the fruitful 
place was a wilderness." Jer. 4:26. Then the "waxing 
old" of the earth involves the changing of places once 
"fruitful" into a barren "wilderness." The departing 
of earth's vigor of youth, and the infirmities of age that 
are creeping over her, are thus pointed out as among the 
unmistakable tokens of her approaching dissolution. 

There is perhaps no portion of Scripture that sets 
forth the general decay of the earth as an evidence of 
the coming end of time more forcibly than the first 
chapter of Joel's prophecy. The prophet says: 

261 





ir*^ 



30 x iEt 









A 



' 32 * 



V 



37 \ 




For name of insects and pests given in the above plate see note at bottom of next page. 
In many cases the mere mention of the name of the insect indicates the character of its destruc- 
tive work. Where this is not thus indicated, the crops, plants, or trees it feeds upon are men- 
tioned immediately following the name of the insect. 



262 



THE TESTIMONY OF THE EARTH 263 

6 'Hear this, ye old men, and give ear, all ye inhabit- 
ants of the land. Hath this been in your days, or even 
in the days of your fathers? Tell ye your children of 
it, and let your children tell their children, and their 
children another generation. That which the palmer 
worm hath left hath the locust eaten; and that which 
the locust hath left hath the cankerworm eaten; and 
that which the cankerworm hath left hath the caterpillar 
eaten. Awake, ye drunkards, and weep; and howl, all 
ye drinkers of wine, because of the new wine; for it is 
cut off from your mouth. For a nation is come up upon 
My land, strong, and without number, whose teeth are the 
teeth of a lion, and he hath the cheek teeth of a great 
lion. He hath laid My vine waste, and barked My fig 
tree: he hath made it clean bare, and cast it away; the 
branches thereof are made white. 

"Lament like a virgin girded with sackcloth for the 
husband of her youth. The meat offering and the drink 
offering is cut off from the house of the Lord; the priests, 
the Lord's ministers, mourn. The field is wasted, the 
land mourneth; for the corn is wasted: the new wine is 
dried up, the oil languisheth. Be ye ashamed, O ye hus- 
bandmen; howl, O ye vinedressers, for the wheat and 
for the barley; because the harvest of the field is perished. 
The vine is dried up, and the fig tree languisheth; the 



29. Grapevine Flea Beetle and Grub. 30. Graperoot Worm and Adult Beetle. 31. Grapevine 
Leaf Hopper. 32. Grapeberry Moth and Larva. 33. Moth of the Black-headed Cranberry Worm. 
34. Grapevine Leaf Folder. 35. Work of Tomato Borer in stalk of plant. 36. A bunch of grapes 
destroyed by Black Rot. 37, 41. Two views of the Strawberry Weevil. 38. Another view of Rose 
Chafer. When first discovered, it was thought that this insect confined its depredations almost 
wholly to the rose ; but it has been since discovered that it attacks the apple, pear, cherry, peach, 
plum, and many other fruits and forest trees. 39. Grape Curculio depositing her egg. 40. Grape- 
leaf attacked by Downy Mildew. 42. "Bird's-eye Rot," grapes. 43. "Ripe Rot," grape. 
44. Fungus causing Powdery Mildew, grape. 45. Calico Back Cabbage Bug, in various stages. 
46. Bunch of grapes attacked by Gray Rot. 47. Adult of Currant and Gooseberry Fruit Maggot, 
48. Adult and Grub of Squashvine Borer. 49. The two forms of the Hop Plant Louse. 50. Adult 
Tarnished Plant Bug, almost any tender plant of nursery or garden. 51. "Imported" Cabbage 
Butterfly. 



I 





&^'\ w 



^!$$&Z 



60 



6? 



66 



Co7 



v\ i 






'■ :' : 



:^A 



> 



65 







J 



For „ am e o* insects ,-,- g*^^ 1 jfSrSJSLrg. , iS£ ol Kg 
'tioU tamedTately following the name of the insect. 
264 



THE TESTIMONY OF THE EARTH 265 

pomegranate tree, the palm tree also, and the apple tree, 
even all the trees of the field, are withered: because joy 
is withered away from the sons of men. Gird yourselves, 
and lament, ye priests: howl, ye ministers of the altar: 
come, lie all night in sackcloth, ye ministers of my God: 
for the meat offering and the drink offering is withholden 
from the house of your God. 

"Sanctify ye a fast, call a solemn assembly, gather 
the elders and all the inhabitants of the land into the 
house of the Lord your God, and cry unto the Lord, 
Alas for the day! for the day of the Lord is at haxd, 
and as a destruction from the almighty shall it come. 
Is not the meat [food, A. R. • V.] cut off before our eyes, 
yea, joy and gladness from the house of our God? The 
seed is rotten under their clods, the garners are laid 
desolate, the barns are broken down; for the corn is 
withered. How do the beasts groan! the herds of cattle 
are perplexed, because they have no pasture; yea, the 
flocks of sheep are made desolate. O Lord, to Thee will 
I cry: for the fire hath devoured the pastures of the 
wilderness, and the flame hath burned all the trees of 
the field. The beasts of the field cry also unto Thee: 
for the rivers of waters are dried up, and the fire hath 



52. Winged female of the Corn Leaf Aphis. 53. Adult and Grub of Wheat Bulb Worm. 54. 
Winged female of the Corn Root Aphis. 55. Stalk of Wheat infested with Green Aphis, or 
"Green Bug." 56. Army Worm, full-grown Larva and Adult Moth, so destructive of general field 
crops. 57. Wheat Plant Louse. In places it has been as destructive of wheat crops as the 
Hessian Fly. 58. Cabbage Maggot in root of stalk. 59. Western Corn-root Worm. 60 and 60. 
Jointworm," showing grub and also the fly that deposits the eggs in stalk of wheat. The young 
grub feeds inside the growing wheat-straw. 61. Enlarged view of Adult of Wheat Jointworm. 
62. Clover Leaf Weevil, Adult and Grub. 63. Squash Borer Grubs at work in vine. 64. Southern 
Corn Root Worm, Adult and Larva. 65. Clover-root Borer, clover, alfalfa, and peas. 66. 
Yellow-winged Locust (three views), usually called Grasshoppers, and so destructive to crops at 
various times in many Western states. 67 and 67. Two varieties of Grasshoppers that have 
made depredations on' crops in several localities in California. 68. Army Cutworm and Moth. 
69. Caterpillar of Tussock Moth, partial to the apple, but feeds on other trees. Numbers 70 to 
79. Not used. 80. Several views of the Spring Grain Aphis, or "Green Bug," shown also in 55. 
81. Seed Corn Ground Beetle. 82. Wheat Midge in some of its forms and stages of development. 
83. Cotton Red Spider, also called the Rust Mite, leaves of the cotton plant. 84. European Wheat 
Saw Fly with stalk of wheat at left cut away to show the grub at work. 85. Chinch Bug, wheat 
and corn. 



266 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

devoured the pastures of the wilderness. BLOW YE 
THE TKUMPET IN ZION, AND SOUND AN ALARM 
IN MY HOLY MOUNTAIN: LET ALL THE IN- 
HABITANTS OF THE LAND TREMBLE : FOR THE 
DAY OF THE LORD COMETH, FOR IT IS NIGH 
AT HAND. " Joel 1 : 2-20 ; 2 : 1. 

The fifteenth verse of chapter 1 and the first verse 
of chapter 2 of this prophecy of Joel show that the 
"day of the Lord" is the time to which the prophet's 
vision is directed; and his description of what would 
be seen in the world at that time is most direct and 
forcible. In the other scriptures quoted, we have seen 
that the earth is to "wax old like a garment." This 
chapter in Joel goes into particulars, and tells us some- 
thing of what this waxing old means. 

First, we are told of the insects and worms that would 
be a destruction to crops. The "palmer worm," the 
"locust," the "cankerworm," and the "caterpillar" are 
mentioned; and then, after calling to the drunkard to 
"weep and howl" because the wine is "cut off," the 
prophet states: "For a nation is come up upon My land, 
strong, and without number, whose teeth are the teeth 
of a lion, and he hath the cheek teeth of a great lion. 
He hath laid My vine waste, and barked My fig tree: 
he hath made it clean bare, and cast it away ; the branches 
thereof are made white." Joel 1:6, 7. 

Thus it is seen that not simply the few destructive 
insects and worms mentioned will be working havoc on 
vegetation, but a "nation is come up upon My land, strong, 
and without number"; and as the result, the vine is laid 
waste, and the drunkard's wine is cut off. But while his 
supply of wine is "cut off," the drunkard still has his 



THE TESTIMONY OF THE EARTH 267 

appetite for strong drink, and so "weeps" and "howls." 
It is far better to get rid of these perverted desires now, 
in order that in the time so soon to come we may be found 
free in God. 

Note the force of other statements in this remarkable 
scripture: "The field is wasted, the land mourneth; for 
the corn is wasted: the new wine is dried up, the oil 
languisheth. Be ye ashamed, O ye husbandmen; howl, O 
ye vinedressers, for the wheat and for the barley; because 
the harvest of the field is perished. The vine is dried up, 
and the fig tree languisheth; the pomegranate tree, the 
palm tree also, and the apple tree, even all the trees of the 
field, are withered: because joy is withered away from the 
sons of men." Joel 1:10-12. 

What a striking expression of the conditions that 
are to become more and more pronounced in these last 
days,— the field wasted, the land mourning, the harvest 
of the field perished, the vine dried up, and the apple 
tree, even all the trees of the field, withered! But this 
is not all. Read again: "The seed is rotten under their 
clods, the garners are laid desolate, the barns are broken 
down ; for the corn is withered. How do the beasts groan ! 
the herds of cattle are perplexed, because they have no 
pasture; yea, the flocks of sheep are made desolate. O 
Lord, to Thee will I cry: for the fire hath devoured the 
pastures of the wilderness, and the flame hath burned all 
the trees of the field. The beasts of the field cry also 
unto Thee: for the rivers of waters are dried up, and the 
fire hath devoured the pastures of the wilderness. Blow 
ye the trumpet in Zion, and sound an alarm in My holy 
mountain: let all the inhabitants of the land tremble: 
for the day of the Lord corneth, for it is nigh at hand/' 




For name of insects and pests given in the above plate see note at bottom of next page. 
In many cases the mere mention of the name of the insect indicates the character of its destruc- 
tive work. Where this is not thus indicated, the crops, plants, or trees it feeds upon are men- 
tioned immediately following the name of the insect. 

268 



THE TESTIMONY OF THE EARTH 269 

Joel 1 : 17-20 ; 2 : 1. Who can mistake the import of these 
thrilling and heart-searching words? 

How impressive is this chapter of Joel, telling us 
how literally and absolutely the earth "shall wax old as 
doth a garment," and how completely it shall molder 
away! The words of Isaiah make plain the cause of all 
this: "The earth shall reel to and fro like a drunkard, 
and shall be removed like a cottage ; and the transgression 
thereof shall be heavy upon it; and it shall fall, and not 
rise again." Isa. 24:20. 

"The transgression thereof shall be heavy upon it." 
Then it is the "transgression" — the curse occasioned by 
sin — which results in all this ruin and desolation. The 
individual who chooses to disregard the laws of nature, 
must suffer the consequences of his folly. Instead of the 
ruddy glow of health, the pallor of the countenance 
shows that the fires of disease are burning within. And 
so with our old earth. The curse of "the transgres- 
sion thereof" is "heavy upon it." Man's gross iniquities 
have corrupted it, until it, too, is breaking beneath the 
load, and "waxes old," ready for the consuming fires of 
the last days. Our kind heavenly Father would have pre- 
vented all this suffering if sinful man had only submitted 
to the wooing of His divine and amazing love; but this 
being rejected, the only consistent thing left for the Lord 



86. White Marked Tussock Moth, almost all varieties of shade trees except the pine family. 
87. Pear Slug, Adult and Larva, pear, cherry, plum, and allied trees. 88. San Jose Scale, widely 
distributed, and destructive of many kinds of orchard trees. 89. Periodical Cicada, or Locust, 
recorded and noted at periods of seventeen years since 1715. 90. "Imported" Elm Leaf Beetle. 
91. Brown Rot of the Cherry, the peach, the plum, etc., also attacked by this insect. 92. En- 
larged view of the galleries of the Fruit-tree Bark-beetle. 93. Moth of the Apple-tree Tent Cater- 
pillar. 94. Codling Moth, said to destroy annually one half of the apple crop of the United 
States. 95. Bagworm, shade trees, shrubs, hedges, and particularly the evergreen. 96. The 
Rosy Apple Louse. 97. Grape Phylloxera, the adult and the developing young. 98. Oyster-shell 
Bark Louse, the apple especially. 99. Pear Thrips, almond, apple, apricot, cherry, fig, grape, 
peach, pear, plum, prune, and English walnut. 100 Hemlock Bark Maggot, injurious to standing 
timber. 101. Already described with 102. Pear-tree Psylla, one of the jumping plant lice. 103. 
Male and female Brown-Tailed Moth, and pear orchard defoliated by them. 



270 HEKALDS OF THE MOENING 

to do is to allow sin to run its course, till the time is 
reached when every imagination of the thoughts of man's 
heart is only evil continually. When that time comes, 
there will he no longer a ra}^ of hope that any more of 
the wicked can be reached; but rather, it will be evident 
that they all have become so depraved that the most 
merciful .thing is to bring this reign of sin to an end by 
the judgments of the last days. 

Every tiller of the soil is painfully aware of the fact 
that it is becoming more and more difficult to raise a 
crop. Numerous pests and crop destroyers of one kind 
and another have reached all parts of the land. 

The general government keeps a strong bureau of 
entomologists, and these are supplemented by local ento- 
mologists in practically every state in the Union. 

The fight that has to be kept up against these pests is 
quite clearly summarized in a paragraph under the head- 
ing of "The Annual Battle with Insects," by George E. 
Walsh, in the Scientific American: 

"For a quarter of a century, science has been laboring 
in the cause of agriculture to reduce the number of garden 
pests and to hold them in check. The annual battles with 
the insect foes are carried on energetically from early 
spring till late autumn; and the farmer or gardener is 
not quite sure of his crops until they have been actually 
harvested. In spite of all the protective agencies with 
which science has surrounded the fields and gardens, dis- 
asters of gigantic proportions will break out occasionally 
through the sudden increase of some obnoxious insect or 
fungous growth. It is the destruction of the potato crop, 
one season, by the Colorado beetle ; the total failure of the 
wheat fields in certain states by the rust or blight another 



THE TESTIMONY OF THE EARTH 271 

year; or the widespread injury to the cotton plants by 
the bollworms. Somewhere within the United States some 
crop is pretty sure to be seriously damaged by the insects 
or the fungous growth nearly every season. . . . By 
the middle of summer, insect foes are swarming all over 
the gardens and on every plant. Plant lice, or aphides, 
attack all weak plants, and they multiply at the rate of 
from five to twenty millions in a season from one pro- 
genitor." 

The wasted vineyards in California, in the hills and 
valleys of France and Italy, and elsewhere in the world, 
all show that the drunkard's supply of wine is insecure, 
and the days of his famine for strong drink draw on 
apace. 

It is unnecessary, however, to multiply testimony upon 
this point. Every one who has anything to do with the 
raising of fruit or grain, or any kind of plants, knows 
the truthfulness and universal application of what Mr. 
Walsh says. Thousands have been impressed by the in- 
creasing difficulty of maturing a crop; but have they 
recognized the fact that this condition exists because the 
earth is " waxing old" and crumbling to decay in conse- 
quence of the corrupting transgressions that are pollut- 
ing it? And this is but another link in the great chain of 
evidence that shows us so conclusively that "the end of 
all things is at hand. ' ' 

A result of this general decay of the earth as we ap- 
proach the end will be widespread famine and pestilence; 
for has not the Lord said that "great earthquakes shall 
be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fear- 
ful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven" ? 
Luke 21 : 11. 

18 




For name of insects and pests given in the above plate see note at bottom of next page. 
In many cases the mere mention of the name of the insect indicates the character of its destruc- 
tive work. Where this is not thus indicated, the crops, plants, or trees it feeds upon are men- 
tioned immediately following the name of the insect. 

272 



THE TESTIMONY OF THE EAKTH 273 

"Famines" and "pestilences" have been seen in the 
earth during all the ages, as both history and the Scrip- 
tures plainly show, and so in themselves alone could not 
constitute a sign of the end. But the "famines and pes- 
tilences" of past centuries have been as nothing compared 
with what we may expect in these closing days of time. 
The words of the prophet again come vividly to mind: 
"The earth also is defiled under the inhabitants thereof; 
because they have transgressed the laws, changed the or- 
dinance, broken the everlasting covenant. Therefore hath 
the curse devoured the earth, and they that dwell therein 
are desolate: therefore the inhabitants of the earth are 
burned, and few men left. ' ' Isa. 24 : 5, 6. 

So when the earth becomes "defiled under the inhab- 
itants thereof," then it is that it will be said, "Therefore 
hath the curse devoured the earth, and they that dwell 
therein are desolate." And when it can be said that the 
awful "curse" of sin has "devoured" the earth, any for- 
mer pestilence or famine will be but as a shadow compared 
with the experiences of that time. The famines in India, 
China, and Japan, the failure of crops in various parts 
of this country, as well as elsewhere in the world, are 
but the dim beginnings of what the condition will be 



104. Two-lined Chestnut Borer, chestnut, spruce, pine, and sometimes the oak. 105. Apple 
Louse, one of the numerous lice that affect this staple fruit. 106. Buffalo Tree Hopper, orchards, 
nursery stock, and sometimes shade trees. 107. Destructive Green Pea Louse, side and back 
view of female, especially destructive of pea crops, but makes inroads on many other plants. 
108. Male and female Gypsy Moth and full-grown Caterpillar of same, together with hardwood 
forest defoliated by these insects. 109 (upper). Spring Cankerworm. 109 (lower). Fall Canker- 
worm, defoliation of fruit trees. 110 and 122. Catalpa Sphinx, Adult Moth and Caterpillar, the 
catalpa especially, but feeds on other trees also. 111. San Jose Scale, adult male. 112. White Fly, 
orange and lemon. 113. Cottony Maple Scale, the soft maple especially, but has been found on 
at least forty-seven other species of trees and shrubs. 114. Apple-tree Tent Caterpillar (another 
view). 115. Plum Curculio at work, plum and other stone fruits, and sometimes the apple. 
116. Greenhouse White Fly, tomato, cucumber, and many other plants. 117. Peach-twig Borer, 
showing new shoot withered from attack of the grub. 118. European Grain Louse, common also 
on the apple. 119. Scurfy Bark Louse, prefers the pear among orchard trees, the poplar among 
shade trees, and the currant among small fruits. 120. Spotted Apple-tree Borer, related and 
very similar to the Round-headed Apple-tree Borer. 121. Melon Louse. 123. Peach-tree Borer, 
male and female, and the young in various stages of development. He is one of the worst 
enemies to the stone fruits, burrowing under the bark of the tree, usually near the ground. 



274 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

when the time so vividly described by the prophets is fully 
reached. 

New forms of disease are constantly breaking out 
among both men and beasts. These diseases become epi- 
demic, and spread over the land as a destroying plague. 
Scientific men are studying these growing infirmities and 
their causes. They have demonstrated that they are all 
a consequence of the violation of nature's laws, The 
"surfeiting-," the "drunkenness," the licentious vices, 
against which such faithful warnings have been given in 
the word of God, are at the root of these physical ills 
of humanity. But pointing out the evil does not cause 
it to cease. Appetite and passion and a general indif- 
ference to nature's inexorable laws, close the minds of 
men, and the warnings are unheeded. 

The knowledge of sanitary and medical science was 
never so great as it is to-day, never so capable of ele- 
vating and purifying the world from its load of corrupt- 
ing ailments; but men go blindly ahead, in the face of 
light and of demonstrated facts of physical law, ever 
plunging deeper and deeper into the degrading and de- 
stroying sins against their physical being. It cannot be 
said that they are doing this through necessary ignorance ; 
for God is concentrating every ray of light regarding the 
laws of life and health upon the people of this generation. 

Through the applied knowledge of physiological and 
sanitary law, a wonderful work has been done. The 
average length of life has been materially advanced; but, 
as recently pointed out by one of the world's most thought- 
ful, scholarly, and successful physicians, this lengthening 
of the average of life is not the hopeful thing that statistics 
would indicate. The recent achievements of science enable 



THE TESTIMONY OF THE EARTH 275 

the physician to keep those afflicted with the numerous 
infectious and contagious diseases alive for a much longer 
time than formerly; but it is only that they may produce 
their kind. 

The very earth itself is groaning because of "the 
transgression thereof" that is " heavy upon it." The pol- 
lutions of mankind, the transgression of physical law, 
the failure to observe the most thoroughly demonstrated 
principles of sanitary science, create a soil for the growth 
of the germs of decay and pestilence; and Satan, who is 
"come down unto you, having great wrath, because he 
knoweth that he hath but a short time," exerts his power 
to increase and intensify the ever expanding evil. This 
evil one has been in the school of sin for six thousand 
years. He has access to the laboratories of nature, and 
his extended research enables him to know how most 
successfully to combine the elements of transgression to 
produce the most malignant seeds with which to scatter 
the epidemic of decay. Some may be inclined to regard 
this lightly; but let us look at the striking utterances of 
the word of God, listen to the voice of His Spirit im- 
pressing these words upon the soul, view the real and 
startling facts as they stand out around us, and prepare 
soon to meet this plain and unbroken testimony at the 
bar of the Eternal. 

Our Father in heaven is not the author of such suf- 
fering as appears in the world to-day. Sometimes we do 
not readily understand why He even permits it. But sin 
has lifted its hideous and cruel head in this planet of 
ours; and all the universe of God must have the object 
lesson of what Satan, by his reign of hatred and self 
serving, would accomplish. He has sought to make it 



276 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

appear that the Father in heaven is a "hard man," reap- 
ing where He had not sown, and gathering where He had 
not strewed. So sin must be allowed to develop. Its 
consequent miseries, its debasing and polluting corrup- 
tions, its cruel torments, must ripen into the harvest of 
evil. Then all will see for themselves what the terrible 
fruits of sin are; and the rebel chief's declaration that 
our God is a "hard man" will be forever overthrown by 
the unanimous testimony of the universe. When the last 
vestige of sin is destroyed, and with it all the suffering 
and sorrow that it has produced, with what exultation 
will "every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, 
and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all 
that are in them," join in that swelling anthem, "Blessing, 
and honor, and glory, and power, be unto Him that sit- 
teth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb forever and 
ever"! Eev. 5:13. 

The song of deliverance will soon be sung by the re- 
deemed of God, in the presence of all the universe. What 
a happy day it will be! And how we should rejoice at 
each fresh evidence of the speedy return of the Prince of 
peace! The world is now waiting to hear the good news 
of His coming, and to be entreated to prepare to meet Him. 
God is calling for each one. He is now saying, "Go out 
into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come 
in." The compulsion that He uses is the divine force of 
His matchless love ; and may we be admonished, by all these 
signs of His coming, to receive the heavenly Guest into our 
hearts, and so not only be ready to meet Him, but be- 
come messengers of righteousness through whom others 
may be won to the "Lamb of God. which taketh away the 
sin of the world." 




^ 



r- 



f€:T #? 




1SI)$ C5oo9 R^u)jg *! 

->~^« __ . -of the "" ^ .. -J^ 

Kingdom Sent to all tye (Dortd 



CHAPTER FOURTEEN 

I HE developments that mark this as the most 
wonderful age of all time are well known; but 
men are generally so intent on observing and 
enjoying the material advancement that has 
been made, that they do not realize that the past century 
has been as wondrously marked by its circulation of 
Bibles and its missionary operations as by its advance- 
ment in discovery and invention. 

Our Lord is asked by His disciples, "What shall be 
the sign of Thy coming, and of the end of the world?" 
Matt. 24 : 3. In answering this direct question, He gives, 
as one of the signs of His "coming," the fact that "this 
gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world 
for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end 
come." Verse 14. Note how plain the Master makes 
His statement. "The end" will come when His "gospel 
of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world." 

But consider what a vast work it is to proclaim "this 
gospel of the kingdom" to "all." A century ago, Africa, 
India, China, Japan, and all the rest of the countries of 
the far East, together with many isles of the sea, peopled 

277 



278 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

with their untold millions of souls, seemed to be securely 
shut away by themselves. Satan apparently had been 
successful in holding them back from any ray of gospel 
light, Nevertheless, the Lord had said that His " gospel 
of the kingdom'' is to go to every nation in "all the 
world." And when the time arrived for the accomplish- 
ment of this purpose, barriers were broken down, and 
God provided the means, wonderful though they were, b}^ 
which His work was and is to be accomplished. Japan 
is loosed, the bands of China are broken, India is made 
a central field of missionary effort, the walls of intoler- 
ance in general are made to crumble, and the isles "wait 
for His law." 

Since God has spoken the word, why should we not 
expect to see something in the way of giving the gospel 
to the world that will be so pronounced as to be decidedly 
striking? Every one who will take the time to give it 
consideration must see it as an impressive reality. And 
just as surely as the giving of the gospel to the world is 
to constitute one of the prominent evidences that the time 
has come for the end, even so surely it must be done in 
such a way as to show the all-pervading presence of 
Jehovah moving in the majesty of His power in the midst 
of the great work. 

Several very important elements must combine in such 
a work as giving the gospel to all the world. In the first 
place, there must be such a crumbling of the walls of 
intolerance as will permit the gospel to enter the various 
countries everywhere. Then facilities must be provided 
bv which all the world can be readilv reached. When 
Providence has thus opened the way for men to go every- 
where, by breaking up the foundations of intolerance, and 



THE GOOD NEWS OF THE KINGDOM 



279 



by providing means of travel and communication, there 
must combine with these elements a disposition on the 
part of a class of the people to give this world-wide gospel 
message. Men must actually be filled with the desire to 
do the work as well as to see the open doors for doing it. 
By the time of the Middle Ages, a combination of 




From Stereograph, © Vnderwcod and Vnderwood, X. Y . 
AN OPENING IN THE ANCIENT WALL OF CHINA TO ADMIT A RAILROAD 

superstition, intolerance, and ignorance had built up such 
a religious despotism as to make it seem, to any observer, 
that all hope of a gospel message to place the offers of 
divine pardon and salvation before the whole world was 
effectually cut off. But God had spoken the word, and the 
way must be prepared. So in the midst of the darkness 
of the sixteenth century there occurred that wonderful 



280 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

illumination which gave intellectual as well as spiritual 
enlightenment to all Europe. 

But notwithstanding the fact that the Reformation of 
the sixteenth century was one of the greatest periods of 
spiritual activity in the church since the days of the 
apostles, yet there was connected with it no suggestion 
or movement worthy of mention, in the direction of 
carrying the gospel to the outlying heathen lands. The 
burden of the Reformers seemed to be to urge the saving 
gospel upon the church itself; for the professed Chris- 
tianity of that time w T as so formal and dead, so spiritually 
blind and ignorant, and so full of superstition, that it 
was sunk almost to the level of the heathenism of India, 
China, and Japan. 

The importance and necessity of sending missionaries 
to the countries where the gospel light had not gone, was 
suggested by individuals at different times, and urged 
upon the attention of the church; but the way was not 
yet opened for this work to begin in earnest. God did 
not have either agents or agencies prepared; for mankind 
had sunk so low that several centuries of the full blaze 
of gospel truth were needed to fit them for the work of 
evangelizing the heathen world. 

Such missionary efforts as were put forth during the 
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries partook, in too many 
instances, of the forceful methods that were employed in 
the darker ages. Speaking of some of the missionaries 
of the seventeenth century, a historian tells us : " We know 
that unevangelical means were soon employed, as in Ceylon, 
where the Dutch governor made the tenure of even the 
low r est governmental position, and even the governmental 
protection, conditional upon signing the Helvetic Con- 



THE GOOD NEWS OF THE KINGDOM 



281 



fession. Thousands pressed to baptism, which was denied 
to no one who could repeat the Lord's Prayer and the 
Ten Commandments." 




Bible House, Queen Victoria Street, London, with the Dome of St. Paul's 
Cathedral in the background. One of its chief treasures is its library of 
10,000 samples of Bibles in over 500 languages and dialects. 



Thus the greater part of the missionary work that was 
attempted in those times partook more of the nature of 
politics than of the presentation of the pure, free, saving 
gospel of Jesus Christ. 



282 HEKALDS OF THE MORNING 

But during the latter part of the eighteenth century, 
the Wesleys, Whiteneld, and others, were doing their 
mighty work. The voyages and discoveries of Captain 
Cook imparted a new interest to what seemed then to be 
the " far-away" portions of the world, including the 
islands of the sea. 

Heaven's longing desire to rescue perishing men, began 
to kindle unquenchable flames of missionary zeal in the 
devoted minds of the followers of Christ. Charles Wesley 
set the world to singing : 

"Lord of the harvest, hear 
Thy needy servants' cry. 
Answer our faith's effectual prayer, 
And all our wants supply. 

"On Thee we humbly wait. 

Our w r ants are in Thy view. 
The harvest truly, Lord, is great, 
The laborers are few. 

"Convert and send forth more 
To spread Thy truth abroad, 
And let them speak Thy word of power, 
As workers with their God. 

' ' And though our bodies part 
To different climes afar, 
Still ever joined as one in heart 
The friends of Jesus are. 

"0, let us still proceed 
In Jesus' work below; 
And, following our triumphant Head, 
To further conquests go." 



THE GOOD NEWS OF THE KINGDOM 283 

When the nineteenth century entered upon its alto- 
gether unprecedented career, Andrew Fuller, William 
Carey, John Williams, Juclson, and numerous other devout 
missionaries, with earnestness and intelligent zeal, and the 
throbbings of Christian love, stood ready to plant the 
banner of the cross in every dark corner of the inhabited 
globe. 

As those devoted men, with their no less devoted wives, 
entered upon their great work, observe how rapidly God 
moved upon other minds to prepare the needed facilities 
for carrying "this gospel of the kingdom" with rapidity 
into "all the world for a witness unto all nations." While 
Carey, Judson, and Williams were establishing Christian 
missions in the very strongholds of the barbarous and 
heathen lands, Charles, and Farn, and Hughes, and Stein- 
kopf, and Owen, and Wilberforce, and Mills, and Bou- 
dinot, with many others, were laying the broad and deep 
foundations for the British and Foreign and the Ameri- 
can Bible Society. 

Recalling the prophecy of Dan. 12 : 4, let us study 
it anew. The prophet states that "knowledge shall be 
increased." And we should not overlook the fact that 
this is to be in "the time of the end." 

As was emphasized in a former chapter, this scripture 
foreshadows a general intelligence among the people at 
the time when the prophecy applies; but for its complete 
and literal fulfillment we must look for a movement that 
brings the Bible itself within the reach of every one, be- 
cause it is the Bible that contains the message and prom- 
ises of "this gospel of the kingdom,' ' it is the Bible that 
holds forth this light of prophecy that foretells the in- 
crease of knowledge at the time of the end. 



284 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



As we look for this thing in particular, we find that 
among all the great marvels of this marvelous age of 
material development, progress, and invention, nothing 
stands out more clearly or more strongly than the facts 
concerning the vast number of copies of the word of God 
that have been printed and circulated during the past 
century. 

Notwithstanding the interest that had been awakened 
in the Scriptures by the Reformation, the beginning of the 




Bible House, New York. Home of the American Bible Society. 



nineteenth century found Bibles still so scarce, and the 
price so high, that but few persons could afford a copy of 
the sacred Book, and many would walk miles to hear the 
Bible read. 

But in March, 1804, the British and Foreign Bible 
Society was organized; the American Bible Society was 
founded in May, 1816 ; and in connection with these two 
leading societies, hundreds of auxiliary societies have been 
formed, all with the one purpose in view of placing the 



THE GOOD NEWS OF THE KINGDOM 



285 



Bible in the hands of all the people in both civilized and 
heathen lands. Through the combined efforts of all en- 
gaged in this work, the Bible, either entire or in parts, 




The vestibule, Bible House, of the British and Foreign Bible Society. 

is now read in over five hundred and twenty-five lan- 
guages and dialects. It is printed at the rate of more 
than ten million two hundred fifty thousand copies a 



286 



HEKALDS OF THE MORNING 



year; and over three hundred million copies have been 
circulated since the British and Foreign Bible Society 
was organized. 

For the first fifteen hundred years of the Christian 
era, only a very few persons could afford a complete 

copy of the Bible. 
The Reformation 
came, however, and 
awakened a deep in- 
terest in it; and 
while men were 
able, with the crude 
printing facilities 
of that time, to pro- 
duce entire copies 
of the Scripture 
more rapidly than 
in the centuries be- 
fore, yet they could 
not nearly supply 
the demand. The 
cost of printing and 
binding with the 
means at hand pre- 
vious to this cen- 
tury was ever a 
strong barrier against placing the sacred Book in the 
hands of all the people. Then, too, the generous hearted 
men had not yet arisen who would devote life and for- 
tune to the stupendous missionary endeavor of giving the 
Bible to each individual in all the world, and in the 
familiar language of his native land. 



1 ' Jf^^^i 

' H Br ■ i 




wl 


mm- •*.* .J 


B f - " iLffir 




■ urns m F *=_- 


5r 1 '" '""'"TlsBHf^^ 



A corner on the bound stock floor. A volume of Scrip- 
tures leaves the Bible House on an average every five 
seconds, day and night, all the year round. 



THE GOOD NEWS OF THE KINGDOM 



287 



But, lo, "the time of the end" arrives; and by a touch 
of supernatural power, the sleepy world that has been 
dreamily moving along, with but very few improvements 
in its material life to break the tedious monotonv, suddenlv 
becomes intensely agitated. Within the short span of a 
single lifetime, the printing press is brought to a marvel- 




Cases of Scriptures in warehouse, London, ready for shipment. Nine tons 
of Scriptures have been dispatched from the Bible House in one day. 

ous perfection; the railway and the steamship, within the 
same time, are developed to the point where they seem to 
carry us from place to place as on the wings of the wind ; 
electricity conveys our thoughts from city to city and from 
continent to continent with the speed of lightning; then 
the word of God, which is the great fountain of knowl- 
edge, is printed by the million copies, and all these agencies 



19 



288 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



spring forward to carry it swiftly to the nations and 
tongues of the earth. 

How literal, how complete, how marvelous, is the ful- 
fillment of that divine prediction that in "the time of the 
end" " knowledge shall be increased"! That Word which 
makes it possible for us to know the promise of the Com- 
ing One; that Word which reveals to us the evidences by 
which we may know that we are in "the time of the end"; 

that Word which 




' ' this gospel 
kingdom"; 



j&*- 



BIBLE BOAT, SIAM 



gives 
of the 

that Word which is 
indeed a veritable 
lamp to our feet 
and a light to our 
path, disclosing to 
our otherwise be- 
nighted vision what 
the marvels of our 
day really mean — 
that Word is now, by the multiplied millions of copies, 
scattered throughout the world. Those who have means 
may purchase it at the most reasonable prices, while to 
those too poor or too indifferent to buy, the generosity of 
our great Bible societies has provided it "without money 
and without price." God has surely done His part. He 
has fulfilled His prophetic promises so completely that we 
should be led in wonder and adoration to acknowledge 
their literal truth. 

As late as 1777, while the Revolutionary War was in 
progress, Congress was memorialized to print thirty thou- 
sand Bibles to supply the demand. But a lack of both 



THE GOOD NEWS OF THE KINGDOM 289 

paper and type made it impossible for this work to be 
done; so the committee on commerce was empowered to 
import from Holland, Scotland, or elsewhere, twenty thou- 
sand copies, at the expense of Congress. But they were 
also unable to carry out this plan. 

In 1794, at the age of ten, Mary Jones, a little Welsh 
girl, began to lay by all the money she could possibly save, 
with which to purchase a Bible. In 1800, after six years 
of careful saving, she found herself in possession of the 
required sum. She walked twenty-five miles to Bala, the 
residence of the Rev. Thomas Charles, to whom she had 
been directed. "When she first applied to Mr. Charles, 
and was told that the few copies he had were reserved 
for persons who had already made application for them, 
she burst into tears and sobs. The fond hope of years 
seemed to be blasted in a moment. These evidences of her 
sad disappointment led Mr. Charles at length to say, 
' My dear child, difficult as it is to spare you one, it is 
impossible — yes, simply impossible — to refuse you. x And 
so she obtained the Bible, which, for the sixty-six re- 
maining years of her life, was her most cherished pos- 
session. ' ' 

This was the condition a hundred years ago in the 
British Isles, the very home of Bible houses and Bible 
societies. Eighteen hundred years of the Christian era 
had passed away, and still the vital germs of gospel truth 
had been so combated by the gross darkness of supersti- 
tious error that it was with the greatest difficulty and 
sacrifice that one of God's children could procure a copy 
of His word. 

Bibles in those times, neither in this country nor 
abroad, were supplied in sufficient quantities or at a price 




-e h m _n -e -^ -c 



© Sii' 



.-fi- 
le S-2 

© d w>^ oj ^ a, 









•~A<^'* JH g 




m-^ O ° © £ CO 




g £ ^g^ s « 




f,-goj3^ 




of ea 
that 
obe. 
ted p 
ospel 
g you 
to a] 




gs^ll 




- o « a5 e3 cj 




the 
ophe 
n th 
y se 
g th 
od-fe 
me, 


a 


otive in 
the pr 
inent o 
v widel 
resentir 
gent, G 
and cli 


IONARY COL 
The central m 
a knowledge oJ 
on every cont 
ry, in so man 
tire lives to p 
earnest, intelli 
to every land 


UJ 


m 2 c«w a 


a: 


heir teachers, 
orld, carrying 
similar school 

the past cent 
t give their e 
trong army o 
rk by going i 


£ 


< 


DQ 


< 

D 


with 
the w 
re in 
uring 
y mus 
the s 
he wo 


< 






geth 
art 

tha 
sons 
lat 
ous 
war 






O P< M jh^'S £ 



„*,» pes c;^ 

•g §,« 8£ &~ rt 



.3* * § 



Go. .» «J 6C bJD 

cjf cS h C co 

■5 - o £ « © 3 

X*rj <D £3 0> r- 



290 



THE GOOD NEWS OF THE KINGDOM 291 

low enough for the poor to possess copies of the sacred 
Word; but the Bible societies that sprang into existence 
during the first two decades of the nineteenth century 
were not long in providing facilities for placing the Bible 
in every home of the whole wide world. In 1806 the 
British and Foreign Bible Society was able to send its 
first wagonload of Bibles into Wales. "It was received 
like the ark of the covenant; and the people, with shouts 
of great joy, dragged it into the city." But to-day car- 
load after carload is shipped from the storerooms of our 
Bible societies, and Wales is not alone in rejoicing over 
supplies of the Book of books. 

Missionaries have gone to many heathen tribes that 
had no literature, and consequently no written language. 
These faithful messengers of the gospel have patiently 
labored until they have reduced the tribal dialects to 
written speech, and then have translated the Scriptures 
into the words that these people can comprehend. And 
now in every nation, and in the islands of the oceans, 
in over five hundred twenty-five languages and dialects, 
the Bible is furnished by millions of copies. Over ninety 
million dollars was expended by our Heaven-appointed 
Bible societies during the nineteenth century in giving 
the Scriptures to those who were destitute of the true 
riches offered in the divine precepts and promises of 
the sacred Volume. 

What an undertaking it was thus to give the word of 
God to all the world! And how miraculous is the suc- 
cess with which it has been performed! All through the 
dark centuries, the indestructible and all-powerful Book 
was only waiting for the preparation of sufficient soil in 
which to find a lodgment; and now, towering up in its 



292 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

stupendous growth, its circulation outstrips all the marvels 
of all the ages. 

These favorable conditions were not reached, however, 
until "the time of the end"; but that time having arrived, 
the whole world is stirred to perform God's great work. 
The teaching of the Man of Nazareth and Galilee plows 
its way through mental rubbish that is piled centuries 
high. The light of the eternal day breaks in upon long- 
ing hearts in England, in Germany, in Switzerland, and 
the gospel enters upon its civilizing, liberating, and ele- 
vating work, which is to reach "every nation" in "all 
the world." 

Numerous Bible societies spring up, and millions of 
copies of the sacred Volume are speedily prepared. The 
poor seeker after divine truth need no longer walk twenty- 
five miles with the careful savings of six long years, only 
to be well-nigh disappointed in securing the valued treas- 
ure. No, indeed! Missionaries, with their hearts all 
aflame with love for their unfortunate fellow creatures, 
gather up the stream of Bibles that pours from the press, 
and every corner of the world is visited, and the Book 
of books is offered, yea, urged upon all. 

Carey was not afraid to encounter hardships in carry- 
ing the gospel to India; courageous John Williams did 
not hesitate to plant the standard of the cross on the can- 
nibal islands of the Pacific; Eobert Morrison left his 
friends and native land behind him while he went to China, 
and devoted his life to giving the Scriptures to that people 
in their native tongue; and Japan, China, and Korea, 
after a hard struggle, in which many devoted Christian 
men and women lost their lives, have opened their doors 
to receive the word of God. 



THE GOOD NEWS OF THE KINGDOM 293 

And right here let it be noted that there can be no 
greater miracle than for a man to have principles enter 
into his life that cause him to give up every dear asso- 
ciation of home and native land to face the dangers and 
hardships, not to mention the disagreeable associations, 
encountered in dwelling with and working for heathen and 
barbarous peoples. The missionary does not enter the 
gloom of the heathen world for a brief campaign, then to 
return home to enjoy himself for the rest of his days. 
There is not the prospect of coming back to old friends 
to make the remainder of life all the more enjoyable be- 
cause of a brief sojourn in an uncompanionable country, 
and the polish and education incident to the travel. The 
missionary gives up all the associations and prospects that 
the world holds dear. His whole life is a continual, living 
sacrifice in giving the gospel of Christ to the unenlightened 
worshiper at the idol's shrine. 

There is a wonderful power that takes hold of men 
and women thus to lead them to place their entire lives 
upon the altar. Our God's prophetic powers enabled Him 
to look down the ages and see these consecrated workers 
zealously doing their chosen work. He was able to see, 
centuries in advance, the men and women who would gladly 
receive the same spirit that led the Lord Jesus to leave 
His home of unmarred bliss in heaven and come to this 
world of sin to rescue all who could be persuaded to ac- 
cept Him. 

It was the vision of this army of courageous, intelli- 
gent, God-fearing missionaries which, passing before the 
prophet's view, enabled him to foretell that many would 
"run to and fro," and that knowledge would be fanned 
into a great flame of glory in "the time of the end." It 



294 HEKALDS OF THE MOKNING 

was while His prophetic attributes were trained upon His 
missionary hosts, that the Son of God, surrounded by a 
few fishermen and other unpretentious followers, could say 
with such positive certainty, "This gospel of the kingdom 
shall be preached in all the world." The stupendous ful- 
fillment of the divinely prophetic forecast forms a lofty 
monument of evidence. This evidence will stamp pale 
despair and shame on every face that is so hardened that 
it can turn away with persistent deafness from the voice 
of God, which is inviting all to share with Him the price- 
less joys of eternity, and is also sounding the deep trumpet 
tones of warning in this generation. 

This opening of the doors of progress to receive the 
gospel light is not confined to what have been termed the 
more benighted heathen lands of the distant Orient; but 
the countries of Europe and western Asia that have re- 
fused to discuss matters of religion with the rest of the 
world, and that have shut away the missionaries who came 
to bring them light and truth, have one after another been 
opening their doors. Even Russia, which has been gen- 
erally considered one of the most despotic and intolerant 
powers, has bowed her head before the influences with 
which Heaven is flooding the world; and the czar, thus 
moved, has, by his ukase of religious toleration, and also 
by the greater liberties granted the press, nominally con- 
ceded to his subjects the right to follow the dictates of 
conscience in worshiping God. Even Tibet is required to 
come forth from her stubborn seclusion, so that her in- 
habitants may enjoy their right to the divine invitation to 
join the throng that will soon be brought into the joys 
of heaven, through a personal acceptance of the gems of 
saving truth that sparkle in the inspired Book. 



THE GOOD NEWS OF THE KINGDOM 295 

Thus nation after nation, island after island, has been 
entered, until the whole world has the Scriptures of truth. 
The separating and hindering walls of religious despotism 
are being overthrown; and the King whose mighty scepter 
touches every world in all the universe, is leveling the way 
so that His great commission can speedily and surely meet 
its fulfillment in an accomplished work. "This gospel of 
the kingdom" will soon be proclaimed in all the earth, 
and "then shall the end come." 

It is not mere haphazard, random talk, to make the 
statement that "this gospel of the kingdom " is now 
preached in all the world by a great army of devoted 
soldiers of the cross. The Spirit of the great Missionary 
Himself has become triumphant in this generation. There 
is not a nation where the gospel message is not strongly 
and clearly sounded to-day. The great missionary war 
cry of this time is, "The gospel to all the world in this 
generation." It is simply marvelous to note the increas- 
ing army of young men and women who are literally pos- 
sessed by the conviction that they must devote themselves 
without reserve to the work of carrying the knowledge of 
Christ and His coming into every neighborhood in every 
nation in all the world. 

"This gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all 
the world for a witness unto all nations." The prophecy 
does not sa}^ that the nations will all be converted. There 
is no definite promise concerning the number of converts 
to the faith. But there is the clear word of God for it 
that the gospel shall be preached with power in all the 
world "for a witness." The witnessing of the gospel in 
all the world by self-sacrificing missionaries is what the 
prophecy calls for. Of course there will be conversions, 



296 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

and the converts will join in swelling the proclamation 
of the witnessing message. But any specified number of 
converts is not required to fulfill the prophecy. It is 
the witnessing work that we are to see. 

Do we hear the assertion that it is merely by coinci- 
dence that the present is the great time of missionary 
activity ; that it is the great time of Bible societies ; that it 
is the great time of the printing press, so that these Bible 
societies could have the sacred Book in inexhaustible 
quantities ; that it is the great time of the railroad, so that 
missionaries can visit every family in every country place, 
hamlet, village, and city; that it is the great time of the 
steamship, so that every outlying habitable island is 
reached; that it is the great time of the electric tele- 
graph; also that it is the time of every other one of the 
multiplied wonders of this marvelous age? 

Well, call it coincidence if you will; but back of all 
this stupendous array of coincidences there is the mani- 
fest working of the all-powerful hand of Divinity. Stop ! 
Look around you! Is it not evident that "this gospel 
of the kingdom" is doing its final witnessing in "all the 
world"? Is there not a prodigious increase of knowledge, 
so vast in its proportions that even our quickened imagina- 
tions can scarcely comprehend it? 

The work has proceeded till the whole world stands as 
one vast congregation listening to the gospel message. 
From the frigid zones to the torrid, from Greenland and 
Siberia to Ceylon's isle and Sahara's plains, from health- 
ful climes to venom-infested and disease-breathing swamps 
and jungles, the story of Christ and the gospel message is 
to go and is going. Hearts and doors are opening in every 
land to receive it; men of every nation are giving them- 



THE GOOD NEWS OF THE KIXGDOM 297 

selves to the work of proclaiming it; and the continual 
surrender of souls is bearing witness to the efficacy of the 
work done. 

Standing in full view of these things, can there be 
any doubt that we are in the "time of the end"? As we 
see how literally all the world has been brought together 
by these modern inventions, can there be any question 
that the Master has made ample provision to have "this 
gospel of the kingdom" "preached in all the world for a 
witness unto all nations"? And just as soon as the world 
hears the joyful message of "His glorious appearing," 
"then shall the end come." 

"For the word of God is quick [living and active], 
and powerful, and sharper than any two-edged sword, 
piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, 
and of the joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the 
thoughts and intents of the heart." Heb. 4:12. 

"Being born again, not of corruptible seed, but of 
incorruptible, by the word of God, which liveth and abideth 
forever. For all flesh is as grass, and all the glory of 
man as the flower of grass. The grass withereth, and the 
flower thereof falleth away: but the word of the Lord 
endureth forever. And this is the Word which by the 
gospel is preached unto you." 1 Peter 1:23-25. "For 
My thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways 
My ways, saith the Lord. For as the heavens are higher 
than the earth, so are My ways higher than your ways, 
and My thoughts than your thoughts. For as the rain 
cometh down, and the snow from heaven, and returneth 
not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring 
forth and bud, that it may give seed to the sower, and 
bread to the eater: so shall My word be that goeth forth 



298 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

out of My mouth: it shall not return unto Me void, but 
it shall accomplish that which I please, and it shall prosper 
in the thing whereto I sent it. For ye shall go out with 
joy, and be led forth with peace: the mountains and the 
hills shall break forth before you into singing, and all 
the trees of the field shall clap their hands. Instead of 
the thorn shall come up the fir tree, and instead of the 
brier shall come up the myrtle tree: and it shall be to 
the Lord for a name, for an everlasting sign that shall 
not be cut off." Isa. 55: 8-13. 

Such is the language of our heavenly Father's decree. 
His word shall not return to Him void. And just so surely 
as this is the decree of the Omnipotent One, so sure may 
we be that the present scattering of the Bible throughout 
the world is the seed sowing of the " gospel of the king- 
dom." This work of sowing is now well along. The 
Master says that when it is finished, "then shall the end 
come." He has told us, "The harvest is the end of the 
world." Matt. 13: 39. What a glorious end that will be! 
It is not the end of joy, but the end of misery, and woe, 
and despair, and sin; and while it is the end of all these 
undesirable things, it is also the beginning of the undis- 
turbed bliss of that happy life that reaches out into the 
measureless vistas of eternity. What good news this is! 
Join in the chorus, and swell the song until every listen- 
ing ear arid every waiting heart is reached. 

The gladdest of all glad days is almost here. On 
every hand may be seen and heard the heralds of the 
morning. And by every one of these heralds we are 
invited to get ready to sit as joyful guests at "the mar- 
riage supper of the Lamb." The invitation is now sound- 
ing in all the world; and it reads: "The Spirit and the 



THE GOOD NEWS OF THE KINGDOM 



299 



bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. 
And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, 
let him take the water of life freely." Eev. 22:17. 

All are invited guests. Will not you allow the sinner's 
Friend, your Saviour, to robe you in the wedding gar- 
ment for that feast? "In Thy presence is fullness of 
joy; at Thy right hand there are pleasures f orevermore. ' ' 
Ps. 16 : 11. 




^^ 




CHAPTER FIFTEEN 




N the preceding chapters, some of the prophe- 
cies that are fulfilling about us at the present 
time are considered; but in addition to these 
predictions that relate to the events of to-day, 
there is a great wealth of prophecy in the form of con- 
nected chains that foretell the nations that arise one after 
another. Those prophecies, which are chiefly found in 
the books of Daniel and the Revelation, are so clear that 
Bible expositors for years have agreed upon the main 
features of their interpretation. 

The second chapter of Daniel may.be taken as an illus- 
tration of the prophecies foretelling the kingdoms that 
were to arise successively in this world. This scripture is 
one of the most interesting portions of the Bible, and it 
reads as follows: 

"1. And in the second year of the reign of Nebuchad- 
nezzar Nebuchadnezzar dreamed dreams, wherewith his 
spirit was troubled, and his sleep brake from him. 

"2. Then the king commanded to call the magicians, 
and the astrologers, and the sorcerers, and the Chaldeans, 

300 



• PROPHETIC EVIDENCES 301 

for to show the king his dreams. So they came and stood 
before the king. 

"3. And the king said unto them, I have dreamed a 
dream, and my spirit was troubled to know the dream. 

"4. Then spake the Chaldeans to the king in Syriac, 
O king, live forever: tell thy servants the dream, and we 
will, show the interpretation. 

"5. The king answered and said to the Chaldeans, The 
thing is gone from me : if ye will not make known unto 
me the dream, with the interpretation thereof, ye shall 
be cut in pieces, and your houses shall be made a dunghill. 

"6. But if ye show the dream, and the interpretation 
thereof, ye shall receive of me gifts and rewards and great 
honor: therefore show me the dream, and the interpreta- 
tion thereof. 

"7. They answered again and said, Let the king tell his 
servants the dream, and we will show the interpretation 
of it. 

"8. The king answered and said, I know of certainty 
that ye would gain the time, because ye see the thing is 
gone from me. 

"9. But if ye will not make known unto me the dream, 
there is but one decree for you: for ye have prepared 
lying and corrupt words to speak before me, till the time 
be changed: therefore tell me the dream, and I shall know 
that ye can show me the interpretation thereof. 

"10. The Chaldeans answered before the king, and said, 
There is not a man upon the earth that can show the 
king's matter: therefore there is no king, lord, nor ruler, 
that asked such things at any magician, or astrologer, or 
Chaldean. 



302 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

"11. And it is a rare thing that the king requireth, 
and there is none other that can show it before the king, 
except the gods, whose dwelling is not with flesh. 

"12. For this cause the king was angry and very furi- 
ous, and commanded to destroy all the wise men of 
Babylon. 

"13. And the decree went forth that the wise men 
should be slain; and they sought Daniel and his fellows 
to be slain. 

"14. Then Daniel answered with counsel and wisdom to 
Arioch the captain of the king's guard, which was gone 
forth to slay the wise men of Babylon: 

"15. He answered and said to Arioch the king's cap- 
tain, Why is the decree so hasty from the king? Then 
Arioch made the thing known to Daniel. 

"16. Then Daniel went in, and desired of the king 
that he would give him time, and that he would show the 
king the interpretation. 

"17. Then Daniel went to his house, and made the 
thing known to Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, his 
companions : 

"18. That they would desire mercies of the God of 
heaven concerning this secret; that Daniel and his fel- 
lows should not perish with the rest of the wise men of 
Babylon. 

"19. Then was the secret revealed unto Daniel in a 
night vision. Then Daniel blessed the God of heaven. 

"20. Daniel answered and said, Blessed be the name 
of God forever and ever: for wisdom and might are His: 

"21. And He changeth the times and the seasons: He 
removeth kings, and setteth up kings: He giveth wisdom 



PROPHETIC EVIDENCES 303 

unto the wise, and knowledge to them that know under- 
standing : 

"22. He revealeth the deep and secret things: He 
knoweth what is in the darkness, and the light dwelleth 
with Him. 

"23. I thank Thee, and praise Thee, O Thou God of 
my fathers, who hast given me wisdom and might, and 
hast made known unto me now what we desired of Thee: 
for Thou hast now made known unto us the king's matter. 

"24. Therefore Daniel went in unto Arioch, whom the 
king had ordained to destroy the wise men of Babylon: 
he went and said thus unto him; Destroy not the wise men 
of Bab3^1on: bring me in before the king, and I will show 
unto the king the interpretation. 

"25. Then Arioch brought in Daniel before the king 
in haste, and said thus unto him, I have found a man of 
the captives of Judah, that will make known unto the 
king the interpretation. 

"26. The king answered and said to Daniel, whose 
name was Belteshazzar, Art thou able to make known 
unto me the dream which I have seen, and the interpre- 
tation thereof? 

"27. Daniel answered in the presence of the king, and 
said, The secret which the king hath demanded cannot the 
wise men, the astrologers, the magicians, the soothsayers, 
show unto the king; 

"28. But there is a God in heaven that revealeth secrets, 
and maketh known to the king Nebuchadnezzar what shall 
be in the latter days. Thy dream, and the visions of thy 
head upon thy bed, are these; 

"29. As for thee, O king, thy thoughts came into thy 
mind upon thy bed, what should come to pass hereafter: 

20 



304 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

and He that revealetli secrets maketh known to thee what 
shall come to pass. 

"30. But as for me, this secret is not revealed to me 
for any wisdom that I have more than any living, but for 
their sakes that shall make known the interpretation to 
the king, and that thou mightest know the thoughts of 
thy heart. 

"31. Thou, O king, sawest, and behold a great image. 
This great image, whose brightness was excellent, stood 
before thee; and the form thereof was terrible. 

"32. This image's head was of fine gold, his breast and 
his arms of silver, his belly and his thighs of brass, 

"33. His legs of iron, his feet part of iron and part 
of clay. 

"34. Thou sawest till that a stone was cut out without 
hands, which smote the image upon his feet that were of 
iron and clay, and brake them to pieces. 

"35. Then was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, 
and the gold, broken to pieces together, and became like the 
chaff of the summer threshing floors ; and the wind carried 
them away, that no place was found for them: and the 
stone that smote the image became a great mountain, and 
filled the whole earth. 

"36. This is the dream; and we will tell the interpre- 
tation thereof before the king. 

"37. Thou, O king, art a king of kings: for the God 
of heaven hath given thee a kingdom, power, and strength, 
and glory. 

"38. And wheresoever the children of men dwell, the 
beasts of the field and the fowls of the heaven hath He 
given into thine hand, and hath made thee ruler over them 
all. Thou art this head of gold. 



PKOPHETIC EVIDENCES 305 

"39. And after thee shall arise another kingdom in- 
ferior to thee, and another third kingdom of brass, which 
shall bear rule over all the earth. 

"40. And the fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron: 
forasmuch as iron breaketh in pieces and subdueth all 
things: and as iron that breaketh all these, shall it break 
in pieces and bruise. 

"41. And whereas -thou sawest the feet and toes, part 
of potters' clay, and part of iron, the kingdom shall be 
divided; but there shall be in it of the strength of the 
iron, forasmuch as thou sawest the iron mixed with 
miry clay. 

"42. And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and 
part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and 
partly broken. 

"43. And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry 
clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: 
but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is 
not mixed with clay. 

"44. And in the days of these kings shall the God of 
heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed: 
and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it 
shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and 
it shall stand forever. 

"45. Forasmuch as thou sawest that the stone was cut 
out of the mountain without hands, and that it brake in 
pieces the iron, the brass, the" clay, the silver, and the 
gold; the great God hath made known to the king what 
shall come to pass hereafter: and the dream is certain, 
and the interpretation thereof sure. 

"46. Then the king Nebuchadnezzar fell upon his face. 



306 HEEALDS OF THE MOKNING 

and worshiped Daniel, and commanded that they should 
offer an oblation and sweet odors unto him. 

"47. The king answered unto Daniel, and said, Of a 
truth it is, that your God is a God of gods, and a Lord 
of kings, and a revealer of secrets, seeing thou couldest 
reveal this secret. 

"48. Then the king made Daniel a great man, and 
gave him many great gifts, and made him ruler over the 
whole province of Babylon, and chief of the governors 
over all the wise men of Babylon. 

"49. Then Daniel requested of the king, and -he set 
Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, over the affairs of the 
province of Babylon: but Daniel sat in the gate of the 
king. ' ' 

The first part of the chapter tells of the dream that 
made such a deep impression upon the king's mind. The 
wise men of the realm were called in to interpret it. These 
magicians, astrologers, and sorcerers laid claim to the 
ability to unravel dark mysteries and also to forecast the 
future. 

It would seem that Daniel was providentially over- 
looked until the wisdom of heathenism, as represented in 
the wisest men of the age, had met its defeat. Then Dan- 
iel, who was a prophet of God, and who by force of char- 
acter and pure merit occupied a position of responsibility 
in King Nebuchadnezzar's realm, was called to the task 
of not only interpreting the king's dream, but also telling 
him what he had dreamed. That was a remarkable test. 

The king, as shown in the twenty-sixth verse, expressed 
surprise that Daniel should be able to make known to 
him what he had dreamed, as well as to give him an inter- 
pretation. The learned magicians of his realm had "an- 



PROPHETIC EVIDENCES 307 

swered before the king, and said, There is not a man upon 
the earth that can show the king's matter: therefore there 
is no king, lord, nor ruler, that asked such things at any 
magician, or astrologer, or Chaldean. And it is a rare 
thing that the king requireth, and there is none other that 
can show it before the king, except the gods, whose dwell- 
ing is not with flesh." Verses 10 and 11. 

But Daniel, standing in the presence of the mighty 
king of that great universal empire, told him, after the 
manner of Him who " spake as one having authority, and 
not as the scribes," that the king had seen a great image, 
with head of gold, breast and arms of silver, belly and 
thighs of brass, legs of iron, and feet part of iron and 
part of clay. Then he also saw the stone cut out without 
hands, and it smote this image upon the feet, and all was 
broken to pieces. 

After telling him the dream in the language of au- 
thority that comes from positive knowledge, he proceeded 
in the same strong way to give the interpretation. He 
told King Nebuchadnezzar that he, as the ruler of Baby- 
lon, represented the head of gold. Then he said, verse 
39, "After thee shall arise another kingdom." Then 
there was to follow another third kingdom, represented 
by the brass, which "shall bear rule over all the earth." 
That third kingdom was to be supplanted by a fourth, 
which "shall be strong as iron." The language of the 
prophecy shows that the iron, which represents this fourth 
kingdom, indicates that it will have unusual strength. In 
other words, it would be one of the most enduring of the 
great kingdoms, as well as one of the most powerful. 

But when we reach the feet and the toes of the iron 
portion of this image, we find that clay is mingled with 



308 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

the iron. Hence it will "be partly strong, and partly 
broken." And because of this weakened condition, the 
prophet affirms that that fourth kingdom "shall be di- 
vided"; but even after it is divided, he tells us, "there 
shall be in it of the strength of the iron, forasmuch as 
thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay." 

And we have the additional detail that the kingdoms 
of that divided state "shall mingle themselves with the 
seed of men.: but they shall not cleave one to another, even 
as iron is not mixed with clay. ' ' And the climax is reached 
when we are told that it will be "in the days of these 
kings" that the God of heaven shall set up His kingdom, 
which shall never be destroyed. And we have shown, in 
other portions of this book, that the setting up of God's 
kingdom is after the second coming of Christ. 

Daniel the prophet told King Nebuchadnezzar his 
dream, and gave its interpretation, something like six hun- 
dred years before Christ. In the simplest and in the most 
direct language, the interpretation informs Nebuchadnez- 
zar that his kingdom is to be succeeded by an inferior one. 
Then he is told that that is to be succeeded by a third 
kingdom, which in turn will be succeeded by a fourth. 

In the eighth chapter of Daniel's prophecy, he presents 
the successive kingdoms of earth, not under the symbol of 
a great image, as was given in the dream of King Nebu- 
chadnezzar, but under the symbolism of beasts. In his 
vision, the prophet saw ' i a ram which had two horns, ' ' also 
a goat with a "notable horn between his eyes." And in 
the interpretation of this prophecy, the text says : 6 ' The 
ram which thou sawest having two horns are the kings of 
Media and Persia. And the rough goat is the king of 
Grecia : and the great horn that is between his eyes is the 



PROPHETIC EVIDENCES 309 

first king." Dan. 8:20, 21. Hence the prophet of God 
not only gave the prediction that other empires were to 
succeed the empire of Babylon, but he definitely foretold 
the names of two of these succeeding powers — Medo- 
Persia and Greece. 

It was something like sixty-five years before the event 
occurred, that Daniel told Nebuchadnezzar that his king- 
dom was to be overthrown. In the neighborhood of fifteen 
years before the actual occurrence, the prophet gave the 
name of Medo-Persia as the power that would do this 
thing; but it was more than two hundred twenty years 
after this same prophet Daniel uttered his striking proph- 
ecy, that Greece became the mistress of the world. The 
"notable horn," which, according to the text, symbolizes 
the first king of united Greece, represents Alexander the 
Great ; and that famous king has stood, from his day until 
the present, as one of the most conspicuous characters in 
all the realm of history. 

We find that each and every one of the general his- 
tories tells us that Medo-Persia overthrew Babylon and 
became the mistress of the world in the year 538 b. c. 
Alexander the Great, at the head of the Grecian forces, 
conquered Medo-Persia b. c. 331 ; and the great iron mon- 
archy of Rome succeeded Greece in world empire in the 
year 168, and stood for more than five centuries as the 
mighty mistress of universal dominion. The histories that 
deal with this world after the time of Nebuchadnezzar and 
of Daniel, busy themselves with the stories of Babylon, 
Medo-Persia, Greece, and Rome. There were no other 
great kingdoms to occupy the attention of the historian. 

At the time when Daniel made his inspired predic- 
tions, Media and Persia were provinces or subordinate 



310 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

kingdoms within the empire of Babylon itself. Yet he 
foretold their rise to power and world dominance. When 
he made his prediction concerning the Greeks, they were 
nothing more, from the Babylonian viewpoint, than in- 
significant colonies along the northern shores of the Medi- 
terranean ; while still farther to the west the colonies were 
planting themselves that were to grow into the dominating 
iron monarchy of Rome. 

When Daniel made these forecasts, they would natu- 
rally appeal to the great men of his time as the wildest 
kind of conjecture ; but history in a remarkable and most 
accurate manner attests the influence of the Spirit of 
God acting upon the prophet's mind. 

Not only did Daniel tell us of these four mighty uni- 
versal kingdoms that were to arise, but he says, as already 
suggested, that the fourth or Roman kingdom " shall be 
divided." 

In the seventh chapter of his prophetic book, Daniel 
tells us the exact number of kingdoms that would arise 
out of the breaking up of the Roman Empire. He said 
there would be just ten; and again the voice of history 
declares that between the years 351 and 476 a. d v the " bar- 
barians" from the north, through their continued incur- 
sions into Rome, finally succeeded in dividing her into 
ten distinct parts. 

But the prophecy of Daniel 2 is more specific still. 
Having pointed out the broken and divided condition of 
Rome, it says, verse 43, "Whereas thou sawest iron mixed 
with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed 
of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even 
as iron is not mixed with clay." That is to say, six hun- 
dred years before Christ, the prophet of God ventures the 



PROPHETIC EVIDENCES 311 

prediction that a fourth great monarchy will arise in its 
regular succession, and that after it is broken into its ten 
parts, these subdivisions will "mingle themselves with the 
seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another," 
any more than iron will cleave to clay. Mingling them- 
selves with the seed of men could refer to nothing else 
than matrimonial alliances; and the purpose of these alli- 
ances, as indicated by the words of the prophet, is that 
they might increase and establish their power. But re- 
gardless of these diplomatic marriages, the word is that 
they will "not cleave one to another." They will remain 
in that divided condition till the end of time. The clay 
and the iron will not unite. 

The nations of modern Europe are the successors of 
the kingdoms that arose from the old Roman Empire; 
and any one who is at' all familiar with the conditions 
there existing, knows of the constant intermarriages that 
have been kept up for centuries for the purpose of 
cementing more firmly their unions and increasing their 
political strength. But regardless of this, the kingdoms 
remain substantially as they were when the empire of 
Rome was broken into its fragments. 

Some of the mightiest men of the world, with remark- 
able genius for military leadership, have attempted to 
unite Europe into one empire; but they have all signally 
failed. Thus is shown the accuracy of the prophetic fore- 
cast that "they shall not cleave one to another, even as 
iron is not mixed with clay." 

In the foregoing paragraphs, attempt has not been 
made to enter into an exposition of the prophecy of the 
second chapter of Daniel. The aim has been merely to 
call attention to the fact that the prophecy is given in 



312 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

the plain, simple language of the common people, so that 
any one may readily understand it. 

It would be very interesting still further to follow these 
prophetic studies in Daniel, also to consider some of the 
equally plain and specific prophecies of the book of Reve- 
lation; but it is not within the scope of these pages to go 
into the details of those important prophecies, which have 
so accurately and so minutely described the rise and fall 
of the great kingdoms and empires of earth. Other 
writers have abundantly and lucidly presented those chains 
of prophecy which tell of the rise, decline, and fall of 
the various governments, giving the general view of the 
social and political scenery along the highway of time. 
They have shown that the history of the world, in its 
prominent features, has been an exact counterpart of the 
inspired prediction.* 

Those prophecies that have reached across the cen- 
turies from the days of ancient Babylon, have been the 
great index finger of God, pointing to the generation in 
which we live as the one that is to see the climax of all 
prophecy — the second coming of Christ. 

Then to make it clear beyond any peradventure that 
this is the generation living in "the time of the end," we 
have specification after specification of prophecy which 
tells of the great age of increasing knowledge, with men 
running "to and fro"; of the amassing of wealth, the de- 
generating vices, and all the rest of the conditions named 
in the prophetic utterances of divine inspiration quoted 
in the foregoing pages. 



* "Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation," hy the late Prof. Uriah Smith, is one of the best 
books on these chains of prophecy. Professor Smith holds before his readers both the history 
and the prophecy, and it is a constant delight to observe how perfectly the great hand of 
Omnipotence has woven them together. 



PKOPHETIC EVIDENCES 313 

When all the prophecies of the Bible are taken to- 
gether, they present a ease so strong and clear that the 
candid mind must be convinced that the world is facing 
its final climax, that God is closing up the account with 
sin, and that the morning of eternity is breaking — a 
sublime and momentous conclusion. 

As this evidence comes fresh from God's word, it will 
make an impression on your mind. It will, in all proba- 
bility, present before you some duties to perform that 
may not seem altogether pleasant at first. And if you are 
not careful, you will find yourself seeking to " argue the 
case," so as to make it appear that these things God is 
giving to you are not true, and that, after all, the end of 
time and the coming of Christ are not so near. Some 
neighbor or friend who has not seen the light of God's 
word, or who may be resisting that light, will more than 
likely come along to help you put aside the evidence that 
is so striking and so impressive. But God sends His 
Spirit to "guide you into all truth"; and this messenger, 
which invariably comes with every text of Scripture that 
is allowed to enter the mind, will be speaking to you con- 
tinually in a voice so low that no bystander can hear it, 
yet it will be so impressive to your own heart and mind 
that it will be the sounding of a warning and pleading 
trumpet in the depths of your soul. 

It is to this combined voice of God's word and God's 
Spirit that you are entreated to give heed. These en- 
treaties and evidences have come to you. You know the 
pressing weight of their convicting power. This is an 
evidence which God has placed far beyond the counter- 
feiting abilities of mortals, in the very innermost recess 
of the citadel of your private self. If it is slighted, it 



314 



HEKALDS OF THE MOKNING 



will be the hardest thing that you will have to meet in 
that great day of Judgment — that day which is even 
now right upon the world. There may be safety in dis- 
regarding some of the sayings of men; but when the 
great Father of us all, even though unseen by the natural 
eye, speaks to us so plainly that we know of a surety it 
is He, our eternal good and everlasting joy and safety 
require that we attentively listen. 




1AL 




<Uben ^rsftoii sg atll_ these tbin<i$ 





CHAPTER SIXTEEN 

O likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, 
know that it [margin, "He"] is near, even at 
the doors." Matt. 24: 33. "When these things 
begin to come to pass, then look np, and lift 
up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh." 
Luke 21:28. Even when we "begin" to see the tokens 
of His soon coming, then are we to "look up," and lift 
up our heads; for our redemption "draweth nigh"; but 
when we see "all" the signs He has mentioned, then are 
we to "know" that He is "even at the doors." 

Emphasis should be placed upon the word "all." No 
one thing in the prophecies taken by itself alone can 
properly constitute a sign of the second coming of Christ. 
But when all of the conditions unite as a mighty chorus, 
then it is that we are to know with positive assurance 
that the coming of the Master is "even at the doors." 

There have been many periods of the world when the 
privileged few have been highly educated, and when there 
was much enlightenment; but never has there been, in all 
past centuries, an age of such general intelligence. Never 

315 



316 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

could it be said of the mass of mankind, as it is to-day, 
that " knowledge" has been "increased," and that many 
are running "to and fro" throughout the great length 
and breadth of the world. 

There have been wealthy men in every nation and in 
every age; but never has there been such a heaping to- 
gether of treasure, connected with the "cries of the la- 
borers," as is seen and heard at the present hour. Never 
was there a time before when the love of self and the 
love of money had combined to produce such interna- 
tional perils. 

There have been plague spots of crime in different 
ages and localities; but never since the days of Noah has 
it been so apparent as in this time that the greater por- 
tion of the human race is sinking into the lowest depths 
of injustice, violence, and vice. 

Formality, superstition, and consequent apostasy have 
in many periods planted the seeds of corruption and evil 
in the church that claimed to represent the Son of God; 
but never has the church, in the presence of such oppor- 
tunities, facing such difficulties and dangers, possessing 
such intellectual possibilities and material facilities for 
good, and holding such stores of light, seemed to stand 
in such lukewarm, careless, and compromising indiffer- 
ence. Never before have religious formality and the lack 
of faith created such a world-wide peril. 

There have been deceptions of Satan in all the past 
centuries; but never such deceptions as his millenniums 
of experience and long schooling in the ways of sin have 
enabled him to present in these last days. 

There have been "wars and rumors of wars"; but 
never before have the nations of the earth been so equipped 



"when ye shall see all these things" 317 

with their multiplied millions of soldiers, and their ap- 
pallingly terrible instruments of destruction. Never be- 
fore has it been made so manifest that the "spirits of 
demons" have gone forth to "the kings of the whole 
world, to gather them together unto the war of the great 
day of God." 

Great errors have spread over sections of the earth 
in bygone days; but never before have we had the spec- 
tacle of the "many people" and the "many nations" 
proclaiming "peace and safety" when it should be ap- 
parent to the candid mind that the "sudden destruction" 
of Armageddon is impending. 

There have been great storms and pestilences here and 
there all down the ages; but never have the lashing ele- 
ments filled the inhabitants of earth with such fore- 
bodings as now. There have been occasional and very 
disastrous earthquakes in other times, but nothing like 
the rapid successions of temblors that have spread de- 
struction in one city after another during these last few 

vears. 

«/ 

There have been failures of crops and consequent 
famines in various localities from time to time ; but never 
as now has the evidence made itself seen and felt, that the 
earth is "waxing old like a garment," as beneath its load 
of "transgression" it begins to crumble to decay. 

The gospel has made miraculous advancement as the 
centuries have come and gone; but it was reserved to this 
age in which we live to provide the great facilities of the 
printing press, the railways, the steamships, etc., with 
the opening doors to the nations in darkness, so that "this 
gospel of the kingdom" could be carried into all the 
world. 



318 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

While some of these things may have been seen in a 
limited way and in different places in the past, they have 
not appeared all together as world conditions, world prob- 
lems, and world perils. The Master did not say to us 
that when we should see any one of these things in some 
isolated locality, we were to know that His coming was 
near; but it is when we see "all these things. " They may 
all be seen to-day, yet they will become more and more 
marked and pronounced as these closing moments of 
time go by. 

And besides these signs that are fulfilling about us, 
we must not overlook the great lines of prophecy in the 
books of Daniel and the Revelation, of which we may 
only take space in these pages for the merest mention. 
But suffice it to say that line after line of prophecy is 
presented in those books; some of the lines foretelling the 
political conditions that would be especially marked in 
history, while others have foretold the story of the re- 
ligious world. But each line, while bringing us down 
through the history of the world, is centered in this gen- 
eration of men as the one that is to behold the second 
coming of Christ. 

Thus do we have a great multitude of witnesses, all 
testifying to the same great truth. Each one joins every 
other one in swelling the harmonious chorus that is 
causing all the world to hear the indescribably good news, 
Jesus the Messiah and the Saviour is ahnost due on 
earth again. 

When we see these things "begin to come to pass," 
we are to ' ' look up " ; but when we see ' i all these things, ' ' 
then are we to "know that He is near, even at the 
doors." 



"when ye shall see all these things" 



319 



How does this matter impress yon? Do you see "all 
these things"? Let each answer to his own conscience 
and to God. Controversy and heated discussion are not 
invited. Professed Christians have already been cursed 
with too much of that. But the reader is earnestly en- 
treated to heed God's word closely, and so prepare for 
that eternity of existence which is given to all who will 
accept it. And how joyful the thought that the night of 
sin is almost ended, and that the heralds of the day of 
endless glory are trumpeting the invitation, "Come; for 
all things are now ready"! 




21 




which, standeth for the chil- 
dren of thy people: and 

there shall be a time of 

trouble, such as never was 

since there was a nation 

even to that same time: 

and at that time thy people 

shall be delivered, every one 

that shall be found written 

in the book. And many of 

them that sleep in the dust 
of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and 
some to shame and everlasting contempt." Dan. 12:1, 2. 
The " great Prince which standeth for the children of 
thy people" can be none other than Christ, whom this 
text calls Michael. Christ says of His present position, 
that He is set down with His Father "in His throne." 
Kev. 3 : 21. He is seated thus with His Father to act 
as our Intercessor and High Priest. 

The above text from Daniel speaks of the time when 
He "stands up." His work as Intercessor and High 
Priest is finished, and He "stands up" to be robed with 

320 



"and there shall be a time of trouble" 321 

the vesture on which is written "King of kings, and 
Lord of lords." The great day of emancipation is at 
hand; for "at that time thy people shall be delivered, 
every one that shall be found written in the book." 

Of those whose names were "written in the book," 
another scripture says: "I saw the dead, small and 
great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and 
another book was opened, which is the book of life : 
and the dead were judged out of those things which 
were written in the books, according to their works." 
Eev. 20 : 12. 

Thus do the Scriptures clearly show that to deliver 
"every one that shall be found written in the book" is 
the great work of the Judgment and the resurrection. 
This fact is made still clearer and is more fully em- 
phasized by the words of Daniel already quoted: "And 
many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall 
awake." Dan. 12:2. Thus from every standpoint, how 
clearly may it be seen that this "standing up" of Michael 
is associated with the Judgment scenes and the resur- 
rection at that great day when Christ shall come! 

O, the sublime joy of the thought! The church in 
all the ages has been singing of the glorious day when 
every sleeping child of God shall be brought from the 
grave to enjoy the bliss of endless life and to possess 
the substantial realities of eternity. The church of past 
ages has had to content itself with the prospect of par- 
ticipating in the blessedness of these resurrection scenes 
at some distant future time; but now the day is at 
hand. The hour is almost here. The Lord has caused 
the guiding tokens to be charted by which we may 
know it. 



322 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

When this view of deliverance for God's people — 
even the resurrection day — was presented to the prophet, 
observe that he saw that there should be "a time of 
trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even 
to that same time." Daniel had a wonderful view, in 
minute outline, of the rise and fall of nations, beginning 
with his own day, and reaching down to the second 
coming of Christ. All the bloody scenes of all the bloody 
wars that would arise during all the conflicts, the struggles, 
and the oppressions of the ages were made familiar to 
Daniel's prophetic eye. Yes, even the French Revolu- 
tion, with its shocking brutalities, its horrors, and its 
" Reign of Terror," was viewed by the prophet. And 
then the vision of the "time of the end" is given him. 
He sees the difficulties, the evils, and the perplexities; 
he beholds that which causes Michael to " stand up" as 
"King of kings, and Lord of lords"; and then he pens 
the prophetic words, " There shall be a time of trouble, 
such as never was since there was a nation even to that 
same time." 

To those who have read of the terrors in France 
during her revolution a hundred years ago, and who may 
be familiar with the history of other national calamities 
and the many times of trouble that our world has seen, 
it may be a startling revelation that none of those scenes 
in the past furnish a parallel to which this "time of 
trouble" in the "time of the end" may be likened; yet 
such is the declaration of the Scriptures. In view of 
the condition of our world to-day, what else is there to 
expect? As we enter the time when, as the word of God 
foretells, "every imagination of the thoughts" of men's 
hearts will be "only evil continually," the one result 



"and there shall be a time of trouble" 323 

that can follow will be an unprecedented "time of 
trouble." It will be as much worse than the "time of 
trouble" resulting from the abandoned wickedness in 
Noah's time, as the population of evildoers is greater 
now, and as Satan's ability to deceive has by long prac- 
tice become more acute and cunning. 

Other scriptures bear testimony that the closing days 
of earth's history are a "time of trouble." Luke records 
the Master's words as follows: "There shall be signs in 
the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon 
the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea 
and the waves roaring; men's hearts failing them for 
fear, and for looking after those things which are com- 
ing on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be 
shaken. And then shall they see the Son of man coming 
in a cloud with power and great glory." Luke 21: 25-27. 

Thus has the Lord foretold the "distress of nations, 
with perplexity," that will exist on the earth at the time 
of His coming. Not only will the nations be in "dis- 
tress" and "perplexity," but there will be the "sea and 
the waves roaring." Men will see these "things which 
are coming on the earth," and their hearts will fail 
them for fear. Such are the predictions of the word of 
God, and the facts demonstrate their accuracy. 

The reader is familiar with Paul's statement in 2 Tim. 
3:1-5, which tells of the "perilous times" that shall 
come "in the last days." He knows of the great list 
of sins there enumerated that shall exist not only in 
the world, but among those who have "a form of godli- 
ness," which sins are the producers of the last-day perils. 
Selfishness, avarice, cruelty, and kindred vices have ever 
been a source of danger in the world; but this danger 



324 HEEALDS OF THE MOKNTNG 

reaches its climax in the "time of trouble, " and occasions 
"fears," "perplexities," and "perils" in the "last days." 

Other scriptures sounding the warning of dangers that 
will exist in the closing years of earth's reign of sin 
are doubtless before the mind; but perhaps in none of 
them is the situation more vividly portrayed than in the 
words of Zephaniah: 

"And it shall come to pass at that time, that I will 
search Jerusalem with candles, and punish the men that 
are settled on their lees: that say in their heart, The 
Lord will not do good, neither will He do evil. There- 
fore their goods shall become a booty, and their houses 
a desolation: they shall also build houses, but not in- 
habit them; and they shall plant vineyards, but not drink 
the wine thereof. The great day of the Lord is near, 
it is near, and hasteth greatly, even the voice of the 
day of the Lord: the mighty man shall cry there bit- 
terly. That day is a day of wrath, a da}^ of trouble 
and distress, a day of wasteness and desolation, a day 
of darkness and gloominess, a day of clouds and thick 
darkness, a day Of the trumpet and alarm against the 
fenced cities, and against the high towers. And I will 
bring distress upon men, that they shall walk like blind 
men, because they have sinned against the Lord: and 
their blood shall be poured out as dust, and their flesh 
as the dung. Neither their silver nor their gold shall 
be able to deliver them in the day of the Lord's wrath; 
but the whole land shall be devoured by the fire of His 
jealousy: for He shall make even a speedy riddance of 
all them that dwell in the land." Zeph. 1:12-18. 

The word "Jerusalem" sometimes applies to the pro- 
fessed church of Christ as well as to the literal city of 



"and there shall be a time of trouble" 325 

the Jews, and in the foregoing quotation, it very clearly 
denotes the church. Not only do these words of Zepha- 
niah add their harmonious testimony to what other scrip- 
tures say concerning our thnes, but a most solemn warn- 
ing is given to professed Christians "that are settled 
on their lees," and who "say in their heart, The Lord 
will not do good, neither will He do evil." This is the 
time of the church's greatest responsibility; for "the 
great day of the Lord is near, it is near, and haste th 
greatly." Zephaniah says, "The mighty man shall cry 
there bitterly." He says it is "a day of trouble and 
distress"; it is "a day of wasteness and desolation"; 
it is "a day of darkness and gloominess, a day of clouds 
and thick darkness." The prophet also adds that it 
is "a day of the trumpet and alarm against the fenced 
cities, and against the high towers," showing,, of course, 
the spirit of war that shall be in the land; and because 
of these impending perils, the church should be intensely 
active in her Master's work. 

What solemn heed should be given to the warnings 
sent to this wicked age! The Lord says, "I will bring 
distress upon men, that they shall walk like blind men, 
because they have sinned against the Lord." And "nei- 
ther their silver nor their gold," which, as previously 
shown, they have heaped "together for the last days," 
"shall be able to deliver them in the day of the Lord's 
wrath." Surely this scripture adds a most decided 
testimony to the fact that there shall be a great "time 
of trouble" immediately before the coming of the Just 
One. 

"I will bring distress upon men," says Jehovah, "that 
thev shall walk like blind men, because they have sinned 



326 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

against the Lord. ' ' The mighty arm of omnipotent power 
will bring down this " distress." Men have sinned, and 
just as harvest follows sowing, so does distress from 
the Lord follow sinning. The merciful Father sends 
His entreaties of love; and if men will not yield, then 
He entreats them through distress. But in their dis- 
tress, if they will not turn to Him, then is He under 
the painful necessity of giving them up to the destruc- 
tion they insist upon having. 

We have already seen that the last days will be full 
of satanic deceptions. What perils and trouble these 
deceptions will lead men into, only divine foresight is able 
to reveal. We have been forewarned that at the "com- 
ing of the Son of man," even as in "the days of Noah," 
"every imagination of the thoughts" of men's hearts will 
be "only evil continually"; that "all flesh" will "cor- 
rupt his way upon the earth," and the earth will be 
"filled with violence"; that judgment will be "turned 
away backward," and the corrupting vices of Sodom will 
pollute the world; that a "form of godliness" will take 
the place of the power of the gospel in the church, and 
in consequence many professors of Christianity will be 
"lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God." We have 
read the scriptures that tell of those who will heap 
"treasure together for the last days," and we have also 
heard how the cry of the laborers will be raised in con- 
sequence of this oppression. The present conflict between 
capital and labor is indeed most vividly set forth in the 
inspired Word. Our minds have been impressed by the 
predictions of the awful work that will be done by the 
"angry" nations, as they are gathered by the evil spirits 
to "the battle of that great day." The Lord has told 



"and there shall be a time of trouble" 327 

us that the elements in the physical world will break 
forth in terrific storms and earthquakes, until the earth 
shall be "utterly broken down," "clean dissolved," "moved 
exceedingly" — yea, that it "shall reel to and fro like a 
drunkard, and shall be removed like a cottage," on ac- 
count of the transgression that "shall be heavy upon 
it." Then, too, the earth is "w T axing old like a gar- 
ment." In its decaying condition, crops are uncertain, 
and famine and pestilence will fill the world. 

But in the face of all these plain statements of the 
Lord, and while standing in the time when the facts that 
fulfill His word are a present, living reality, men will 
say: "Do not be disturbed. There is no 'time of trouble' 
ahead. Rest easy; for the nations w T ill ' learn war no 
more/ and it is ' peace and safety' ahead of us." 

Many have uttered this false assurance of peace 
ignorantly. It has been taught them, and they have 
taken for granted that it is so; but the Lord's word 
is plain, and He is seeking by its mighty power to dispel 
the delusion. There are many who are beginning to see 
the danger ahead, and are raising the signal of alarm. 
They do not all understand the meaning of the perils that 
are on either side of us, and that loom up still darker 
in front of us; yet, nevertheless, they see them. 

Archbishop Ireland says: "The bonds of society are 
relaxed. Traditional principles are losing their sacred- 
ness, and perils hitherto unknown are menacing the life 
of the social organism." — "The Church and Modern 
Society/' page 4. 

Leo XIII spoke on the subject as follows: 

"It is not surprising that the spirit of revolutionary 
change which has so long been dominant in the nations 



328 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

of the world, should have passed beyond politics, and 
made its influence felt in the cognate field of practical 
economy. The elements of a conflict are unmistakable: 
the growth of industry, and the surprising discoveries of 
science; the changed relations of masters and workmen; 
the enormous fortunes of individuals, and the poverty 
of the masses; the increased self-reliance and the closer 
natural combination of the working population; and, 
finally, a general moral deterioration. The momentous 
seriousness of the present state of things just now fills 
every mind with painful apprehension; wise men discuss 
it ; practical men propose schemes ; popular meetings, leg- 
islatures, and sovereign princes are all occupied with 
it; and there is nothing which has a deeper hold on 
public attention." — Encyclical Letter on the Condition of 
Labor. 

Just at the close of the nineteenth century, Mr. Ben- 
jamin Kidd said, "The problems which loom across the 
threshold of the new century surpass in magnitude any 
that civilization has hitherto had to encounter/' — "Social 
Evolution/' page 1. 

Signor Crispi, Italy's greatest statesman, said: " Europe 
resembles Spain from a certain point of view. Anarchy 
is dominant everywhere. To speak frankly, there is no 
Europe. The European concert is only a sinister joke. 
Nothing can be expected from the concert of the powers. 
We are marching toward the unknown. Who knows what 
to-morrow has in store for us?" 

Dr. Charles William Eliot, who was the learned and 
efficient president of Harvard University from 1869 to 
1908, in a speech in New York, toward the close of 1908, 
said : 



"and there shall be a time of trouble" 329 

"The defenses of society against criminals have broken 
down. A state mounted police, with a thorough military 
organization, is needed in every part of our country — 
north, south, east, and west. . . . The impunity with 
which crimes of violence are now committed is a disgrace 
to the country, and demonstrates the urgent need of much 
more effective protective forces. A far worse form of 
lawlessness is the violation of law by rich corporations. 
Any man or -any corporation who conducts business on 
the edge of the law, so to speak, is a morally lawless 
person. ' ' 

Speaking of the machinery of the law which has been 
provided to protect society, he says : 

"It neglects to provide the protective forces neces- 
sary to secure its peace. It fails to educate the children 
in reverence and obedience and inspire them with the love 
of liberty under the law. It declines association with 
burglars and forgers, but not with dishonest promoters, 
corrupt officials, and with lawyers who teach their clients 
how to evade the law." 

It is unnecessary to comment on the foregoing quo- 
tations. They are but selections from utterances that are 
heard continually from the platform and the press, and 
they show that many men are awake to the fact that a 
great storm is gathering. They see the "distress of na- 
tions," and are perplexed; their hearts are "failing them 
for fear, and for looking after those things which are 
coming on the earth;" they realize that "perilous times" 
have come, and see the rapidly approaching "time of 
trouble." 

There is no deception with God. Hence He has not 
left the world unwarned of the inevitable fruitage of the 



330 HERALDS OF THE MOKNING 

centuries of sin. He has carefully foretold the time of 
trouble that is coming. The faithful physician will tell 
the patient of the fatal malady and its deadly outcome, 
so that he may prepare for the worst and set his house 
in order; but while, like the earthly physician, God gives 
faithful diagnoses of the fatally diseased conditions, yet 
unlike the physician of earth, He does not leave the 
patient without hope. There is salvation for those who, 
from the lowest pit of evil, will call on the name of the 
Lord. For the most fatal diseases of sin there is a com- 
plete remedy. 

In these " perilous times," and while "men's hearts" 
are "failing them for fear" because they see the unmis- 
takable approach of that "time of trouble, such as never 
was since there was a nation," do not give the trumpet 
an uncertain sound. Do not say, "Peace, peace, when 
there is no peace;" but hold aloft the light of the blessed 
Bible, so that men may know its great prophecies, and 
see that "city of refuge" whose bulwarks are laid by the 
all-powerful hand of Omnipotence, whose foundations 
are sure to all eternity, and whose inhabitants shall never 
know sickness, nor sorrow, nor trouble, nor distress. 




CHAPTER EIGHTEEN 




^H|S tlie evidence from prophecy is presented, it 
is impressive. Most accurately do the divine 
predictions and the voice of history and cur- 
rent conditions combine to show that the great 
day is almost reached. But this testimony is obscured 
in the minds of man}^ by the belief that we are to have 
a thousand years of peace, prosperity, and happiness be- 
fore the Lord comes. This doctrine of a millennium of 
peace has been so persistently and so widely spread, that 
some may be greatly surprised to learn that the word 
" millennium" does not occur in the Bible anywhere. 
Neither is there any foundation whatever in the sacred 
Volume for that doctrine as popularly taught. 

The scriptures usually quoted to prove this millennium 
of peace are Isaiah 2, Micah 4, and Revelation 20. Isaiah 
2 and Micah 4 tell of the "many people" and the "many 
nations" who will be saying that sword and spear shal] 
be beaten into plowshare and pruning hook; and Reve- 
lation 20 tells of Satan's being bound for a thousand 
years. Isaiah 2 and Micah 4 have already been studied 
in chapter 11 of this book, and we have found that the 
Lord did not authorize the "many people" and the "many 

331 



332 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

nations" to say such things. God has said that the spirit 
of war and not a time of peace would characterize the last 
days of earth's history. Thus we see that God is not 
the author of that popular doctrine concerning swords 
and spears. 

In previous pages, it has been abundantly shown, from 
God's word, that the last days shall be characterized by 
perilous conditions, because of the prevalence of vice, 
injustice, violence, and crime, and that the furies of 
Armageddon, rather than a period of profound peace, 
will be the climax of this earth's career in sin. 

God has made these predictions. The facts are in 
harmony with His prophetic utterances. The only inhar- 
monious thing is the voice of the people, which insists 
on saying that things are not as they are. 

Many are possessed with the delusion that our race 
is growing stronger physically; but such facts as have 
been presented by Prof. Watt Smith, an English writer, 
ought to set us right. He tells us that in 1813 the English 
standard for admission to the army was six feet. This 
has been lowered from time to time until finally in 1901 
it was reduced to five feet. In other words, one hundred 
years ago England could find enough six-foot men to sup- 
ply her standing army, but in 1901 she has to take five- 
foot men. And of all the great military powers, England's 
standing army has been one of the smallest. 

This shows a degree of degeneracy that is having its 
effect in a marked manner upon the physical condition of 
the race. In harmony with the facts presented by Pro- 
fessor Smith is the following statement made by that pro- 
found student of lunacy conditions, the late Dr. Forbes 
Winslow : 



THE MILLENNIUM 333 

"The world is rapidly going mad. Civilization is on 
the road to perdition. ... I have no patience with those 
who ascribe this terrible condition of affairs to increased 
competition, and the wear and tear of modern life. If 
there is but one sane man left in the world of lunatics, 
he will be muttering the same absurd excuse. No. It is 
mere shelving of the responsibility. The true causes of 
insanity are the vices, not the worries, of civilization." 

Dr. Forbes Winslow was not a pessimist. He was not 
seeking to make out a case. He simply stated the facts 
as he found them in the social world, and his opportuni- 
ties and facilities were of the best. But perhaps no one 
has stated the conditions in modern times in a more strik- 
ing way than has Dr. Alfred Russel Wallace. Dr. Wallace 
speaks from the standpoint of authority that commands 
widespread respect. He was one of the greatest scien- 
tists of the age. He was an ardent evolutionist, having 
worked with Darwin himself on the foundations of the 
modern doctrines of evolution. His life was spent in 
extensive research in seeking to establish the dogmas of 
evolution, but at last the facts compelled him to admit 
that our civilization and advancement were nothing more 
than an idle, empty boast. 

Dr. Wallace is but recently dead ; and in a book that he 
produced toward the close of his life, he referred to the 
material progress that the world has made in the way of 
utilizing the forces of nature, such as steam and elec- 
tricity; but he affirms that our remarkable progress in 
these material things has been matched only by the rapid 
degradation and decadence of morals. After speaking of 
the vices, the dishonesty, the adulterations, the bribery, the 
luxuries, the gambling, etc., that curse this time, he says: 



334 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

"Taking account of these various groups of undoubted 
facts, many of which are so gross, so terrible, that they 
cannot be overstated, it is not too much to say that our 
whole system of society is rotten from top to bottom, and 
the social environment as a whole, in relation to our pos- 
sibilities and our claims, is the worst that the world has 
ever seen/' [The italics are as lie gave them.] 

"Such are the evil products of the social environment 
we have ourselves created in the course of a single cen- 
tury. We have seen it going from bad to worse, and have 
applied petty remedies here and there during the whole 
period; but the evils have continued to increase." 

God said in His word, that evil men and seducers would 
"wax worse and worse." Dr. Wallace never took God's 
w T ord seriously. He believed that the theories of evolu- 
tion were more scientific and reasonable than the waitings 
of Moses. Hence while doubting at least a large part of 
the sacred Volume, and giving his life to scientific studies, 
he reaches the conclusion at last that the present time "is 
the worst that the world has ever seen." He furthermore 
declares, "We have seen it going from bad to worse," 
and he also affirms that "the evils have continued to in- 
crease." 

The findings of the scientific doubter show that the 
conditions of the world are a most accurate fulfillment of 
the divine forecast. The testimony of the evolutionary 
skeptic is of the highest value, and should be profoundly 
convincing. Said President Asa Mahan, "Admissions in 
favor of truth, from the ranks of its enemies, constitute 
the highest kind of evidence." 

Dr. Hillis, after referring to the work Dr. Wallace 
had done as a scientist, sums up a speech made by the 



THE MILLENNIUM 335 

latter at a dinner given to the celebrated scholar in Lon- 
don in 1913. Dr. Hillis said : 

"He affirmed that our progress is only seeming and 
not real. Professor Wallace insists that the painters, the 
sculptors, the architects of Athens and Rome were so 
superior to the modern men that the very fragments of 
their marbles and temples are the despair of the present- 
day artists. He tells us that man has improved his tele- 
scope and spectacles, but that he is losing his eyesight; 
that man is improving his looms, but stiffening his fingers ; 
improving his automobile and his locomotive, but losing 
his legs; improving his foods, but losing his digestion. 
He adds that the modern white slave traffic, orphan asy- 
lums, and tenement house life in factory towns make a 
black page in the history of the twentieth century." 

The American Federation for Sex Hygiene is composed 
of some of the most influential and highly talented and 
scholarly men and women of this nation; and in one of 
the charts prepared by them in 1912 they estimate that 
"immorality and the social diseases cost this nation three 
billion dollars annually." Sir James Stansfeld said, in 
the first international congress on commercialized vice, 
that "there is no nation in the world's history which has 
given itself up to sexual vice without becoming enslaved, 
or disappearing off the face of the earth, as if at the 
breath of God." 

Modern indecencies of dress and the dance came upon 
the world with alarming suddenness, like the explosion of 
the great European war. Such things should open the eyes 
of the people. They should help us to see that, as affirmed 
by some of these highly competent authorities, our boasted 
civilization and morality are only seeming, and not real. 

22 



336 HEEALDS OF THE MORNING 

A single parable of the Master is sufficient, if read and 
believed, to dispel completely the delusion of a millennium 
of peace and the world's conversion. As you read the 
clear teaching of this parable, the question must strongly 
come into your mind, How could any one who studies the 
Bible ever be led so far astray as to believe the popular 
theories concerning this thousand-year period. The par- 
able of the great Teacher reads thus: 

"The kingdom of heaven is likened unto a man which 
sowed good seed in his field: but while men slept, his 
enemy came and sowed tares among the wheat, and went 
his way. But when the blade was sprung up, and brought 
forth fruit, then appeared the tares also. So the servants 
of the householder came and said unto him, Sir, didst not 
thou sow good seed in thy field? from whence then hath 
it tares? He said unto them, An enemy hath done this. 
The servants said unto him, Wilt thou then that we go 
and gather them up? But he said, Nay; lest while ye 
gather up the tares, ye root up also the wheat with them. 
Let both grow together until the harvest: and in the time 
of harvest I will say to the reapers, Gather ye together 
first the tares, and bind them in bundles to burn them: 
but gather the wheat into my barn. ' ' Matt. 13 : 24-30. 

There need be no mistaking the lesson that this parable 
teaches; for the Lord Himself interprets it in the fol- 
lowing explicit words : 

"His disciples came unto Him, saying, Declare unto 
us the parable of the tares of the field. He answered and 
said unto them, He that soweth the good seed is the Son 
of man; the field is the world; the good seed are the chil- 
dren of the kingdom ; but the tares are the children of the 
wicked one; the enemy that sowed them is the devil; the 



THE MILLENNIUM 337 

harvest is the end of the world; and the reapers are the 
angels. As therefore the tares are gathered and burned 
in the fire ; so shall it be in the end of this world. The Son 
of man shall send forth His angels, and they shall gather 
out of His kingdom all things that offend, and them which 
do iniquity; and shall cast them into a furnace of fire: 
there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth. Then shall 
the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of 
their Father. Who hath ears to hear, let him hear." 
Matt. 13 : 36-43. 

Any one may understand this divine explanation of 
the parable. The wheat represents the good, and the tares 
the bad. Both are to grow together till the harvest; and 
"the harvest is the end of the world." The world cannot 
get beyond its end. ' Therefore if both the good and the 
bad grow together till the end of the world, in harmony 
with the Master's own teaching, there is no possible place 
for a temporal millennium. 

Those who give heed to these words of Christ, will have 
no room in their minds for a belief of the error — even 
though "many people" proclaim it — that this whole re- 
bellious, wicked world shall nestle in the folds of peace, 
while arrogant and defiant sin makes a voluntary and un- 
conditional surrender. 

Notwithstanding the plain evidence to the contrary, 
there will still be many who will continue to chant the 
fatal error. The thing to do, however, is to believe the 
Bible, and seek to lead as many as possible from mistaking 
the sayings of a deluded people for the voice of the God 
of truth. 

But regardless of this array of insuperable evidence, 
there may still be in the mind of the reader the lingering 



338 HEKALDS OF THE MOKNING 

thought that the binding of Satan will constitute a time of 
peace. And while space may not be given to an extended 
study of the chapter that contains the prediction of the 
binding of the archdeceiver, yet a few suggestions may 
suffice to show that the popular notion has spread by means 
of the theories of men, and without any reference to what 
the Bible itself says. The chapter containing the prophecy 
is the following: 

"And I saw an angel coming down out of heaven, hav- 
ing the key of the abyss and a great chain in his hand. 
And he laid hold on the dragon, the old serpent, which is 
the devil and Satan, and bound him for a thousand years, 
and cast him into the abyss, and shut it, and sealed it over 
him, that he should deceive the nations no more, until the 
thousand years should be finished: after this he must be 
loosed for a little time. 

"And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judg- 
ment was given unto them: and I saw the souls of them 
that had been beheaded for the testimony of Jesus, and 
for the word of God, and such as worshiped not the beast, 
neither his image, and received not the mark upon their 
forehead and upon their hand ; and they lived, and reigned 
with Christ a thousand years. The rest of the dead lived 
not until the thousand years should be finished. This is the 
first resurrection. Blessed and holy is he that hath part in 
the first resurrection: over these the second death hath no 
power ; but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and 
shall reign with Him a thousand years. 

"And when the thousand years are finished, Satan shall 
be loosed out of his prison, and shall come forth to deceive 
the nations which are in the four corners of the earth, Gog 
and Magog, to gather them together to the war : the number 



THE MILLENNIUM 339 

of whom is as the sand of the sea. And they went up over 
the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the 
saints about, and the beloved city: and fire came down 
out of heaven, and devoured them. And the devil that 
deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, 
where are also the beast and the false prophet; and they 
shall be tormented day and night forever and ever. 

"And I saw a great white throne, and Him that sat 
upon it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled 
away; and there was found no place for them. And I 
saw the dead, the great and the small, standing before the 
throne; and books were opened: and another book was 
opened, which is the book of life : and the dead were judged 
out of the things which were written in the books, accord- 
ing to their works. And the sea gave up the dead that 
were in it ; and death and hades gave up the dead that were 
in them: and they were judged every man according to 
their works. And death and hades were cast into the lake 
of fire. This is the second death, even the lake of fire. 
And if any was not found written in the book of life, he 
was cast into the lake of fire." Eevelation 20, A. R. V. 

TJie chapter entire is quoted, so that the reader may 
have everything before his mind that the Book says upon 
the subject. First, it will be observed that an angel comes 
from heaven having the key of the abyss, and a chain in 
his hand; and he binds Satan, casting him into this abyss, 
called in the King James Version "the bottomless pit." 

The Greek word rendered "abyss" or "bottomless pit" 
is the same one used in the Septuagint or Greek version 
of the Old Testament Scriptures in Gen. 1 : 2, where it says 
that "darkness was upon the face of the deep," or "the 
abyss." In other words, divine inspiration calls the chaotic 



340 HEKALDS OF THE MOENING 

condition of the earth an ' ' abyss ' ' previous to the time that 
God shaped it into habitable form through the succeeding 
work of creation. 

Then allowing the Bible to be its own interpreter, w T e 
learn that Satan is to be cast into an abyss similar to what 
the earth was in its chaotic state at the beginning of crea- 
tion ; and, according to one of the verses quoted from Jere- 
miah in a previous chapter, he saw in prophetic vision "the 
earth, and, lo, it was without form, and void ; and the heav- 
ens, and they had no light. I beheld the mountains, and, lo, 
they trembled, and all the hills moved lightly. I beheld, 
and, lo, there was no man, and all the birds of the heavens 
were fled. I beheld, and, lo, the fruitful place was a wil- 
derness, and all the cities thereof were broken down at 
the presence of the Lord, and by His fierce anger." 
Jer. 4:23-26. 

Then the "presence" of Jehovah at the second coming 
of Christ leaves the fruitful place "a wilderness," and the 
earth waste and "void," and the heavens about this earth 
without any light. In other words, the view that Jeremiah 
had, describes the conditions of abyss and chaos exactly as 
they were in the beginning, when as yet there was no man. 
Into this chaotic abyss Satan is cast. And instead of 
that leaving the world peopled with individuals who are 
enjoying peace, it leaves the earth without a single man 
upon it. For the chapter quoted from Revelation shows 
that immediately following the binding of Satan and his 
being cast into this abyss, the redeemed are with Christ 
sitting upon thrones of judgment, "and they lived, and 
reigned with Christ a thousand years. The rest of the dead 
lived not until the thousand years. should be finished. This 
is the first resurrection." 



THE MILLENNIUM 341 

According to this scripture, the first resurrection comes 
at the beginning of the thousand years; and already texts 
have been abundantly quoted to show that the brightness 
of Christ's coming destroys all the wicked. Satan is then 
bound here upon this earth. He is not permitted to leave 
it. And during the time that the redeemed of Christ are 
with their Lord upon the thrones of judgment, the great 
deceiver has opportunity to reflect upon the havoc that 
has been wrought by his iniquities and rebellion. Then at 
the end of the thousand years, according to the Bible, 
comes the second resurrection, when the wicked are brought 
to life again to receive their eternal reward. At that time 
Satan is loosed out of his prison, and the record says that 
he goes out "to deceive the nations which are in the four 
quarters of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them 
together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of 
the sea." 

The second coming of Christ takes place when the war 
of Armageddon is raging ; and at the end of this thousand- 
year period, when the Master comes again, and the wicked 
dead are brought to life, Satan gathers them to continue 
the war that he had begun a thousand years before. 

Points of this character may be gathered from this 
twentieth chapter of Revelation, especially when it is 
studied in connection with other portions of the Scripture, 
But how can any one get from that chapter a single thought 
to show that this world is to be converted and enjoy a 
time of universal peace? The teaching of the word of 
God is all on one side. It shows with unmistakable clear- 
ness that this wicked world will wax worse and w T orse 
until Christ comes. The conditions, as shown by unim- 
peachable testimony, are according to the Bible forecast. 



342 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



Will the reader allow the teaching of God's word, which is 
in such complete harmony with the facts, to be his one 
infallible guide ? 

God does not foretell what He desires or wiiat ought 
to be in these things, but He does foretell what will exist 
despite all that good agencies can do to the contrary. The 
one question for each person to settle for himself is, 
whether he will stand with God, or go down in the delusions 
that are sweeping the world to its final destruction. 




HE WILL COME AGAIN 






CHAPTER NINETEEN 

Jpg^HE Bible abounds in promises of the second 
coming of our Lord. That event is ever set 
forth as the cheering banner of the blessed 
hope. To all who may be led to trust Him, 
the Master sends the joyful proclamation: "Let not your 
heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in Me. 
In My Father's house are many mansions: if it were not 
so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for 
you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will 
come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I 
am, there ye may be also." John 14: 1-3. 

By studying the latter part of the thirteenth chapter 
of John, it will be seen that the Lord, while sitting with 
His disciples at that memorable ' ' last supper, ' ' on the very 
night when He' was betrayed to be crucified, had been tell- 
ing them that He was to be taken away from them for a 
time. This statement filled their hearts with sadness. But 
the Master does not leave them in despair. He at once 
gives, not only to them, but to us also, that most precious 
promise, ' * I will come again, and receive you unto Myself. ' ' 
Again, after the crucifixion, and at the time of His 
ascension, while the disciples were yet intently looking into 
the heavens, whither He was going, angels of God were 

343 



344 HEKALDS OF THE MORNING 

commissioned to say to them: "Ye men of Galilee, .why 
stand ye gazing np into heaven'? this same Jesus, which 
is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like 
manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven." Acts 1: 11. 
Note the promise. It is "this same Jesus." 

The disciples had found in Jesus the "Desire of all 
nations." Their hungry souls had feasted on the words 
of life that He uttered, and they were resting in the in- 
expressible joy experienced by those who are conscious of 
pardoned sin and the invigorating powers of a renewed life. 
Naturally they desired to have Him remain with them. 
But although they had tasted the bliss of a Christian's 
happy experience, they had not as yet grown into that 
fullness of knowledge and faith which would enable them 
to comprehend all that the Master had been seeking to 
instill into their minds. They did not understand the 
great truth, although it had been so plainly stated by the 
Saviour, "It is expedient for you that I go away: for if 
I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but 
if I depart, I will send Him unto you." John 16: 7. 

The Lord states His truth in plain language; but time 
is required for it to be assimilated by the human mind. 
And when that truth is opposed by prejudices and errors 
of long standing, the task of uprooting them is a most 
difficult one. The idea that at His first advent the Messiah 
was to establish a temporal kingdom, and by force of arms 
overthrow the Romans, thus relieving the Jews from a 
foreign yoke, was dearly cherished and firmly fixed, though 
it was a false hope. So generally accepted was the belief 
that Christ was to be a temporal king and reign in Judea, 
that all His teaching to the contrary had not fully driven 
this delusion from the minds of even the disciples them- 



HE WILL COME AGAIN 



345 



selves. For in His last conversation with them — a con- 
versation that took place after His crucifixion and resur- 
rection, and on the very occasion when He made His as- 
cension to His Father's throne — it is stated that "they 
asked of Him, saying, Lord, wilt Thou at this time restore 
again the kingdom to Israel % ' ' Acts 1 : 6. 

The Master had taken particular pains to make it plain 
to all that His first advent was to be a time of hardship and 
suffering, of humility in exacting, devoted service, finally 
culminating in His death on the cross. He had pointed 
to His death and resurrection, and expounded the prophe- 
cies that foretell the subsequent long night of darkness 
through which the church would have to pass; and finally 

He had dwelt upon the great 
event of His second coming, 
c . to put an end to sorrow, 

suffering, and sin. 

But the disciples had 
not understood nor real- 
ized the significance of 
the words of their Lord. 
Their minds were still 
engrossed with the idea 
of a temporal kingdom, 
to be established then 
and there, in which the 
Lord would be King and 
they would act a promi- 
nent part. It seemed im- 
possible to draw their 

'This same Jesus . . . shall so come in like manner." lllillds aWa} r f rOUl tlliS 





346 HEEALDS OF THE MOKNING 

cherished error to the exalted sphere of the divine plan. 
God's ways and plans are always best; but how hard it 
is for fallen humanity to surrender the false and accept 
the true! So the Father permitted the disciples with 
their natural eyes to behold their Saviour as He made 
His ascension to the heavenly throne. Thus He forever 
cut off all possible hope of a temporal reign of the Mes- 
siah over the Jewish nation in Palestine. 

Then while their minds were the most impressible, while 
they were yet with amazement watching their ascending 
Lord, the angels were bidden to remind them that "this 
same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall 
so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into 
heaven. " Acts 1 : 11. 

It is the "same Jesus" who was here in person, that is 
coming again in person. All that He was when He was 
here, He will be when He comes again, only He will come 
in the manifestation of His glory, rather than in the mani- 
festation of His meekness and lowliness. 

It is the privilege of every one to look forward to His 
coming with perfect joy; for does not the word of God 
proclaim to all the world that Christ is the sinner 's Friend ? 
Every act of His self-sacrificing life was a living expression 
of the great truth that He loves us. As we read the gospel 
story, we are touched by the deep compassion of the 
Saviour, and the tenderness with which He devoted Him- 
self to fallen man. He came so close to us, and became 
so fully identified with us, that He is "touched with the 
feeling of our infirmities. ' ' Heb. 4 : 15. And when we are 
overwhelmed with sin and grief and pain, and know there 
is no human friend that can understand us and give us 
sympathy and help, and even though words may fail us 



HE WILL COME AGAIN 347 

in expressing our distressed and perplexing condition, yet 
we may come with confidence to our Redeemer, and tell 
Him that we know He understands us fully. We can 
say to Him that He "feels" our "infirmities," and that 
He knows from a personal experience how to apply the 
healing bahn to our aching hearts. O, what a sympa- 
thizing Saviour! 

See Him at Bethesda, seeking for the lonely sufferer 
who said, "I have no man, when the water is troubled, to 
put me into the pool: but while I am coming, another 
steppeth down before me." The active, throbbing power 
of life was in the words that the great Physician spoke 
to this afflicted and friendless man; and in the command 
of the Master, "Rise, take up thy bed, and walk" (John 
5:7, 8), he found complete healing for every ailment. 
Why did the Lord pass by all others, and seek out this 
friendless and helpless one? O, it is because He has so 
closely united Himself with humanity that He feels our 
weakness and distress! How gracious! How consider- 
ate! How tender! 

On another occasion, we find Him at the tomb of 
Lazarus. About Him are the sorrowing sisters and friends 
of the dead. He feels the grief that rends their sad 
hearts. Pressing upon His soul of love is not only 
their affliction, but all the sadness to be wrought by sin 
and death aclown the ages. The record says, "Jesus 
wept." John 11:35. What a universe of meaning to us 
now, as well as to them, is summed up in these two short 
words! In His tender, all-comprehending love the heart 
of the Creator is touched, and His sympathetic grief com- 
mingles with that of His creatures. Is it any wonder that 
the Jews standing by said, "Behold how He loved him"'? 



348 HEKALDS OF THE MOKNING 

And yet it was not love for Lazarus or his sisters merely 
that moved the heart of Jesus, but love for the mourning, 
suffering, and afflicted ones of all the ages. And well may 
we all join the apostle in saying that "God commendeth 
His love toward us, in that, while we were yet sinners, 
Christ died for us. ' ' Rom. 5 : 8. 

Thus we may follow the Master all through His de- 
voted life, and always do we find Him mingling with the 
people, sharing their joys and their sorrows, relieving 
their distress, and healing their sick. He gave Himself 
without any reserve to humanity — the great object of 
His love. This love was not quenched even when cruel 
hands and sin-hardened hearts were mercilessly torturing 
Him on the cross. Even there He poured out the prayer, 
"Father, forgive them; for they know not what they do." 

Then with what a thrill of joy must the words come to 
us, "This same Jesus, which is taken up from you into 
heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him 
go into heaven." Acts 1:11. He is the same Jesus; the 
same compassionate and tender Saviour; the same One 
who "hath borne our griefs, and carried our sorrows;" 
He who was "wounded for our transgressions," and 
"bruised for our iniquities," and with whose "stripes we 
are healed." How this good news should cause our hearts 
to overflow with joy! 

He is to "come in like manner as ye have seen Him 
go." Yes, "in like manner." When they saw Him go, 
He was the personal, literal Jesus they had associated 
with and loved and adored as their dearest Companion 
and their Saviour. And "in like manner" He returns. 

The manner in which He went away is stated in lan- 
guage that is easily understood: "And when He had said 



HE WILL COME AGAIN 349 

these things, as they were looking, He was taken up ; and 
a cloud received Him out of their sight. And while they 
were looking steadfastly into heaven as He went, behold 
two men stood by them in white apparel. ' ' Acts 1 : 9, 10, 
A. E. V. It was while u ikey were looking" that the Mas- 
ter departed. 

The disciples were not only "looking," but they were 
looking " steadfastly " at the Lord Jesus as He went away. 
They must soon be called upon to describe His departing, 
and also to tell of His returning. They must be able to 
explain what they mean by saying He "shall so come in 
like manner." Hence the Master arranged to have them 
"steadfastly," fixedly, beholding Him as He was going 
away. 

They tell us that "He was taken up; and a cloud re- 
ceived Him out of their sight." Issues of eternal moment 
center in the second coming of Christ, and that event must 
not be left to conjecture or speculation. The most definite, 
positive, clear knowledge must be given in regard to it; 
for the great adversary will seek to bewilder the minds of 
men concerning the manner in which the Lord will return. 
Everything must be made perfectly clear and obvious. 

"A cloud received Him out of their sight" as He went 
away. Not only does this text in Acts declare that He 
will "so come in like manner," but other scriptures be- 
sides tell us that the clouds will attend Him again when 
He comes. "Behold, He cometh with clouds; and every 
eye shall see Him, and they also which pierced Him: and 
all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of Him." 
Rev. 1:7. "And then shall appear the sign of the Son 
of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the 
earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming 



350 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory." 
Matt. 24:30. "And then shall they see the Son of 
man coming in the clouds with great power and glory." 
Mark 13 : 26. 

These scriptures tell a plain truth in such very definite 
language that there is no need of a mistake. The Lord 
wants us to know just what to look for in His second 
coming; and we need not be imposed upon by the sophis- 
tries of any deception, if we are only careful to give 
heed to what is revealed in the inspired Book. 

The word of God goes further, and tells us that when 
the Eedeemer comes the second time, the brightest glory 
will attend Him; "for the Son of man shall come in 
the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He 
shall reward every man according to his works." Matt. 
16: 27. And again: "When the Son of man shall come in 
His glory, and all the holy angels with Him, then shall 
He sit upon the throne of His glory." Matt. 25:31. 
Mark the description of His coming: "The Son of man 
shall come in the glory of His Father;" and, "The Son 
of man shall come in His glory." Thus in this event, as 
in everything else, the glory of both the Father and the 
Son is blended into one effulgent harmony. 

And observe that He is not coming alone. For with 
Him, in the shining brightness that God has given to each 
one of them, are "all the holy angels." Speaking of the 
number of the angels, it is said: "I beheld, and I heard 
the voice of many angels round about the throne and the 
beasts and the elders: and the number of them was ten 
thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thou- 
sands." Rev. 5:11. "Ten thousand times ten thousand" 
is a hundred million. But this is only a part of the 



HE WILL COME AGAIN 351 

vast throng; for the prophet immediately adds, "And 
thousands of thousands." 

Note the inspired description of the one angel that ap- 
peared at the tomb of Christ on the morning of His resur- 
rection: "Now late on the Sabbath day, as it began to 
dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magda- 
lene and the other Mary to see the sepulcher. And be- 
hold, there was a great earthquake; for an angel of the 
Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled away 
the stone, and sat upon it. His appearance was as light- 
ning, and Ms raiment white as snow: and for fear of him 
the watchers did quake, and became as dead men. And 
the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not 
ye; for I know that ye seek Jesus, who hath been cruci- 
fied. He is not here; for He is risen, even as He said." 
Matt. 28 : 1-6. 

Since one angel alone shines with such brightness, what 
will be the brilliancy when the glory of the innumerable 
host of God is united with that of the Father and the 
Son in the second advent? The majesty of the King of 
eternity will so outshine the luminary of day that it 
will be paled into the dimness of twilight before the tri- 
umphal cohorts of Him who is returning to earth. 

What a glorious event the second coming of the Lord 
will be! What majestic power and floods of dazzling light 
will shine forth from this mighty host when the Lamb of 
God returns in triumph for the trophies of His grace and 
love! "As the lightning cometh out of the east, and shin- 
eth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the 
Son of man be." Matt. 24: 27. 

He who is the Creator of every shining sun in all the 
infinite expanse of space, He who holds the power that 

23 



352 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

produces every ray of light that floods the systems of the 
universe, when He comes in person to rescue the redeemed 
from this revolted planet, will shine with a glory befitting 
that event as well as the majesty of His character. The 
mind should be aroused to its highest capabilities when 
contemplating the splendor of that soul-rejoicing day of 
the Lord's second coming. And even when thus aroused, 
our limited, finite powers will enable us to picture, but 
dimly the appearance of the King of kings and Lord of 
lords in that supreme day. 

But the great deceiver does not want us to have a true 
sense of what the second coming of Christ means to this 
sinful world, and therefore he seeks to becloud the minds 
of men in regard to both the nearness of the Master's com- 
ing and what the event realty is. The Saviour tells us, 
"Many shall come in My name, saying, I am Christ; and 
shall deceive many." Matt. 24:5. But no pretender can 
ever present to the world a literal fulfillment of all the 
inspired specifications that are to mark the coming of 
the glorified Son of God. Still it is said of these "false 
christs and false prophets" that they "shall show great 
signs and wonders; insomuch that, if it were possible, 
they shall deceive the very elect. ' ' Matt. 24 : 24. 

The word of God not only gives a faithful description 
of the manner and appearance of the second coming of 
the Lord, but it also unmasks the deceptions by which the 
enemy would insnare and ruin us. Hence we should be 
faithful students of the Book of books. The ordinary 
reading of the Bible is not sufficient to barricade the heart 
against the delusions prepared by the evil one for the last 
days. We must literally feed on the divine Word. We 
must commune with God through that Word and by 






HE WILL COME AGAIX 353 

prayer. In this way, we ma}^ become so fully assimi- 
lated to His life and character, grow into such an intimate 
friendship with Him, and be made so sensible of the power 
of His coming, that we shall not be deceived. We shall 
know the voice of the true Shepherd, and no impostor, 
be he ever so cunning, can possibly lead us astray; for 
when the true Shepherd "putteth forth His own sheep, 
He goeth before them, and the sheep follow Him: for 
they know His voice. And a stranger will they not fol- 
low, but will flee from him: for they know not the voice 
of strangers." John 10:4, 5. 

We know only "this same Jesus"; only Him with the 
perfect character; only Him whose life was so unselfishly 
sacrificed for lost mankind. Only the Son of God, "who 
loved me, and gave Himself for me, ' ' — as every believer 
can say, — can ever fill the place that He has won in the 
Christian's heart. The cunning enemy may present decep- 
tions, and among his "great signs and wonders" he may 
even show a brilliant spectacle, which will cause some to 
think that Christ # has already come; but only those will 
be deceived thereby who have rejected or failed to heed 
the warnings of the word of God. 

The apostle Paul says that "the Lord Himself shall 
descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the 
Archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in 
Christ shall rise first." 1 Thess. 4:16. Yes, it is the 
Lord Himself, and not another, who is coining again. 

And this text shows that the resurrection of the dead 
takes place at His coming; for "the dead in Christ shall 
rise first." 

Then the Master Himself is to return. He will be 
the same Jesus. He comes with the voice of the Archangel, 



354 HEKALDS OF THE MOKNING 

and sounding the trump of God. He comes in the clouds 
of heaven. He comes with glory indescribable, attended 
by all the hosts of the angels of God. The record is so 
clear upon the subject, that if we make a mistake we 
will be entirely without excuse. The apostle Paul further 
tells us: "But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye 
have no need that I write unto you. For yourselves know 
perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief 
in the night. For when they shall say, Peace and safety; 
then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon 
a woman with child; and they shall not escape. But ye, 
brethren, are not in darkness, that that clay should over- 
take you as a thief. Ye are all the children of light, and 
the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of 
darkness." 1 Thess. 5:1-5. 

From this scripture we readily see that those who stand 
in the light will know "the times and the seasons" of 
"the day of the Lord." Speaking to his "brethren," the 
apostle says, "Yourselves know perfectly that the day of 
the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night." But that 
great day does not thus come upon all ; for he says further, 
"Ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should 
overtake you as a thief." The "brethren" stand in the 
light, and so know "the times and the seasons" of "the 
day of the Lord." 

Then there will be a class who will say, "Peace and 
safety," and upon whom "sudden destruction cometh"; 
and another class who "are not in darkness," and hence 
that day does not overtake them "as a thief." This 
destruction comes upon the one class because they have 
chosen to hide away from the light, while the others are 
delivered because they have accepted "the true Light, 



HE WILL COME AGAIN" 



355 



which lighteth every man that cometh into the world." 
John 1:9. For " light is come into the world, and men 
loved darkness rather than light, because their deeds were 
evil. For every one that doeth evil hateth the light, neither 
cometh to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved. But 
he that doeth truth cometh to the light, that his deeds 
may be made manifest, that they are wrought in God." 
John 3 : 19-21. 

Those here mentioned who "loved darkness rather 
than light," will very naturally say, "Peace and safety," 
even though in the immediate presence of "sudden de- 
struction"; and while they remain in that blinding dark- 
ness, they cannot see the evidence showing that "He is 
near, even at the doors." But the psalmist says, "Thy 
word is a lamp unto my feet, and a light unto my path." 




! As a thief in 

the night.' 



356 HEKALDS OF THE MORXIXG 

Ps. 119 : 105. Tlie reverent student who will open the 
heart and the mind to the reception of that Word, will 
thereby stand among those who discern the signs of the 
times. 

If we summarize the facts set forth in the Bible in 
regard to the manner of the appearing of our Lord and 
Saviour Jesus Christ, we find: 

First, that our Lord's coming is not at death, as some 
have affirmed, for He comes as the Life-giver. He comes 
to destroy death. Martha said "unto Jesus, Lord, if Thou 
hadst been here, my brother had not died." "Jesus said 
unto her, I am the resurrection, and the life: he that be- 
lieveth in Me, though he were dead, yet shall he live: and 
whosoever liveth [at the time of the resurrection] and 
believeth in Me shall never die." John 11:21, 25, 26. 
"The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death." 1 Cor. 
15 : 26. It is the divine purpose finally and completely 
to "destroy him that had the power of death, that is, 
the devil.' ; Heb. 2:11. 

Thus we might pass from text to text through the Word 
to find the evidence constantly multiplying which shows 
that the second advent is the very opposite of death. It 
means the resurrection of the dead and eternal life for all 
who are prepared to receive it. 

Second, the coming of our Lord is not merely a great 
outpouring of His Spirit; for He said just before His cru- 
cifixion : ' ' Nevertheless I tell you the truth ; It is expedient 
for you that I go away: for if I go not away, the Com- 
forter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will 
send Him unto you. And when He is come, He will re- 
prove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of 
judgment." John 16:7, 8. 



HE WILL COME AGAIN" 357 

The Comforter, or "the Spirit of truth," as the Lord 
calls Him in another verse of the same chapter, was sent 
to be with His church while He was away. Therefore this 
Comforter that was to be with us during the Lord's ab- 
sence, could not by any method of reasoning be made to 
take the place of the second coming of Christ, no matter 
how great any of the manifestations of the outpouring 
of the mighty Spirit of God may be. 

Third, His second coming could not be the manifesta- 
tions in any of the secret cabinets of spiritistic seances, 
for His word sa}^s: "Wherefore if they shall say unto you, 
Behold, . . . He is in the secret chambers; believe it not." 
Matt. 24:26. 

Fourth, His coming is not to be localized in some par- 
ticular spot on earth. It is not to be in the desert, as 
taught by the Mormons, or merely to old Jerusalem, as 
taught by others; for "if they shall say unto you, Behold, 
He is in the desert; go not forth," and "if any man shall 
say unto you, Lo, here is Christ, or there; believe it not." 
Matt. 24: 26, 23. The word is: "Behold, He cometh with 
clouds; and every eye shall see Him." Eev. 1: 7. 

Fifth, His coming is not in stillness and secrecy, to 
steal away a part of the inhabitants of the earth while 
the remaining portion will know nothing of what has oc- 
curred; for it is with all the forth-shining of His glory 
that the Son of God will be revealed as He descends "from 
heaven with a shout, with the voice of the Archangel, and 
with the trump of God." 1 Thess. 4:16. 

This glorious hope of the second coming of Christ is 
a theme that has called out the most sublime utterances 
of the inspired writers in all the ages. Of one of the 
prophets who walked with God, it is said: 



•.■■ 





"Behold, He cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see Him." 



358 



HE WILL COME AGAIN 359 

" Enoch also, the seventh from Adam, prophesied of 
these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands 
of His saints." Jude 14. 

In one of the sweet songs of the psalmist are the words : 
"Sing unto the Lord with the harp; with the harp, and 
the voice of a psalm. With trumpets and sound of cornet 
make a joyful noise before the Lord, the King. Let the 
sea roar, and the fullness thereof ; the world, and they that 
dwell therein. Let the floods clap their hands : let the hills 
be joyful together before the Lord; for He cometh to judge 
the earth: with righteousness shall He judge the world, 
and the people with equity." Ps. 98: 5-9. 

The i i gospel prophet ' ' declares : ' ' And it shall be said in 
that day, Lo, this is our God ; we have waited for Him, and 
He will save us : this is the Lord ; we have waited for Him, 
we will be glad and rejoice in His salvation." Isa. 25: 9. 

In one of His discourses while on earth our Master 
Himself said: "The hour is coming, in the which all that 
are in the graves shall hear His voice, and shall come 
forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of 
life ; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of 
damnation." John 5:28, 29. 

And thus proclaims the beloved disciple from rock- 
bound Patmos: "Behold, He cometh with "clouds; and 
every eye shall see Him, and they also which pierced Him : 
and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of Him." 
Bev. 1 : 7. 

"And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled 
together; and every mountain and island were moved out 
of their places. And the kings of the earth, and the great 
men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the 
mighty men, and every bondman, and every freeman, hid 



360 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains; 
and said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and 
hide us from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, 
and from the wrath of the Lamb: for the great day of 
His wrath is come; and who shall be able to standi" 
Rev. 6 : 14-17. 

"And I looked, and behold a white cloud, and upon 
the cloud One sat like unto the Son of man, having on 
His head a golden crown, and in His hand a sharp sickle. 
And another angel came out of the temple, crying with 
a loud voice to Him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in Thy 
sickle, and reap: for the time is come for Thee to reap; 
for the harvest of the earth is ripe. And He that sat 
on the cloud thrust in His sickle on the earth; and the 
earth was reaped." Rev. 14:14-16. 

"And, behold, I come quickly; and My reward is with 
Me, to give every man according as his work shall be." 
"He which testifieth these things saith, Surely I come 
quickly. Amen. Even so, come, Lord Jesus." Rev. 
22 : 12, 20. ' * Christ was once offered to bear the sins of 
many; and unto them that look for Him shall He appear 
the second time without sin unto salvation. ' ' Heb. 9 : 28. 

The One who has inspired all the foregoing promises 
is no less a personage than He who created the universe. 
He possesses in Himself all the power that holds in place 
the vast world on which we live, guiding it in harmony 
with the countless number of vaster worlds which He is 
also sustaining and directing in space. In considering a 
statement or a promise, it is also proper to consider the 
power and ability of the one who makes it. Surely the 
One who has made this wealth of promises that Jesus 
the Lord will come again, has ample power to sustain 



HE WILL COME AGAIN 



361 



Him in making good His word. We may be sure that 
every part of it will be definitely and accurately fulfilled. 

Therefore, even though the world be filled with distress 
and woe, so that brave-hearted men tremble before the 
threatening evil, yet are there heralds of the coming morn- 
ing. The Master has promised to return, and all who 
know Him are longing for the time to come. 

The prophecies that accompany these promises of His 
coming, show that all the disasters and dangers threaten- 
ing the world to-day are nothing more than the shoals 
and rocks that lie along the farther shore of time. They 
are not to be dreaded since we have taken the Master Pilot 
on board. They are only the visible and evident tokens 
that we have sighted the land of our eternal Eden home. 
What a joy is this knowledge! What an anchor of rest 
to the soul! 





CHAPTER TWENTY 




u E have been considering the Bible description 
of the conditions that will prevail all over the 



earth at the close of time. We have seen the 
inspired statements concerning the "time of 
trouble'' and the last-day " perils." We have read from 
the book of God of the "waxing old" of the earth, and 
that "the sea and the waves" will be roaring. We have 
learned of the "angry" nations, and of those who oppress 
the laborer, and who have "heaped treasure together for 
the last days." We have found also that God has fore- 
told the vice, the crime, the injustice, and the violence 
that will fill the land. Looking at these pictures only, we 
see nothing but darkness, distress, and woe; but there is 
a great light shining far above and through it all. 

Will our heavenly Father allow Satan to curse the 
world with deceptions, and corrupting and distressing sins, 
and He do nothing to show the blessings and the joys of 
truth and goodness? Will He allow the evil to lift its 
hideous though bedecked and gilded head to the most con- 
summate heights of folly, that it may the more surely 

362 



THE EAKTH WAS LIGHTENED BY HIS GLORY 363 

plunge men to the lowest depths of wickedness and woe, 
and He do nothing to expose the danger, and save the be- 
guiled and deluded objects of His love? The first advent 
of Christ was heralded by the anthems of angels. The 
miraculous power and love of the Saviour were mani- 
fested in preaching to the poor, healing the sick, and 
raising the dead. At Pentecost there was a mighty out- 
pouring of the Spirit of God. And will this dispensation, 
so wondrously begun in the demonstration of. divine 
power, be allowed to close in obscurity and weakness? 
Will its glorious light be made to flicker dimly, or be 
buried beneath the rubbish of this sinful time? — No, 
never, never! 

The eighteenth chapter of Revelation presents with- 
out doubt the strongest, the most scathing, and the most 
heart-searching condemnation of the sins of the last gen- 
eration, that can be found in the inspired Book. Read 
the entire chapter, and allow it to quicken your sense of 
the divine displeasure with wrong; but do not fail to 
observe closely the opening sentences: 

"And after these things I saw another angel come 
down from heaven, having great power; and the earth 
was lightened with his glory. And he cried mightily with 
a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, 
and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of 
every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful 
bird." Verses 1, 2. 

How sublime is the description of this mighty angel 
who lifts such a strong voice against the sins of Babylon! 
This babel of evil that seeks by its corruptions completely 
to overthrow the last generation of men, must be exposed. 
Light must be thrown in upon these hidden, iniquitous 



364 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

works of darkness that make the last days " perilous," 
and cause an unprecedented "time of trouble"; and so 
the heavenly messenger is sent to lighten the earth with 
his glory. Here is a promise that fires every lofty emo- 
tion of the soul with the entrancing thought that in the 
very stronghold of iniquity, and amid its most desperate 
working, the Master exerts His mighty power, and the 
earth is lightened with His glory. 

The Lord left with His church the promise that " these 
signs shall follow them that believe; in My name shall 
they cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; 
they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly 
thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the 
sick, and they shall recover. ' ' Mark 16 : 17, J8. 

The Master inspired one of His apostles to repeat this 
promise by saying, "God hath set some in the church, first 
apostles, secondarily prophets, thirdly teachers, after that 
miracles, then gifts of healings, helps, governments, diver- 
sities of tongues." 1 Cor. 12 : 28. 

As men are led to study and believe the Bible, some 
will be developed through whom God can manifest His 
"gifts" which He has "set" "in the church." To some 
will be given "the word of wisdom"; to others "the word 
of knowledge"; to others the gift of "faith"; to others the 
gift of "healing"; to others "the working of miracles"; 
to others the gift of "prophecy"; to others "discerning 
of spirits"; to others the gift of "tongues"; and to others 
"the interpretation of tongues." 1 Cor. 12:8-10. 

That was a wonderful manifestation of the power of 
the Spirit of God, when at Pentecost the "gifts" worked 
powerfully in the church; but under the outpouring of 
the Spirit in these last days, those gifts that formality 



THE EARTH WAS LIGHTENED BY HIS GLORY 365 

and unbelief have driven out, will return to do a mightier 
work. Satan sees the unfolding of the Lord's great 
plan. He becomes enraged that he cannot hold men 
in the superstitious errors of darkness. He plans in his 
most masterly way to deceive mankind. He can lead 
many into such gross crimes and vices that nothing short 
of the dawning Judgment day will cause them to look up 
to God. Others can be kept in a sort of genteel infidelity 
that looks with pity upon those who believe the word of 
the Lord. But there are many others who, while they 
hold to the Bible, yet do so in a careless, nominal way, 
and without appropriating its vitalizing truth ; and special 
delusions must be prepared for these. 

Satan knows that God is educating His true followers, 
who are now scattered in every clime, and worshiping 
under so many denominational names, to do a mighty 
work. "It shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, 
I will pour out of My Spirit upon all flesh: and your 
sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your young 
men shall see visions, and your old men shall dream 
dreams: and on My servants and on My handmaidens 
I will pour out in those days of My Spirit ; and they shall 
prophesy: and I will show wonders in heaven above, and 
signs in the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapor of 
smoke: the sun shall be turned into darkness, and the 
moon into blood, before that great and notable day of 
the Lord come: and it shall come to pass, that whosoever 
shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved. ' y Acts 
2 : 17-21. 

The evil one knows these prophecies concerning the 
outpouring of God's Spirit "in the last days." He 
knows God has said that a mighty angel has been com- 



366 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

missioned to enlighten the earth with His glory; and if 
you have never before seen the cunning of Satan, witness 
the counterfeit "healers" and "faith cures" that he is 
sending out to flood the world with their pernicious and 
misleading notions. Those persons who hold to the Bible 
in a careless, indifferent way — the ones who do not dig 
for themselves into its great mines of truth so that they 
may be fortified by a personal knowledge of just what 
God's own word saj^s — are the ones who will be most 
easily beguiled by the sophistries of Satan. 

If no other evidence convinces you that God is pre- 
paring to do a marvelous work in these last days, under 
the outpouring of mighty pentecostal manifestations of 
His Spirit, just witness the counterfeits that are sent out 
•to discredit this on-coming work of the Lord. Men and 
women are rising up everywhere to talk glibly about the 
gifts of miracles and healing that God has placed in the 
church. A superficial knowledge leads one to believe that 
all their teaching is warranted by Scripture ; but a deeper 
knowledge, a daily study of the Word, a devoted faith in 
its teaching, and a full surrender of the will to God — 
through which comes the possession of His "gift" of the 
"discerning of spirits" — are the only things that en- 
able us to know whether these persons are pretenders, or 
whether they are sent out by the authority of Heaven 
and with power from on high. 

Of this one thing be sure : when the Master places His 
"gifts of healing" upon a man, that man will be able to 
say, as did Peter to the lame man at the gate of the temple, 
"In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and 
walk;" and those words will contain the power of God, 
and the malady must go. What God does is perfect, and 



THE EARTH WAS LIGHTENED BY HIS GLORY 367 

there will be no doubt about the reality of the healing. 
The skill of a physician will not be needed to tell the 
patient he is well; for the ruddy glow of health will 
testify that omnipotent power has breathed upon him. 
Men of faith may pray for the afflicted, and God's word 
says that "the prayer of faith shall save the sick" (James 
5: 15) ; but he who has the "gifts of healing" is commis- 
sioned of Heaven to command disease, and the divine 
Creator works through His human agent to perform a 
definite healing. 

But let it be remembered that there will appear what 
seem, from every human standpoint, to be miraculous 
healings, which are nevertheless not done by the power 
of God. We have already learned that, to enforce his 
great deceptions in the last days, Satan will work "with 
all power and signs and lying wonders." You may ask, 
"Why is he permitted thus to work?" — It is that the 
malignant virus of sin may be made manifest, and its 
deceitful workings fully known; but God shows His care 
for His creatures by unmasking the monster of evil, so 
that all may know its real character. He also fills His 
word with promises that enable every one to shun the 
delusive charms of sin, and stand at all times in the 
blazing light and power of truth. Yes, the reader may 
even be one of those who join with the mighty angel in 
these closing hours of time in filling the earth with the 
light and the glory of the Lord. 

It must be evident to any one who has taken time 
to consider the Bible evidence, that the consummating 
conflict of all the ages is even now right upon the world. 
The forces of darkness are arrayed on the one hand; but 
rising as a sun of hope on the other is the increasing 

24 



368 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



light of gospel truth and power. This gospel light is 
destined to spread till all the world is filled with its 
effulgent glory. There never were such issues in the 
world before to call out the unreserved heroism of serv- 
ice. Never before have men had the inspiration that 
comes from standing on the threshold of the resurrection, 
and of breathing, after only a little further period of 
waiting, the Eden-perfumed zephyrs of the eternal world. 
Never before have men had every exalted and exulting 
emotion stirred by the definite knowledge that the omnip- 
otent Father is marshaling all the angels of heaven to 
escort the King of eternity, the world's Redeemer, on 
His triumphal journey to this needy and sinking world. 
Knowing that He would have men and women who would 
be possessed with such soul-absorbing themes as these, our 
heavenly Father could safely foretell the enlightening of 
the whole earth with His divine glory. 

Tell it everywhere, tell it over and over again, " Glo- 
rious things are spoken of thee, O city of God!" Let all 
the world know that God sends His mighty angel from 
heaven, and the earth will be lightened with His glory. 
Receive the word of God. Stand in the fullness of the 
power of faith; and as our Father pours out His Spirit 
to accomplish His mighty work, He will use you as His 
instrument of righteousness, service, and glory. 




[Refuge and Fortress 





CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE 

HE "time of trouble, such as never was since 
there was a nation, ' ' is casting its . shadows 
upon us. But in the presence of these accumu- 
lating perils, we have a refuge. The arm of 
our omnipotent Father is stretched out to protect and 
rescue us. 

The reader may be among those who are loaded with 
polluting sins, — among those who are unjust, oppressive, 
and cruel. If so, there is encouragement in the Word 
even for all such; for it says, "This is a faithful saying, 
and worthy of all acceptation, that Christ Jesus came 
into the world to save sinners; of whom I am chief.' ' 
1 Tim. 1:15. He saves to the uttermost all "that come 
unto God by Him." Heb. 7:25. Is it possible to get 
beyond "the uttermost"? Even the "chief" of sinners 
is called. Indeed, the Lord could call none others in 
this world but sinners; "for all have sinned, and come 
short of the glory of God." Bom. 3: 23. 

"Wash you, make you clean; put away the evil of 
your doings from before Mine eyes; cease to do evil; 
learn to do well; seek judgment, relieve the oppressed, 
judge the fatherless, plead for the widow. Come now, 
and let us reason together, saith the Lord: though your 

369 



370 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though 
they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool." Isa. 
1 : 1.6-18. 

" Scarlet" and " crimson" are indelible colors. Yet 
the Lord promises that though our sins are like "scarlet/' 
He will make them as "snow"; and "though they be red 
like crimson, they shall be as wool." He saves to "the 
uttermost" even the "chief of sinners." What more 
could be asked? What more could be given? 

We may be at a loss to know how He can cleanse such 
vile sinners, but there is comfort in the thought that God 
can do many things that we cannot understand. We do 
not know how an acorn grows into naught else than the 
oak, while a grain of wheat planted by its side will just as 
invariably produce nothing but its own kind. Can you tell 
how this is? The answer is readily made that "it is 
nature." But "nature" did not create itself, neither does 
it generate the power that is so manifest in its workings. 
Our heavenly Father creates and sustains all this perfect 
and beautiful manifestation of life that we, often with- 
out a thought of what we are saying, call "nature." Under 
normal conditions nature is matter obeying the voice of 
God. The Father in heaven, all-powerful, ever present, 
and ever working, produces all this wonderful life and 
activity in the natural world. 

Know, then, O sinner, that Jesus is infinite in salva- 
tion's power! He who commands all the mighty and 
mysterious forces of nature, says that though your sins be 
of the deepest dye, they shall be as white as the snow. 
Then "seek ye the Lord while He may be found, call ye 
upon Him while He is near: let the wicked forsake his 
way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him 



OUR REFUGE AND FORTRESS 371 

return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; 
and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon. For My 
thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways 
My ways, saith the Lord. For as the heavens are higher 
than the earth, so are My ways higher than your ways, 
and My thoughts than your thoughts. For as the rain 
cometh down, and the snow from heaven, and returneth 
not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring 
forth and bud, that it ' may give seed to the sower, and 
bread to the eater: so shall My word be that goeth forth 
out of My mouth: it shall not return unto Me void, but 
it shall accomplish that which I please, and it shall pros- 
per in the thing whereto I sent it. ' ' Isa. 55 : 6-11. Read 
these promises, meditate upon them, believe them, and the 
Spirit of God will comfort and strengthen the heart 
through them. 

It may be that, though a child of God, your heart is 
"failing" "for fear, and for looking after those things 
which are coming on the earth." Perhaps the increasing 
and awfully destructive storms and earthquakes, and the 
general commotion in nature, inspire terror. But it should 
not be so. God promises: "Thou shalt not be afraid for 
the terror by night; nor for the arrow that flieth. by day; 
nor for the pestilence that walketh in darkness; nor for 
the destruction that wasteth at noonday. A thousand shall 
fall at thy side, and ten thousand at thy right hand ; but 
it shall not come nigh thee. Only with thine eyes shalt 
thou behold and see the reward of the wicked. Because 
thou hast made the Lord, which is my refuge, even the 
Most High, thy habitation; there shall no evil befall thee, 
neither shall any plague come nigh thy dwelling." Ps. 
91 : 5-10. 



372 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

"Thou shalt not be afraid." How soul-satisfying is 
this word! The Lord does not merely admonish us not to 
be afraid; He does not simply say that we ought not to 
fear; but He asserts His decree of divine power that we 
shall not "be afraid." "For He shall give His angels 
charge over thee, to keep thee in all thy ways. They 
shall bear thee up in their hands, lest thou dash thy foot 
against a stone." Verses 11, 12. 

If any are fearful because of the famines that will 
become more and more prevalent as the earth ' ' waxes old, ' ' 
the Word says: "He that walketh righteously, and speak- 
eth uprightly; he that despiseth the gain of oppressions, 
that shaketh his hands from holding of bribes, that stop- 
peth his ears from hearing of blood, and shutteth his eyes 
from seeing evil; he shall dwell on high: his place of 
defense shall be the munitions of rocks: bread shall be 
given him; his waters shall be sure. Thine" eyes shall 
see the King in His beauty: they shall behold the land 
that is very far off." Isa. 33: 15-17. "They shall not be 
ashamed in the evil time : and in the days of famine they 
shall be satisfied." Ps. 37: 19. 

Again the Lord says: "When thou passest through the 
waters, I will be with thee; and through the rivers, they 
shall not overflow thee: when thou walkest through the 
fire, thou shalt not be burned; neither shall the flame 
kindle upon thee. For I am the Lord thy God, the Holy 
One of Israel, thy Saviour." Isa. 43:2, 3. "No weapon 
that is formed against thee shall prosper; and every 
tongue that shall rise against thee in judgment thou shalt 
condemn. This is the heritage of the servants of the 
Lord, and their righteousness is of Me, saith the Lord." 
Isa. 54:17. 



OUR REFUGE AND FORTRESS 373 

There are no conditions or difficulties, even in the 
worst possibilities of the present, or in the portentous 
days that are yet to come, that God does not penetrate 
with promises that bring hope and comfort and strength. 

Satan has summoned all his malignant power in his 
last and supreme effort to oppress and destroy the people 
of God. But their danger appeals to the tender mercy 
and love of their Father; and as expressed in the sub- 
limest of inspired prophecy, there will be heard the shout 
of the Eternal: " Awake, awake, put on strength, O arm 
of the Lord; awake, as in the ancient days, in the genera- 
tions of old. Art Thou not it that hath cut Rahab, and 
wounded the dragon? Art Thou not it which hath dried 
the sea, the waters of the great deep; that hath made the 
depths of the sea a way for the ransomed to pass over?" 
Isa. 51:9, 10. 

The Lord did wonderful things in the land of Egypt; 
He brought His people out of the bondage, the gross 
idolatry and sin of that dark land, "with a mighty hand, 
and with an outstretched arm, and with great terribleness, 
and with signs, and with wonders;" but with a mightier 
and more glorious display of His love and power will He 
take them out of the accumulating corruptions, the de- 
basing sin and evils, of this time. God's exercise of power 
in that time was abundant in saving His people from 
Pharaoh's cruel tyranny; but in this time, when Satan 
is concentrating all his forces of evil, equipped with all 
the experience and training of the long reign of sin and 
crime, the occasion demands a corresponding exercise of 
divine majesty and might. "The Lord also shall roar out 
of Zion, and utter His voice from Jerusalem; and the 
heavens and the earth shall shake: but the Lord will be 



374 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



the hope of His people, and the strength of the children 
of Israel." Joel 3:16. 

How soul-inspiring is the thought that the " last days" 
are reached, and that in our time the Lord will fulfill 
His word that says: "Behold, the days come, saith the 
Lord, that it shall no more be said, The Lord liveth, that 
brought up the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt ; 
but, The Lord liveth, that brought up the children of Israel 
from the land of the north, and from all the lands whither 
He had driven them: and I will bring them again into 
their land that I gave unto their fathers." Jer. 16: 14, 15. 
In that time the Lord took His Israel from Egypt to an 
earthly Canaan; but in this time He gathers them from 




'Therefore the redeemed of the Lord shall return, and come with singing unto Zion.' 



OUR REFUGE AXD FORTRESS 



375 



every part of the world to lead them into His heavenly 
and eternal Canaan. How glorious, then, must this final 
deliverance be, when it so surpasses the mighty works of 
God in Egypt, and is made to stand forth as the one monu- 
mental illustration for all eternity of the majestic work- 
ing of the mighty power of God ! ' ' Therefore the redeemed 
of the Lord shall return, and come with singing unto 
Zion; and everlasting joy shall be upon their head: they 
shall obtain gladness and joy; and sorrow and mourning 
shall flee away. ' ' Isa. 51 : 11. 

It is only the poetry of inspiration and the inspiration 
of poetry that can thus express the "glorious things" 
that "are spoken of thee, O city of God." Then happy 
will we be if we stand upon the foundation of God's sure 
word, so that we may recognize the heralds of that morn- 
ing which is so soon to break and disclose to every watch- 
ful eye and waiting heart the satisfying realities of the 
eternal day. And as the evidence grows clearer and 
clearer that our Saviour is soon coming, let us pray with 
the beloved John, "Even so, come Lord Jesus." 





CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO 




UR heavenly Father does not merely point out 
the dangers of the times in which we live, and 
tell us what they mean, but He lifts our minds 
over these difficulties and calamities and de- 
structions, and fastens them upon the completeness of 
our final victory and the riches of our eternal reward. 
The sublime language of the Apocalypse gives a brief 
description of the song of deliverance and victory that 
shall be sung in that day. 

Of that time we read: "And I saw as it were a sea 
of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the 
victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his 
mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea 
of glass, having the harps of God. And they sing the 
song of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the 
Lamb, saying, Great and marvelous are Thy works, Lord 
God Almighty; just and true are Thy ways, Thou King 
of saints. Who shall not fear Thee, O Lord, and glorify 

376 




AND EVERLASTING REWARD 



Thy name? for Thou only art holy: for all nations shall 
come and worship before Thee; for Thy judgments are 
made manifest." Rev. 15:2-4. 

The scripture presented in the preceding paragraph 
reveals to us a company who have gained a great victory. 
They are seen standing with the harps of God, and, in a 
chorus too grand for human words to describe, they make 
the dome of the universe ring with their triumphant song. 
O, the thought of being in that chorus! A single moment 
of that eternity of joy is worth more than all that earth 
has to offer. And the Lord has bidden us to herald the 
glorious news that every one is invited to be there. Every 
precaution must be taken that no delusion overthrow us, 
and thus rob us of that rich reward. 

There can be no question about the fullness and the 
glory of the sure victory that is but a short space ahead 
of every trusting, waiting child of God. It is for each 
one to decide now whether he will share that triumph 
and reap that joy. 

377 



378 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



Having gained the victory, we enter upon the reward 
of which the prophet has sung: 

' ' that Thou wouldest rend the heavens, that Thou wouldest come down, 
That the mountains might flow down at Thy presence, as when the 

melting fire burneth, 
The fire causeth the waters to boil, to make Thy name known to Thine 

adversaries, 
That the nations may tremble at Thy presence ! 
When Thou didst terrible things which we looked not for, Thou 

earnest down, 
The mountains flowed down at Thy presence. 
For since the beginning of the world men have not heard, 
Nor perceived by the ear, neither hath the eye seen, O God, beside Thee, 
What He hath prepared for him that waiteth for Him." Isa. 64: 1-4. 

A New Testament comment on the foregoing words of 
Isaiah reads: "It is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear 
heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the 
things which God hath prepared for them that love Him. 
But God hath revealed them unto us by His Spirit: for 
the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of 
God." 1 Cor. 2:9, 10. Man cannot of himself discover 
what the Lord has in store for him in the future world. 
"But God hath revealed them unto us by His Spirit." 

So great is this reward, men could never gain even 
the faintest conception of it in this life, did not God reveal 
its glory through the illuminating influences of His Spirit. 
While all Christians understand and believe that there 
will be perfect happiness in the world to come, yet not 
all know what the word of God tells us in regard to the 
joyous realities of our eternal abode. We are very par- 
ticular to have a definite and positive understanding in 
regard to the things of this life, but we do not all learn 



TRIUMPHANT VICTORY AND EVERLASTING REWARD 379 

the definite truth God has revealed in His word concerning 
the home in which we are to spend eternity. If men would 
only take the time to inform themselves in regard to what 
the Lord, the Creator of heaven and earth, has in store for 
each one who will stand for truth and righteousness, every 
dismal cloud would be swept away, and all the dark and 
gloomy recesses of the soul would be flooded with light 
and joy. 

We need only to give respectful and thoughtful atten- 
tion to the plain words of the Lord in order to see the 
very definite plan He has for our eternal future. Notice 
the import of these words from Isaiah: 

"Israel shall be saved in the Lord with an everlasting salvation: 
Ye shall not be ashamed nor confounded world without end. 
For thus saith the Lord that created the heavens ; 
God Himself that formed the earth and made it; 
He hath established it, He created it not in vain, 
He formed it to be inhabited: 
I am the Lord; and there is none else. 
I have not spoken in secret, in a dark place of the earth : 
I said not unto the seed of Jacob, Seek ye Me in vain : 
I the Lord speak righteousness, I declare things that are right. " 
Isa. 45:17-19. 

The Lord tells us, in the foregoing words, that He 
formed the earth to be inhabited, and that He did not 
create it in vain. Every one knows that the righteous 
God did not create this earth to be inhabited by a race 
of sinners. Such a course would not be right; but God 
says, "I declare things that are right." Then we are to 
conclude that the Lord formed this earth to be inhabited 
by a race of right-doing people. He formed it to be a 
place of happiness, and not a place of sorrow, as it has 



380 



HEKALDS OF THE MOKNING 



been for so many centuries. Man sinned; and for the 
time being, it might seem to those who have not taken 
# pains to study God's plan, that the Lord has been thwarted 
in His design. But such is not the case. All sin and every 
unrepentant sinner will be destroyed out of this earth, 
and it will be refashioned in all the perfection that clothed 
it in the beginning, and thus become the home of the 
saved. If the thought of this earth's being cleansed from 
all sorrow and evil, and becoming the eternal habitation 
of the redeemed, seems strange or fanciful to you, do not 
dismiss the subject too hastily, but study it further. You 
may be able to see that it is neither strange nor fanciful, 
and moreover, may find that it is decidedly Scriptural. 

When God created this earth, He had a very definite 
object in view. But the problem of evil had to be worked 
out somewhere; and for causes that we may not be able 
to understand now, the conflict came to this earth. How- 
ever, before the hand of wickedness had been lifted here, 
just at the close of the Creator's work of making this world 
and placing man upon it, He said, "And God saw every- 
thing that He had made, and, behold, it was very good." 
A little later we have the record of the fall of man. After 
man had descended to sin, the Lord told him: "Cursed 
is the ground for thy sake; in sorrow shalt thou eat of 
it all the days of thy life; thorns also and thistles shall 
it bring forth to thee; and thou shalt eat the herb of 
the field; in the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread, 
till thou return unto the ground; for out of it wast thou 
taken: for dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return." 
Gen. 3:17-19. 

The text does not say that the Lord cursed man be- 
cause he had sinned, but He cursed the ground for man's 



TRIUMPHANT VICTORY AND EVERLASTING REWARD 381 

sake. This curse is put upon the ground to help man, or 
possibly we might more properly say that it is for the 
purpose of keeping him from falling so low that he could 
never be reached. For after the ground was cursed, man- 
kind must contend against the thorn and the thistle, and 
all the rest of the tribe of weeds that they represent. The 
word to him now is, u In the sweat of thy face shalt thou 
eat bread, till thou return unto the ground. ' ' Gen. 3 : 19. 
In this ceaseless round of labor, he does not have the 
opportunity to sink into the vices and crimes that come 
with idleness. There is a dignity and a power in labor 
that tends upward all the time. Only the perfectly right 
and pure man in the redeemed world can be trusted with 
the unlimited leisure that would be found on this earth 
if there were no curse. 

Anywhere we go on the face of this earth, we see a 
crop of weeds in any soil that is not closely and carefully 
cultivated. Many people have wondered why it is that 
weeds will grow anywhere and everywhere spontaneously. 
The idea has been suggested that birds carry the seed. 
But the simple, plain facts in the case are that God has 
said, "Cursed is the ground for thy sake," and, " Thorns 
also and thistles shall it bring forth to thee." Hence, 
everywhere man goes on the face of the earth, he must 
contend against the curse that a wise heavenly Father 
has placed upon the ground for his sake. That word which 
God spoke in the beginning is the scientific reason for the 
weeds springing up everywhere. It will continue so to 
be until the curse is finally removed. 

The complete manner in which this curse will at last 
be removed is told in the following New Testament proph- 
ecy and promise : 



382 HERALDS OF THE MOEXIXG 

" There shall come in the last days scoffers, walking 
after their own lusts, and saying, Where is the promise 
of His coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things 
continue as they were from the beginning of the crea- 
tion. For this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the 
word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth 
standing out of the water and in the water: whereby the 
world that then was, being overflowed with water, per- 
ished: but the heavens and the earth, which are now, by 
the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against 
the day of Judgment and perdition of ungodly men. 

"But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that 
one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a 
thousand years as one day. The Lord is not slack con- 
cerning His promise, as some men count slackness; but is 
long-suffering to usward, not willing that any should 
perish, but that all should come to repentance. But the 
day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the 
which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and 
the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also 
and the works that are therein shall be burned up. 

"Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, 
what manner of persons ought ye to be in all holy con- 
versation and godliness, looking for and hasting unto the 
coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being 
on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt 
with fervent heat? Nevertheless we, according to His 
promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein 
dwelleth righteousness. Wherefore, beloved, seeing that 
ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found 
of Him in peace, without spot, and blameless." 2 Peter 



TRIUMPHANT VICTORY AND EVERLASTING REWARD 383 

The foregoing scripture tells us that God's plan is to 
melt over this old earth, reeking beneath its burden of 
sin, in the Judgment fires of the last day. It also tells us 
that ungodly men will go into perdition at the same time. 
The elements of the earth are to "melt with fervent heat." 
They are to be " dissolved." While the earth is thus to 
be "dissolved" into its original gaseous elements, the 
Word says that "the works that are therein shall be 
burned up." 

But notwithstanding this melting, burning process, 
"nevertheless we, according to His promise, look for new 
heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness." 
Fire is one of the greatest purifying agents known, and 
this is the agency the Lord will use in purging away 
from the earth the curse of the "thorn and thistle," 
as well as the blight of sin; and then out of this molten 
material there will arise a new creation. God does crea- 
tion's work, so far as this world is concerned, all over 
again; and one of the grandest thoughts in connection 
with it is that all the redeemed sons and daughters of 
Adam will be eyewitnesses of the great creative scene. 
We will have passed through every trial, will have come 
victoriously out of every difficulty, and at last will stand 
with our Creator while He puts our planet through its 
baptism of fire, and fashions it into the abode of eternal 
righteousness. This is a theme that is calculated to call 
forth the liveliest and the highest exercise of the imagina- 
tion. Yet, while this is so, the presentation is not an 
imaginative one. It is not the depicting of a fanciful 
theory. It is the simple setting forth of literal fact in 
the plain, direct language of God's own promises. To 
attempt to argue the case would not only be useless, but 

25 



384 



HEKALDS OF THE MOENING 



it might result in dragging a shade of obscurity over the 
face of one of the clearest as well as one of the most 
beautiful truths. 

Another of the scriptures that present these new-earth 
scenes, and give these promises of joy and glory in our 
redeemed Eden home, is the following: 

"And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the 
first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and 
there was no more sea. And I John saw the holy city, 
New Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, 
prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. And I 

heard a great voice out 
of heaven saying, Be- 
hold, the tabernacle of 
God is with men, and He 
will dwell with them, and 
they shall be His people, and 
God Himself shall be with 
them, and be their God. And 




I John saw the holy city, New Jerusalem." Rev. 21: 2. 



TRIUMPHANT VICTORY AND EVERLASTING REWARD 385 

God shall wipe away all tears from their eves; and there 
shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither 
shall there be any more pain: for the former things are 
passed away. And He that sat upon the throne said, Be- 
hold, I make all things new. And He said unto me, Write : 
for these words are true and faithful." Eev. 21:1-5. 

Thus do the Scriptures in multiplied passages bring 
before us the new heavens and the new earth. And thus 
do they show that the "restitution of all things, which 
God hath spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets 
since the world began" (Acts 3:21), will include the re- 
newing of the earth, its cleansing from sin, and its pres- 
entation to the redeemed as their eternal home. 

The beautiful Eden that was lost through sin will also 
be restored through the redemptive work of our Saviour 
Jesus Christ. Then will come the glorious realization of 
that other scene viewed by the apostle John on Patmos, 
and thus described by him: "And I saw, and I heard a 
voice of many angels round about the throne and the living 
creatures and the elders; and the number of them was ten 
thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands ; 
saying with a great voice, Worthy is the Lamb that hath 
been slain to receive the power, and riches, and wisdom, 
and might, and honor, and glory, and blessing. And every 
created thing which is in the heaven, and on the earth, 
and under the earth, and on the sea, and all things that are 
in them, heard I saying, Unto Him that sitteth on the 
throne, and unto the Lamb, be the blessing, and the honor, 
and the glory, and the dominion, forever and ever." Rev. 
5: 11-13. It is said of those who join in this indescribable 
anthem of victory that they "shall reign on the earth." 
Eev. 5 : 10. This triumphant chorus of praise to the 



386 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

Majesty of heaven takes place at a time when there is 
not a discordant note of sin in all the great universe of 
God. "Every created thing" engages in the song with 
heart, and soul, and mind. 

What a thrill of joy is awakened at the thought of 
being there! No person on earth can afford to miss such 
an opportunity. Who can slight the invitation that the 
Lord has so graciously extended to " every creature'"? 
When this old earth shall be dissolved, and when every 
particle of sin is burned out of it, and when the new 
heaven and the new earth shall come forth out of the 
molten and purified elements, and when all the immortal 
beauty of this new creation shall be unfolded in the 
presence of the redeemed, and under the unobstructed gaze 
of their immortal eyes, if we are not there to join in the 
shouts of joy and triumph, how terrible will be our ever- 
lasting mistake, how infinitely sad our everlasting loss! 

The substantial reward that is before the truly loyal 
followers of Christ can be but feebly ' described by any 
human instrumentality. The Spirit that searches the 
deep things of God must be sought as our illuminating 
guide. 

The most beautiful spot on the whole face of this 
earth has some tracings of the curse upon it to mar its 
present beauty, so that the mind may be directed to the 
faultless splendor of Eden redeemed. Our God would not 
have us fix our affections on the passing things of this 
life or of this world, but would have us see and lay hold 
on that which will endure forever. With these clear 
promises before us of the redemption of the earth, let us 
turn to that wonderful prophetic description of what its 
redeemed conditions will be ; and, as we read it, let us ask 



TEIUMPHANT VICTOEY AND EVEELASTING EEWAED 387 

that God's Spirit make a living picture of its every ex- 
pression upon the sensitized films of our souls. That de- 
scription of the earth in its redeemed condition is in the 
language of Isaiah, and reads: 




****. 





,'-;• 's •. V«*.a*li 




V . ' * 




r •/>'"-'* i^> 


"The desert shall rejoice, 


^spsp*. " 


and blossom as the rose." 


- * Jv 




"The wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for them; and the 
desert shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose. 

It shall blossom abundantly, and rejoice even with joy and singing: 

The glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it, the excellency of Carmel 
and Sharon, 

They shall see the glory of the Lord, and the excellency of our God. 

Strengthen ye the weak hands, and confirm the feeble knees. 

Say to them that are of a fearful heart, Be strong, fear not : 

Behold, your God will come with vengeance, even God with a recom- 
pense; He will come and save you. 

Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened, and the ears of the deaf 
shall be unstopped. 

Then shall the lame man leap as an hart, and the tongue of the 
dumb sing : 

For in the wilderness shall waters break out, and streams in the desert. 

And the parched ground shall become a pool, and the thirsty land 
springs of water : 



388 HERALDS OF THE MORNING 

In the habitation of dragons, where each lay, shall be grass with reeds 

and rushes. 
And an highway shall be there, and a way, and it shall be called The 

way of holiness; 
The unclean shall not pass over it ; but it shall be for those : 
The wayfaring men, though fools, shall not err therein. 
No lion shall be there, nor any ravenous beast shall go up thereon, 

it shall not be found there ; 
But the redeemed shall walk there : and the ransomed of the Lord 

shall return, 
And come to Zion with songs and everlasting joy upon their heads : 
They shall obtain joy and gladness, and sorrow and sighing shall flee 

away." Isaiah 35, 

This is a picture of the new earth when the " ransomed 
of the Lord" have entered it with " everlasting joy upon 
their heads." And when that time comes, all the glory 
of the far-famed forests of Lebanon shall be surpassed, 
and the very deserts and the miasmic bogs shall be so 
transformed as to excel the fame of Carmel and Sharon. 
The glories of that new earth, of the fields and gardens 
of eternity, are but faintly shadowed by the best that 
nature can offer in this world. And then every blind eye 
is opened, so that it may catch the indescribable scene; 
and every deaf ear is made to hear, so that it may revel 
in the exultant harmonies and melodies, as choir and soloist 
shall rise to the exalted heights of expressing in the elo- 
quence of sound the impulses that are too sublime for 
words. Amid these scenes of the rejoicings of the im- 
mortal and redeemed, there can be found no speechless 
tongue; and no defective limb will offer obstruction to the 
poetic expression of bodily motion when every nerve is 
vibrating its symphonies at the thought of actually being 
in the New Jerusalem, the capital of the universe, the 



TRIUMPHANT VICTORY AND EVERLASTING REWARD 389 

metropolis of the earth made new, and a center of joy 
to all eternity. 

Before these eternal realities that our heavenly Father 
offers us, all the wealth that this present world can give 
is transformed into the most beggarly poverty. 

As we look upon the earth, we see distress, perplexity, 
and unsatisfying prospects. We see fulfilled the Master's 
prophecy of what would take place in those days, "men's 
hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those 
things which are coming on the earth." This distressed 
condition is all that earth has to offer; but if we take 
the telescope of prophecy and divinely inspired promise, 
and look beyond these scenes of the closing days of time 
over into the fair domains of our heavenly Father, we 
see the "New Jerusalem, coming down from God out of 
heaven;" we see the hand of Omnipotence giving our 
earth its purifying ablution of fire. Out of this curse- 
destroying crucible we see the work of creation bringing 
back to mankind its perfect new earth in the vernal fresh- 
ness and matchless beauty of the blossoming and perfumed 
splendors of Eden; 'and finally we see our redeemed and 
re-created planet swinging anew into her trackless high- 
way of space, peopled by the happy creatures who are 
settling themselves into the undimmed pleasures and oc- 
cupations of their eternal existence. 

"We having the same spirit of faith, according as it 
is written, I believed, and therefore have I spoken; we 
also believe, and therefore speak; knowing that He which 
raised up the Lord Jesus shall raise up us also by Jesus, 
and shall present us with you. For all things are for your 
sakes, that the abundant grace might through the thanks- 
giving of many redound to the glory of God. For which 



390 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



cause we faint not; but though our outward man perish, 
yet the inward man is renewed day by day. For our 
light affliction, which is but for a moment, worketh for us 
a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory; while 
we look not at the things which are seen, but at the 
things which are not seen: for the things which are 
seen are temporal; but the things which are not seen are 
eternal." 2 Got. 4:13-18. 




Index of Authorities Cited 



Addams, Jane, objectless life of working 
women, 59. 

Aked, Dr. O. F., time of courts wasted 
on details, 91. 

American Federation for Sex Hygiene, 
cost of vice, 335. 

Anthony, Judge Elliott, mob law, 89. 

Atlanta Constitution, increase of crime, 
75. 

Bloch, Jean de, war costs prohibitive, 221. 

Bolce, Harold, rationalism in theological 
schools, 139. 

Bourne, Bandolph S., conciliation forces 
strengthening, 225. 

Brooks, Sydney, frenzy of war spirit, 
205. 

Bryce, James, quoted by Eeeves on 
growth of American capitalism, 45. 

Burgess, Dr. William, quotes Eoosevelt 
on suicide of working girls, 58 ;' quotes 
Dr. Strong on alternative of mob or 
church dominance, 103; organization of 
white slavers, 114. 

Byrn, Edward W., A. M., modern ad- 
vancement, 20. 

Catholic Mirror, increase of crime, 77. 

Cornell, Magistrate, N. Y., ineffectiveness 
of punishment of criminals, 89. 

Crispi, Italian statesman, prospective 
anarchy, 328. 

Daniels, Josephus, secretary of navy, 
predicts federation, 225. 

Dunne, Judge Frank H., procedure of 
courts a game, 90. 

Dutton, Eev. C. S. S., modern decadence 
parallels that of Home, 123. 

Eliot, Charles William, LL. D., impunity 
of violence, 328 ; graft and court de- 
lays, 85. 

' ' Encyclopaedia Britannica, ' ' intensity 
of vice showing decadence, 123. 

Evans, Eev. Walter A., corruption blame- 
able to apostasy of church, 145. 

Foster, Bishop, church courting world, 
134. 

Froude, James Anthony, A. M., Eoman 
decadence, 66. 



Gary, Judge, of U. S. Steel Corporation, 
ameliorate conditions or mob will, 63. 

Gompers, Samuel, strike privations, 58. 
Grey, Sir Edward, mysterious war ex- 
citement, 206. 

Gulick, Prof. Sidney L., " collapse of 
space," 26, 201; increase of power, 
201. 

Hale, Eev., on church entertainments, 134. 

Hendrick, Burton J., government of 
crime, 86. 

Hillis, Dr. Newell Dwight, race degener- 
acy, 119; summing up Wallace, 334. 

Hugo, Victor, at peace congress of 1849, 

225. 
Immigration Commission, 1907, report on 

commerce in vice, 127. 

Indiana State Board of Health, spread of 
venereal disease, 129. 

Ireland, Archbishop, social disintegra- 
tion, 327. 

Jefferson, Dr. Charles E., parallel growth 
of peace movement and armaments, 
187; costs of war, 202. 

Jordan, Dr. David Starr, commercial con- 
trol of war, 52 ; rising war debts, 202 ; 
hate generated by war, 205; commer- 
cial peace security, 220. 

Kelly, Dr. Howard, maltreatment of chil- 
dren, 122. 

Kicld, Benjamin, greatest crisis ahead, 
328. 

Langdon, District Attorney, San Fran- 
cisco, advantages of rich in trials, 92. 

Leo XIII, social problems, 327. 

Liebknecht, German social democrat, in- 
vestment in war industries, 188. 

Low, A. Maurice, armament competition, 
199. 

Lynch, Frederick, D. D., aspect of war 
between church members, 185; social- 
ist failure to stay war, 223. 

Mack, Judge Julian, criminal assault on 
children, 122. 

Mahan, President Asa, of Oberlin, truth 
witnessed by enemies, 334. 

391' 



392 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



Maltseff, Dr. Alexis, insanity of war, 
205. 

Morrison, W. Douglas, juvenile crime, 76. 

Munhall, Dr., "Tidal Wave o£ Worldli- 
ness, " 135; agnosticism in theological 
schools, 139; pessimism warranted, 146. 

National Peace Council, war passing, 
220. 

Nearing, Prof. Scott, courts partial to 
well-to-do, 91. 

Newman, Bishop, stability of govern- 
ment no longer a fact, 102. 

Nichols, Bishop, of San Francisco, in- 
justice will bring catastrophe, 91. 

Orth, Samuel P., "hungry England," 57. 

Palmer, Frederick, war demoniacal, 207; 
war ushering new era, 225. 

Parker, Hon. I. C, lax courts as excuse 
of mobs, 88. 

Potter, Bishop, mission of church to poor, 
65. 

Reeve, Arthur B., prohibitive cost of war, 
221. 

Reeves, Robert N., growth of American 

capitalism, 45. 
Reynolds, James B., of Illinois Vigilance 

Association, grafting off prostitutes, 

113; anti-pandering treaty of 1908, 

first of kind, 126. 
Roosevelt, Theodore, suicide pact, 58. 

Rountree, cited by Orth on England's 

bread level, 57. 
Schwimmer, Mme. Rosike, hatred among 

nations, 206. 
Scientific American, sense of surprise lost, 

26; modern range finding, 181, 197. 
Seippel, Dr. Clara P., venereal infection 

of children, 121. 
Senate resolution for international pool- 
ing and limitation of armaments, 226. 
Shearman, Thomas G., predicted rise of 

billionaire, 1889, 45. 
Sims, Edwin W., U. S. district attorney, 

organization of white slavers, 114. 



Smith, Prof. Uriah, Voltaire and New- 
ton ; s prediction, 33. 

Smith, Prof. Watt, lowered standard for 
army recruiting, 332. 

Snowden, Philip, M. P., armament ring, 
191. 

Springfield Bepublican, craze for war, 
205. 

Stansfeld, Sir James, vice destroying na- 
tions, 335. 

Strong, Dr. Josiah, change in modes of 
travel, 24; mob or church dominance 
future alternative, 103. 

Taft, President, court delays, mcb law, 
rich litigants, 86, 89; international 
court, 226. 

Taylor, Graham, mulcting of prostitutes, 
116. 

Tocqueville, cited by Reeves, 45. 

Jntermeyer, Samuel, frequent perjury, 
90. 

Vice commissions, Chicago, 115, 121; 
Massachusetts, 115; Philadelphia, 115; 
Portland, Oregon, 116; Indiana Board 
of Health, 129. 

Wack, Henry W., effect of dancing, 122. 

Wallace, Dr. Alfred Russel, standing as 
a scientist, 333; housing of poor, 59; 
abuse of fees in courts, 92; rottenness 
of society, 334. 

Wall Street Journal, million dollar in- 
comes, 46 ; peril of speculation in bank- 
ing, 49; war madness, 204. 

Welby, Lord, war-scare mongers, 191. 

White, Prof. Andrew D., cited in Catho- 
lic Mirror on increase of crime, 77. 

Whitman, Governor Charles S., lawless- 
ness, 87. 

Winslow, Dr. Forbes, vice driving world 
insane, 332. 

World, New York, insanity from war, 
205. 

World Peace Foundation, armament mak- 
ers and war scares, 188. 



General Index 



Agricultural pests, 260. 

Air craft in war, 182, 183, 199. 

Alcoholic liquor, see Intemperance. 

Amusements in churches, 131, 134, 135, 
137, 148; harmful, Bible warning 
against, 149. 

Anarchy, crime increase threatening, 105 ; 
Crispi on prospect of, in Europe, 328. 

Anger of the nations, 170. 

Apostasy, Christless preaching shows, 
133; church work crippled by, 136, 145, 
148, 150, 153; criticism of Bible fos- 
tering, 139-144; prediction of, proves 
inspiration, 143; prevalent, 146; sign 
of the times, 131, 316; struggle 
against, culminating (see also Mis- 
sions), 39. 

Armageddon, millennium preceded and 
followed by, 332, 341; peace cry and, 
317; war of 1914 and, 207-209; world 
extent of, 179, 232. 

Armament, see also War; cost of pro- 
hibiting Avar, 170, 221; firearms in 
modern, 192-197; latest quickly be- 
comes obsolete, 199; makers' war 
propaganda, 187-194; naval, 197-199. 

Astronomy, advance of, helps fulfill 
prophecy, 40. 

Backsliding, see Apostasy. 

Bible, circulation of, 285, 291, 292; so- 
cieties, 283, 284, 291, 292; criticism, 
higher, 139-143; former scarcity of, 
in United States, 288, 289; study of, 
essential to discern deceptions, 152, 
160-169, 220, 229, 352-355, 365-367. 

Billionaire, rise of, predicted in 1889, 45. 

Bombs, increasingly used by criminals, 
74. 

Bosses, see Cities. 

Business, see also Capital; divorced from 
morality, 53, 54; subservient to crim- 
inal and vicious, 13, 78, 94, 118. 



Capital, see also Business, Capital and 
labor, Concentration of capital, Pov- 



erty, Wealth; international power of, 
52, 69; invisible empire of, 51, 55, 187; 
jugglery of, in high finance, 49, 50, 53, 
54, 75, 92, 93; special privileges of 
(see also Courts, advantages of rich 
in), 103; revolt will result from abuse 
of, 62; vice and, 113, 118; war prep- 
aration and, 187-194; war prevention 
and, 53, 220. 

Capital and labor, conflict between, Bible 
prediction of, 326; end of, at coming 
of Christ, 71; growth of, 45, 328; in- 
tensity of, portending war, 60, 104, 
106; labor control an issue of, 55; 
privations incidental to, 58; selfishness 
characterizes, 69. 

Carey, William, 283, 292. 

Century, a remarkable, 18; developments 
of (see also Capital, Decadence, Edu- 
cation), 20-30, 44; gospel preached to 
world in, 286-292, 294. 

Children, crime committed by, 75-77, 107; 
criminal abuse of, 122; infected with 
vice disease, 121 ; social education of, 
neglected, 107, 329; labor of, 56. 

Chinese (six power) loan, 52. 

Christianity, see also Apostasy, Church; 
opposed to war, 184-186. 

Church, see also Missions ; amusements in, 
see Amusements ; apostasy in, see Apos- 
tasy; opportunities lost by, 148, 150, 
153; poor to be helped by, 65; true, 
scattered among denominations, 151, 
365; work of, 151-154; worldliness to 
be combated by, 136, 137, 152, 153. 

Cities, corruption of, in general, 12, 85- 
87, 94, 106; national influence of, evil, 
94, 129; police of, and crime, 13, 73; 
social evil in, see Vice. 

Civil war, impending, see Eevolution. 

Civil War, United States, gunnery in, 192, 
195; navy of, 172. 

Class war, see Capital and labor. 

Coming of Christ, manner of, foretold, 
343. 

Concentration of capital (see also 
Trusts), 44; Bible prediction of, 68- 
70, 326; generation of - world-wide, 44, 

393 



394 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



50, 316; million dollar incomes illus- 
trate, 46; monopolies and, 45, 46, 48. 

Conciliation, see International, Peace. 

Conversion of the world, 295, 336. 

Corruption, see also Decadence, Reform, 
Vice; of courts, 88, 95, 106; political, 
13, 73, 85, 94; social, 12, 145. 

Courage, for opposing crime, lacking, 78, 
94; for opposing war, needed, 224; for 
war, 14, 222, 223. 

Courts, see also Justice; corruption com- 
mon in, 88, 95, 106, 329; officers of, 
intimidated, 74, 93, 94; perjury in, 88, 
90; property rights have precedence in, 
91 ; rich have advantages in, 86, 88, 
89, 91-93, 106, 329; technicalities in, 
and time wasted in, 13, 86, 90-93. 

Creation, Bible story of, discounted, 140- 
144. 

Crime, see also Suicide, Vice; anarchy a 
result of, 105; Bible predictions and, 
73, 79, 316; bombs, increasing use in, 
74; desperateness of, increasing, 74, 
75; financiering involving, 75, 93; ha- 
bitual, increasing, 76 ; hired, 73 ; im- 
punity, prevalence, and variety of, 12, 
13, 329; injustice favored by, and vice 
versa, 94, 102; juvenile, increasing, 75, 
76, 107; police connivance with, 73; 
politics, local, controlled by interests of, 
87; preventive and reform measures 
against, ineffective, 77, 90; puDishment 
of, 77, 90; time of trouble and, 68, 
329; travel facilitating multiplication 
of, 78. 

Crimean War, 180, 193. 

Criticism of Bible, higher, see Apostasy. 

Curse, the, and its removal, 380, 383, 386. 

Dancing and social standards, 122, 335. 

Day of the Lord (see also Armageddon), 
265-267, 320. 

Decadence, see also Apostasy, Crime, 
Vice; in antiquity, compared with 
modern, 66, 67, 123, 124; insanity a 
symptom of, in civilization, 333; mili- 
tarism a cause of, 185; military re- 
cruiting standards an index of physi- 
cal, 332; morality, popular, exhibiting, 
12, 328 ; pioneer life antidote for, 19 ; 
predicted in Bible, 68; racial, social, 
120, 327, 334. 



Deceptions of spiritualism, 155, 316; 
Bible a safeguard against, see Bible; 
signs and wonders of, combined with 
false teaching, 353, 357, 366, 367. 

Demons stirring up war (see also Decep- 
tions), 173, 206-209, 211, 326. 

Diplomacy, hope for peace through, 14. 

Disasters, see also Earthquakes, Storms; 
deliverance promised from, 372; nat- 
ural forces causing, 16, 234, 317; time 
of trouble and, 327. 

Discontent, see Revolution. 

Diseases, 271-275; deliverance promised 
from, 371; gift of healing, 366; new, 
274; new earth free from, 276; satanic 
origin of, 275. 

Dress, 123, 124, 335. 

Drunkenness, see also Intemperance; 
judgments of God cut off means of, 
263, 266, 267. 

Earth, see also World; destruction of, by 
fire, 382, 383; glories of renewed, 38, 
385-388; "shall reel to and fro" (see 
also Earthquakes), 240; waxing old, 
250, 260. 

Earthquakes, increasing, 249, 317; judg- 
ments of God visited in, 240, 243-252, 
327. 

Eden restored, 38, 385-388. 

Education, see also Schools; ancient de- 
velopment of, 66 ; modern improve- 
ment in, 36, 315 ; reformatory, to 
remedy social evil, 128. 

Entertainments, see Amusements. 

Evolution, see also Decadence; accept- 
ance by teachers, 139, 144; social, 
retrograde, 334, 335. 

Explosives, 195; invention of, by Hudson 
Maxim, 304. 

Faithful, few at Christ's second coming, 
130; work of, in world (see also 
Church, Missions), 65, 152-154, 362- 
368. 

Famines, 253, 271, 273, 317; deliver- 
ance from, promised, 372; poverty 
causing, 57. 

Fear, see also Pessimism; inspired by 
prevalence of crime, 94;. in time of 
trouble, 234, 323; reassurance against, 
for Christians, 371. 



GENERAL INDEX 



395 



Firearms, improvement of, 195-197. 
Floods and storms, see Storms. 
Formalism among Christians, 130. 
Fortifications, see also Armaments; in 

Crimean War, 180, 181, 193. 
Frontier life, benefits of, 19. 
Fuller, Andrew, 283. 

Generation, development within, 22; mil- 
lionaires appeared in a, 44. 

Gifts of Holy Spirit, manifestation of, 
in last days, 364, 376; spurious mani- 
festations of (see also Deceptions), 
366. 

Glory of God, lightens earth in last days 
(see also Gospel), 362. 

Gog and Magog, prophecy regarding, 338.. 

Gospel, spread of, predicted and realized 
(see also Bible societies, Missions), 
38, 277. 

Graft, off earnings of vice, 113 ; political, 
see Corruption. 

Great deceptions, 155. 

Gunpowder, history of, 194, 195. 

Hailstorms, 250, 251. 

Healing, by special gift, and faith, 366. 

Health, well-known laws of, wantonly 

violated, 60, 274. 
Heat, one of seven last plagues, 252-254. 
Higher criticism, see Apostasy. 
Hunger, see also Famines; poverty cause 

of, in England, 57. 
Hypnotism, connected with spiritualism, 

163. 

En justice, see Courts, Justice. 

Insanity, caused by vice, 119, 333. 

Intemperance, cost of alcoholic, 147; 
judgments denounced for, 263, 266; 
legal restriction of, 150; recklessness 
of evils causes, 274; social evil and, 
119. 

International, conciliation (see also 
Peace), 212-233; power of wealth, see 
Capital; relations desperate, 14, 15, 
170-211; restriction of social evil, 126. 

Invention, see also Travel, War equip- 
ment; of machinery, effect on labor, 
56; "wave of," 20. 



Jones, Mary, and her Bible, 289. 

Judgments of God, disasters as, 234; 

time of trouble and, 320-327; visited. 

for social wrongs, 97, 127, 128. 
Judgment "turned away backward," 

322. 
Judson, Adoniram, 283. 
Justice, see also Courts, Crime; crime 

thwarting, 102 ; mob administration of, 

88; partiality in administering, 329. 
Juvenile, see also Children; crime and 

courts, 107. 

Kingdom of heaven, coming of Christ 
and, 343; news of, sent to world, 39- 
43, 277; prophecy of, by Daniel, 38; 
temporal, expected by disciples, 344- 
346. 

Kingdoms of Daniel's prophecy, 307-312. 

Knowledge, increase of, predicted and 
realized, 36, 288, 296, 315. 

Law and lawlessness, see Courts, Crime, 
Justice, Mobs, Eevolution, Vice, Vio- 
lence. 

Liberty of religion, increased, 294. 

Literature, see also Press; corrupt, a 
cause of vice and crime, 107; of apos- 
tate theology, 143. 

Lot, time of, and present compared, 110- 
112. 

Luxuries, see also Decadence; cost of 
missions compared to cost of, 147. 

Machines, child labor and, 56 ; invention 
of, 20-30; war made by, 205. 

Mann Law, 127. 

Marksmanship, modern accuracy of, 181, 
197. 

Marriage, lack of respect for, 12, 123, 
124. 

Maxim gun, 195. 

Maxim, Hudson, explosives invented by, 
204. 

Middle classes, imperiled by coming revo- 
lution, 102-104. 

Militarism, commercial fomenting of, 
187-194; degrading influence of, 185. 

Millennium (see also Peace), 331. 

Missions, 277; Bible predictions regard- 
ing, and fulfillment, 38-43, 277, 293- 



396 



HEKALDS OF THE MORNING 



299, 317; comparative cost of luxuries 
arid, 147; extent of modern, 296; low 
standards of some early, 280; Middle 
Ages, darkness of, hindered, 279; tol- 
eration of foreigners for, 43,. 292, 294; 
the Wesleys' and Whitefield % 282. 

Mobs, courts influenced by sentiment of, 
93, 94; reform to be worked by, or by 
churches, 103; rule of, replacing weak- 
ened law, 88, 89. 

Moral decline, see Apostasy, Decadence, 
Time of trouble. 

Morrison, gave Bible to China, 292. 

Municipal, see Cities. 

Murder, for hire, 73; Jeremiah's refer- 
ence to, 106. 

Nations, angry (see also International), 

15, 170; Christian, in war, 171. 
Natural forces, disasters caused by. see 

Disasters; power of, invisible, 258. 
Naval development, 172-180. 
Nebuchadnezzar's dream, and kingdoms 

of, 300-308. 
Newton, Sir Isaac, prediction of, and 

comment on, 33. 
Noah, time of, and present compared, 

80-82, 100, 101, 108, 109, 129, 316. 

Optimism, see also Pessimism; justified 

by Bible, see Pleasures, Promises. 
Ordnance, 192-201. 

Peace, see also International, War; com- 
mendability of seeking, 230; commer- 
cial guaranty of, 53, 220; cry of, mis- 
leading and predicted, 212, 221, 317, 
327; diplomacy unsuccessful in bring- 
ing, 14; millennium of, a delusion, 219, 
327, 331, 332; propaganda for, grow- 
ing, 215-218; societies and foundations 
for, 215-218. 

Perjury in courts, 90. 

Pessimism, see also Promises; fear of, 
may blind judgment, 69, 97; as to 
nominal church, 146; as to future of 
race, 120, 128, 333. 

Pestilences, see Diseases and pestilences. 

Pests, agricultural, 270, 271, 381, 382. 

Pioneer life, races benefited by, 19. 



Pleasures, see also Amusements; absorp- 
tion in worldly, Bible warning against, 
149; found in seeing tokens of end of 
sin, 72, 233, 276, 298, 368, 574; prom- 
ised by God, 133, 134, 384. 

Police, connivance in crime, 13, 73; 
social evil and the, 113, 116, 117. 

Politics, corruption of, see Corruption. 

Poverty, see also Capital and labor, 
Wealth; church has mission to relieve, 
65; commonness in England, 57-60; 
disadvantages of, in courts, 85, 86, 91, 
92, 103; education in spite of, 36; 
growth of, parallels that of wealth, 55; 
housing made worse by, 59; low wages 
a cause of, 56, 57; revolution threaten- 
ing by reason of, 62-64, 102; separa- 
tion of classes by, 62, 65 ; strikes a 
factor in, 58; suicide caused by, 58. 

Power, always invisible, 258. 

Preaching, lack of Christ in (see also 
Apostasy), 133. 

Predictions, Biblical, see also Peace, Capi- 
tal and labor; apostasy fulfilling, 144, 
316 ; certainty and clearness of, 36, 68 ; 
conscience witness to fulfillment of, 
313, 319; history of nations fulfilling, 
300, 318; of disasters and divine 
judgments, 234-245, 317; science ful- 
filling, 40, 315; time of end identified 
by means of, 312, 313, 318, 319; 
world scope of, 38-40, 315. 

Prejudice, see also Pessimism; giving 
way in mission fields, 43, 292; hinders 
vision, 69, 97, 228. 

Printing, evil spread by, 107, 124; ex- 
tension of gospel by, 286, 287, 296; 
press developed, 27-29. 

Profits, excessive, of monopolies, 45. 

Prohibition, see Intemperance. 

Promises, of deliverance, 17, 253-259, 
371-375; of final reward, 376; of sal- 
vation, 108, 232, 369-371; of second 
coming, 343. 

Prophecy, counterfeited, 167, 366; gift of, 
in last days, 364. 

Prostitution, see Vice, social. 



Eailroads, see Travel. 
Eappings, spirit, 165. 
Kationalism, see Apostasy. 



GENERAL INDEX 



397 



Eeform, church or mob Trill accomplish, 
103; efforts for, stay decadence, 18, 
150; forces outmatched by opposition, 
13, 16, 54, 95, 128. 

Kevolution, brewing everywhere, 15, 64, 
69, 102-106; capitalist dominance to be 
subverted by, 60, 62; French, portents 
of, reproduced, 11, 63, 64, 322; im- 
pending in Europe, 328; peril in, for 
noncombatants, 102, 104; world-wide 
extension of, now possible, 24. 

Eeward of the saints, 374, 376. 

Eich, see Capital, Wealth. 

Eoman Empire, art of, superior, 335; 
decadence in, paralleled by modern, 
66, 71, 123, 124; education in, 66; 
prophecy regarding, 309-311 ; travel in, 
19. 

"Eunning to and fro," see Travel. 

Saints' inheritance, 376. 

Sanitation, science of, advanced, 274. 

Schools, apostasy in theological, 138-140; 
extension of public, 36; Sunday, Bible 
criticism in, 143. 

Science, see Knowledge. 

Scoffers, at Biblical story of creation, 
140, 141; predicted by Peter, 138, 143. 

Second advent of Christ, manner, prom- 
ises, and Bible prominence of, 343. 

Social evil, see Vice, social. 

Socialism, labor with, against oligarchy, 
50; propaganda week, 51; unrest 
shown in growth of, 104; war of 1914 
and, 170, 224, 227. 

Social standards, see Decadence. 

Society, aristocratic, looseness in, 12, 123. 

Sodom, conditions of, 109-112 ; predicted 
modern recurrence of, realized, see 
Vice, social. 

Spirit, the Holy, see Gifts of. 

Spiritualism, 155 : Bible against, 160, 
165, 168; predicted rise of, 155-160, 
163 ; predictions of, fulfilling, 164, 
165 ; satisfactions of, do not compare 
with gospel, 165. 

Stock exchange deals and morality, 54. 

Storms, and earthquakes, a sign, 243- 
252; increasing, 245, 247, 317. 

Strikes, see Capital and labor. 

Submarines, 179. 



Suicide, of disappointed pleasure seekers, 

12, 150 ; of oppressed poor, 58. 
Surprise, faculty of, being lost, 26. 

Technicalities, legal, see Courts. 
Telegraph and wireless telegraph, 30. 
Telepathy, related to spiritualism, 163. 
Temperance, see Intemperance. 
Theatrical performances in churches, 134. 
Theological schools, unbelief in, 139-143. 
Time of trouble, 320; refuge in, 367. 
Tornadoes, see Storms. 
Torpedoes, 198, 204. 
Travel, dissemination of evil by, 24, 78, 

112, 129; history of increase in, 18; 
missions influenced by, 287, 296; New- 
ton on divine significance of, 33 ; ' ' run 
to and fro, ' ' meaning literal, 31, 33 ; 
sign of the end, 33, 34; war facilitated 
by means of, 201 ; world united by, 18, 
19, 24, 221. - 

Trusts, see also Concentration of capital; 
capital invested in, 46 ; legal battle 
against, 54; money, 48-53; small busi- 
ness attacked by, 55. 

Unemploved, potential source of violence, 
102. 

Venereal infections, see Vice, social, dis- 
eases of. 

Vice, social (see also Decadence), 109; 
ancient and modern prevalence of, 
compared, 109-112, 122-124, 127; busi- 
ness prosperity and, connected, 118; 
capital invested in, 113, 115; children 
infected and perverted by, 121, 122; 
church members have interest in, 117 ; 
commercial aspect of traffic in, 113- 
116; commission reports on, 115, 116, 
118, 121; cost in United States, 335; 
crusade against, 125; diseases of, 
spread and effects of, 120-122, 129, 
274; hotels as haunts of, 116; increase 
of, and its significance, 120, 123 ; in- 
sanity result of, 119, 333; interna- 
tional treaty to restrict, 126; judg- 
ments denounced on Jews for, 128 ; 
marital infidelity related to, 12, 123, 
124, 127, 128; nations destroyed by, 
120, 124, 335; police corruption and, 

113, 117; politicians in San Francisco 
and, 116; time of trouble and, 326. 



398 



HERALDS OF THE MORNING 



Victory of the saints, 373. 

Violence, earth filled with (see also 

Crime, Eevolution, Mobs), 100; overt 

and general, 103 ; provoked by financial 

trickery, 101. 
Voltaire, criticized Newton on prophecy, 

33; modern theologians teaching like. 

143. 

War, see also Armageddon, Civil War, 
Crimean War, Peace, War of 1914; 
Christianity and, 171, 184-186; commer- 
cial propaganda for, 187-194; cost of, 
202; costs no deterrent from, 204-208, 
220; degrading effect of training for, 
185; demon-inspired character of, 173, 
206-209, 211, 317, 326; efficiency in 
waging, developed, 197, 201; equip- 
ment, see Air craft, Firearms, Naval, 
Submarines; frequency of, in modern 
times, 203; terribleness of modern, 
204, 208 ; terror ineffective as deterrent 
from, 14, 179, 204, 222, 223; machine- 
made, 205; mental effects of, 203-206; 
peaceful interests a diversion from, 53, 
220; spirit of, common, 14, 316; time 
of trouble characterized by, 326; 
wickedness, cause of, to continue to 
end, 172, 181, 231. 

War of 1914, see also War; apologetic 
attitude of participants in, 226; dis- 
appointment of hopes for peace, by, 
170, 171, 227; financial powers failed 
to prevent, 53; internal troubles of 
participant nations, preceding (see 
also Eevolution) , 105. 

"Watchman, what of the night?" 11. 



Wealth, see also Business, Capital, Con- 
centration of capital, Poverty, Trusts; 
court procedure favors litigant possess- 
ing, 86, 88, 89, 91-93, 106; courts un- 
duly partial to rights of ownership of, 
91; judgments denounced on unjust 
hoarders of, 70; love of, perverting 
society, 13, 83, 106; moral laxness ac- 
companying, 123; trickery in gain of, 
provokes violence, 101. 

White slave traffic, see Vice. 

Wickedness, blinding effect of, predicted, 
79, 156, 157; increases until end (see 
also Apostasy, Noah), 326, 334; limit 
of, crossed, punishment follows, 97-99; 
war caused by, 172, 181, 231. 

Williams, John, 283, 292. 

Wireless, telegraphy, 30; torpedo con- 
trol, 198. 

Women and children in industry, 52. 

Wonder, man losing sense of, 26; of 
missionary spirit, 293. 

Wonders, signs and, predicted in heavens, 
235, 238; worked by satanic power, 
155, 157, 158. 

World, see also Earth; conversion of 
(see also Millennium), 229, 295, 331; 
church dominated by (see also Apos- 
tasy), 146; opened to gospel (see also 
Missions), 42, 43; prophecy indicates 
conditions of whole, 38-40, 315 ; unity 
of modern, a condition for fulfilling 
prophecy, 38-40. 

"Ye have heaped treasure for the last 
days," 44. 







v 




. ^ ^». r~^~~.^~^ ^— -^ ^^ a-w~> . . ^-^ ^n^^r^t^ 



mwm 



HBf 11 



Mil 

,";-'■ 

19 
IliU 




029 787 252 7 



.■:,■■ 



